Carrier WeatherMaker 48A6025, WeatherMaker 48A3020, 3030, WeatherMaker 48A2030, WeatherMaker 48A7030 Controls, Start-up, Operation, Service And Troubleshooting Instructions

...

Download

WeatherMaker

Single Package Large Rooftop Units

with ComfortLink Version 10.x Controls

Controls, Start-Up, Operation,

Service and Troubleshooting

48/50A020-060

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Conventions Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

BASIC CONTROL USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ComfortLink Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Scrolling Marquee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Accessory Navigator™ Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

CCN Tables and Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Unit Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Unit Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Internal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Accessory Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Crankcase Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Evaporator Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Gas Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

CONTROLS QUICK START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

VAV Units Using Return Air Sensor or Space

Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Multi-Stage Constant Volume (CV) Units with

Mechanical Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with Space

Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Economizer Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Exhaust Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Programming Operating Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

SERVICE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Service Test Mode Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Independent Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Fans in Service Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Cooling in Service Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Heating in Service Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Humidi-MiZer® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

THIRD PARTY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Alarm Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Remote Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

VFD Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Supply Air Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Demand Limit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Demand Controlled Ventilation Control . . . . . . . . . 26

CONTROLS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Unit Configuration Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Cooling Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Heating Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Static Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Fan Status Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Dirty Filter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Economizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Building Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Smoke Control Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Indoor Air Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Dehumidification and Reheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Humidi-MiZer Adaptive Dehumidification System . . .75

Temperature Compensated Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) System . . . . . . . . .77

Alert Limit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

Sensor Trim Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Discrete Switch Logic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Remote Control Switch Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Hot Gas Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Space Temperature Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Hour and Minute (HH.MM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Month of Year (MNTH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Day of Month (DOM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Day of Week (DAY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Year (YEAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Local Time Schedule (SCH.L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Local Holiday Schedules (HOL.L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Daylight Savings Time (DAY.S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Complete Unit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Single Circuit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Service Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Restart Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Humidi-MiZer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Thermistor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Transducer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Forcing Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Run Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Alarms and Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Factory-Installed Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Accessory Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Service Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Catalog No. 04-53480239-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 48/50A-14T Pg 1 5-19 Replaces: 48/50A-13T

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.

Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment . . . . . . 139

Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement . . . . . . 141

Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Condenser-Fan Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Four-Inch Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Power Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Refrigerant Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) . . . . . . . . . . 142

Gas Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Main Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Filter Drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES . . . . . . . .150

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

APPENDIX C — VFD INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

APPENDIX D — MODE SELECTION PROCESS. . . . . 186

APPENDIX E — UPC OPEN CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . 187

APPENDIX F — OPTIONAL FACTORY-INSTALLED

LOW AMBIENT MOTORMASTER V CONTROL. . .196

APPENDIX G — OPTIONAL GREENSPEED/LOW

AMBIENT CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206

INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222

CONTROLS SETPOINT AND

CONFIGURATION LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223

UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CL-1

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment.

Untrained personnel can perform basic maintenance functions of cleaning coils and filters and replacing filters. All other operations should be performed by trained service personnel. When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit, and other safety precautions that may apply.

Follow all safety codes, including ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Z223.1. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinguisher available for all brazing operations.

It is important to recognize safety information. This is the safety-alert symbol . When you see this symbol on the unit

and in instructions or manuals, be alert to the potential for personal injury.

Understand the signal words DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE. These words are used with the safetyalert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards which will result in severe personal injury or death. WARNING signifies hazards which could result in personal injury or death. CAUTION is used to identify unsafe practices, which may result in minor personal injury or product and property damage. NOTE is used to highlight suggestions which will result in enhanced installation, reliability, or operation.

WARNING

Before performing service or maintenance operation on unit turn off and lock off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death. Shut off all power to this equipment during installation and service. The unit may have an internal non-fused disconnect or a field-installed disconnect. Note that the unit may also be

equipped with a convenience outlet, that this outlet is wired to the line side of the unit-mounted disconnect and will remain hot when the disconnect in the unit is off. There is a separate fuse/ disconnect for the convenience outlet.

CAUTION

DO NOT re-use compressor oil or any oil that has been exposed to the atmosphere. Dispose of oil per local codes and regulations. DO NOT leave refrigerant system open to air any longer than the actual time required to service the equipment. Seal circuits being serviced and charge with dry nitrogen to prevent oil contamination when timely repairs cannot be completed. Failure to follow these procedures may result in damage to equipment.

WARNING

DO NOT USE TORCH to remove any component. System contains oil and refrigerant under pressure.

To remove a component, wear protective gloves and goggles and proceed as follows:

a. Shut off electrical power to unit. b. Recover refrigerant to relieve all pressure from system

using both high-pressure and low pressure ports.

c. Traces of vapor should be displaced with nitrogen and

the work area should be well ventilated. Refrigerant in contact with an open flame produces toxic gases.

d. Cut component connection tubing with tubing cutter and

remove component from unit. Use a pan to catch any oil that may come out of the lines and as a gage for how much oil to add to the system.

e. Carefully un-sweat remaining tubing stubs when neces-

sary. Oil can ignite when exposed to torch flame.

Failure to follow these procedures may result in personal injury or death.

WARNING

If the information in this manual is not followed exactly, a fire or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury or loss of life.

Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance.

WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS

• Do not try to light any appliance.

• Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building.

• Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.

• If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department.

Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier.

AVERTISSEMENT

RISQUE D´INCENDIE OU D´EXPLOSION Si les consignes de sécurité ne sont pas suivies à la lettre,

cela peut entraîner la mort, de graves blessures ou des dommages matériels.

Ne pas entreposer ni utiliser d´essence ni autres vapeurs ou liquides inflammables à proximité de cet appareil ou de tout autre appareil.

QUE FAIRE SI UNE ODEUR DE GAZ EST DÉTECTÉE

• Ne mettre en marche aucun appareil.

• Ne toucher aucun interrupteur électrique; ne pas utiliser de téléphone dans le bâtiment.

• Quitter le bâtiment immédiatement.

• Appeler immédiatement le fournisseur de gaz en utilisant le téléphone d´un voisin. Suivre les instructions du fournisseur de gaz.

• Si le fournisseur de gaz n´est pas accessible, appeler le service d´incendie.

L´installation et l´entretien doivent être effectués par un installateur ou une entreprise d´entretien qualifié, ou le fournisseur de gaz.

CAUTION

UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control

system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out com- ponents or to bypass or otherwise depart from recommended procedures. Any short-to-ground of the control board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic modules or electrical components.

WARNING

UNIT OPERATION AND SAFETY HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could cause personal injury,

death and/or equipment damage.

Puron

(R-410A) refrigerant systems operate at higher pressures than standard R-22 systems. Do not use R-22 service equipment or components on Puron refrigerant equipment.

GENERAL

This book contains Controls, Start-Up, Operation, Service and Troubleshooting information for the 48/50A Series rooftop units. See Table 1. These units are equipped with ComfortLink controls. Use this guide in conjunction with the separate installation instructions packaged with the unit. Refer to the Wiring Diagrams literature for more detailed wiring information.

The A Series units provide ventilation, cooling, and heating (when equipped) in variable air volume (VAV), variable volume and temperature (VVT tions. The A Series units contain the factory-installed Com- fortLink control system which provides full system management. The main base board (MBB) stores hundreds of unit configuration settings and 8 time of day schedules. The MBB also performs self diagnostic tests at unit start-up, monitors the operation of the unit, and provides alarms and alert information. The system also contains other optional boards that are connected to the MBB through the Local Equipment Network (LEN). Information on system operation and status are sent to the MBB processor by various sensors and optional boards that are located at the unit. Access to the unit controls for configuration, setpoint selection, schedule creation, and service can be done through a

), and constant volume (CV) applica-

unit-mounted scrolling marquee. Access can also be done through the Carrier Comfort Network

(CCN) system using the ComfortVIEW™ software, the accessory Navigator™ handheld display, or the System Pilot™ interface.

Table 1 — A Series Product Line

UNIT APPLICATION 48A2 CV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply 48A3 VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply 48A4 CV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply 48A5 VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply

CV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply with Greenspeed

48A6

Control VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Vertical Supply with Greenspeed Outdoor Fan

48A7

Control CV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply with Greenspeed Outdoor Fan

48A8

Control VAV Unit with Gas Heat, Horizontal Supply with Greenspeed Outdoor Fan

48A9

Control

50A2 CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply 50A3 VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply 50A4 CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply 50A5 VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply

CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply with Greenspeed

50A6

Outdoor Fan Control VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Vertical Supply with Greenspeed

50A7

Outdoor Fan Control CV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply with Greenspeed

50A8

Outdoor Fan Control VAV Unit with Optional Electric Heat, Horizontal Supply with Greenspeed

50A9

Outdoor Fan Control

LEGEND

CV — Constant Volume MCHX — Microchannel Heat Exchanger VAV — Variable Air Volume

Outdoor Fan

The ComfortLink system controls all aspects of the rooftop. It controls the supply-fan motor, compressors, and economizers to maintain the proper temperature conditions. The controls also cycle or vary the speeds of the condenser fans to maintain suitable head pressure. All VAV units are equipped with a standard VFD (variable frequency drive) for supply fan speed control and supply duct pressure control. The ComfortLink controls adjust the speed of the VFD based on a static pressure sensor input. Constant volume (CV) units can be equipped with optional VFD for staged air volume (SAV™) control. The indoor fan will operate at low speed for energy savings and high speed when required. In addition, the ComfortLink controls can raise or lower the building pressure using multiple power exhaust fans controlled from economizer damper position or from a building pressure sensor. The control safeties are continuously monitored to ensure safe operation under all conditions. Sensors include suction pressure transducers, discharge pressure transducers, and saturated condensing temperature sensors which allow for display of operational pressures and saturation temperatures.

A scheduling function, programmed by the user, controls the unit occupied/unoccupied schedule. Up to 8 different schedules can be programmed. The controls also allow the service person to operate a quick test so that all the controlled components can be checked for proper operation.

Conventions Used in This Manual

The following conventions for discussing configuration points for the local display (scrolling marquee or Navigator accessory) will be used in this manual. Point names will be written with the Mode name first, then any sub-modes, then the point name, each separated by an arrow symbol (). Names will also be shown in bold and italics. As an example, the IAQ Economizer Override Position which is located in the Configuration mode, Indoor Air Quality Configuration sub-mode, and the Air Quality Setpoints sub-sub-mode, would be written as Configuration

IAQ



IAQ.SP



IQ.O.P. A list of point names can be found in

Appendix A. This path name will show the user how to navigate through the

local display to reach the desired configuration. The user



ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

Fig. 1 — Scrolling Marquee

Run Status

Service Test

Temperature

Pressures

Setpoints

Inputs

Outputs

Configuration

Time Clock

Operating Modes

Alarms

Alarm Status

ENTER

MODE

ESCAPE

would scroll through the modes and sub-modes using the and keys. The arrow symbol in the path name represents

pressing to move into the next level of the menu structure.

When a value is included as part of the path name, it will be shown at the end of the path name after an equals sign. If the value represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be shown in parentheses after the value. As an example, Configu-

ration



IAQ



AQ.CF



IQ.AC = 1 (IAQ Analog Input).

Pressing the and keys simultaneously at any time will display an expanded text description of the fourcharacter point name. The expanded description is shown in the local display tables (Appendix A).

The CCN point names are also referenced in the local display tables for users configuring the unit with CCN software instead of the local display. The CCN tables are located in Appendix B of this manual.

BASIC CONTROL USAGE

ComfortLink Controls

The ComfortLink control system is a comprehensive unit-management system. The control system is easy to access, configure, diagnose and troubleshoot.

The control is flexible, providing two types of constant volume cooling control sequences, two variable air volume cooling control sequences, and heating control sequences for two-stage electric and gas systems, and for multiple-stage gas heating, in both occupied and unoccupied schedule modes. This control also manages:

• VAV duct pressure (through optional VFD), with reset

• Building pressure through two different power exhaust schemes

• Condenser fan cycling for mild ambient head pressure control

• Space ventilation control, in occupied and unoccupied periods, using CO tion defined by damper position

• Smoke control functions

• Occupancy schedules

• Occupancy or start/stop sequences based on third party signals

• Alarm status and history and run time data

• Management of a complete unit service test sequence

• Dehumidification (with optional reheat) and humidifier sequences

System diagnostics are enhanced by the use of multiple external sensors for air temperatures, air pressures, refrigerant temperatures, and refrigerant pressures. Unit-mounted actuators provide digital feedback data to the unit control.

The ComfortLink control system is fully communicating and cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) building management system. The control provides highspeed communications for remote monitoring via the Internet. Multiple units can be linked together (and to other ComfortLink control equipped units) using a 3-wire communication bus.

The ComfortLink control system is easy to access through the use of a unit-mounted display module. There is no need to bring a separate computer to this unit for start-up. Access to control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select from 11 menus. A scrolling readout provides detailed explanations

sensors or external signals, with ventila-

of control information. Only four, large, easy-to-use buttons are required to maneuver through the entire controls menu.

For added service flexibility, an accessory hand-held Navigator module is also available. This portable device has an extended communication cable that can be plugged into the unit’s communication network either at the main control box or at the opposite end of the unit, at a remote modular plug. The Navigator display provides the same menu structure, control access and display data as is available at the unit-mounted scrolling marquee display.

Scrolling Marquee

This device is the standard interface used to access the control information, read sensor values, and test the unit. The scrolling marquee is located in the main control box. The scrolling marquee display is a 4-key, 4-character LED (light-emitting diode) display module. The display also contains an Alarm Status LED. See Fig. 1. The display is easy to operate using 4 buttons and a group of 11 LEDs that indicate the following menu structures, referred to as modes (see Appendix A):

• Run Status

• Service Test

• Temperatures

• Pressures

• Setpoints

• Inputs

• Outputs

• Configuration

• Time Clock

• Operating Modes

•Alarms

Through the scrolling marquee, the user can access all of the inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, configure operating parameters plus evaluate the current decision status for operating modes. Because the A Series units are equipped with suction pressure and saturated condensing temperature transducers, the scrolling marquee can also display refrigerant circuit pressures typically obtained from service gages. The control also includes an alarm history which can be accessed from the display. In addition, through the scrolling marquee, the user can access a built-in test routine that can be used at start-up commissioning to diagnose operational problems with the unit.

Accessory Navigator™ Display

The accessory hand-held Navigator display can be used with the A Series units. See Fig. 2. The Navigator display operates the same way as the scrolling marquee device. The Navigator display is plugged into the RJ-14 (LEN) jack in the main control box on the COMM board. The Navigator display can also be plugged into the RJ-14 jack located on the ECB (economizer control board) located in the auxiliary control box.

Operation

Fig. 2 — Accessory Navigator Display

n Sta

tus

Service

Temp

erature

ressures

Setpoints

Inpu

Outp

uts

Con

fig

tion

Time Clo

Oper

ating

Mod

Alarms

ENT ER

E S C

M O

D E

Alarm

Sta

tus

TIM

LWT

SETP

12 .5 8

54 .6 F

44 .1

44 .0 F

N A

V I G AT O R

Co mf o rt Lin k

ESCAPE

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

ESCAPE

ENTER

All units are shipped from the factory with the scrolling marquee display, which is located in the main control box. See Fig. 1. In addition, the ComfortLink controls also support the use of the handheld Navigator display.

Both displays provide the user with an interface to the Com- fortLink control system. The displays have and arrow

keys, an key and an key. These keys are used to navigate through the different modes of the display structure. The Navigator and the scrolling marquee displays operate in the same manner, except that the Navigator display has multiple lines of display and the scrolling marquee has a single line. All further discussions and examples in this document will be based on the scrolling marquee display. See Table 2 for the menu structure.

The four keys are used to navigate through the display structure, which is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default to the AUTO VIEW display category as shown under the RUN STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the

key until a blank display is shown. Then use the

and arrow keys to scroll through the top-level catego-

ries (modes). These are listed in Appendix A and will be indicated on the scrolling marquee by the LED next to each mode listed on the face of the display.

When a specific mode or sub-mode is located, push the

key to enter the mode. Depending on the mode, there

may be additional tiers. Continue to use the and keys and the keys until the desired display item is found.

At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing the key. Once an item has been selected the display

will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and then followed by the item units (if any).

Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD when

required. Use the and arrow keys to enter the four digits of the password. The default password is 1111.

Pressing the and keys simultaneously will scroll an expanded text description across the display indicating

the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the and keys when the display is blank (MODE LED level)

will return the display to its default menu of rotating AUTO VIEW display items. In addition, the password will need to be entered again before changes can be made.

Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the dis-

play is in rotating auto-view, press the key to stop the display at the desired item. Press the key again so

that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the value of state of an item and press the key to accept

it. Press the key and the item, value or units display will resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.

If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process as when editing a configuration parameter. A forced variable will be displayed with a blinking “f” following its value. For example, if supply fan requested (FAN .F ) is forced, the display shows “YESf”, where the “f” is blinking to signify a force on the point. Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced

with the key and then pressing the and arrow keys simultaneously.

Depending on the unit model, factory-installed options and field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various mode categories may not apply.

CCN Tables and Display

In addition to the unit-mounted scrolling marquee display, the user can also access the same information through the CCN tables by using the Service Tool or other CCN programs. Details on the CCN tables are summarized in Appendix B. The variable names used for the CCN tables and the scrolling marquee tables may be different and more items are displayed in the CCN tables. As a reference, the CCN variable names are included in the scrolling marquee tables and the scrolling marquee names are included in the local display tables in Appendix B.

GENERICS STATUS DISPLAY TABLE The GENERICS points table allows the service/installer the

ability to create a custom table in which up to 20 points from the 5 CCN categories (Status, Config, Service-Config, Setpoint, and Maintenance) may be collected and displayed.

In the Service-Config table section, there is a table named “generics.” This table contains placeholders for up to 20 CCN point names and allows the user to decide which points are displayed in the GENERICS points table under the local display. Each one of these placeholders allows the input of an 8-character ASCII string. Using a CCN interface, enter the Edit mode for the Service-Config table “generics” and enter the CCN name for each point to be displayed in the custom points table in the order they will be displayed. When done entering point names, download the table to the rooftop unit control.

IMPORTANT: The computer system software (ComfortVIEW™, Service Tool, etc.) that is used to interact with CCN controls always saves a template of items it considers as static (e.g., limits, units, forcibility, 24character text strings, and point names) after the software uploads the tables from a control. Thereafter, the software is only concerned with run time data like value and hardware/force status. With this in mind, it is important that anytime a change is made to the Service-Config table “generics” (which in turn changes the points contained in the GENERICS point table), that a complete new upload be performed. This

requires that any previous table database be completely removed first. Failure to do this will not allow

the user to display the new points that have been created and the CCN interface will have a different table database than the unit control.

RUN



















STATUS

Auto View of

Run Status

(VIEW)

Econ

Run Status

(ECON)

Cooling

Information

(COOL)

Humidi-MiZer

(HMZR)

Mode

Trip Helper

(TRIP)

CCN

Linkage

(LINK)

Compressor

Run Hours

(HRS)

Compressor

Starts

(STRT)

Timeguards

(TMGD)

Software

Version

Numbers

(VERS)

SERVICE

TEST

Service Test Mode

(TEST)

Local

Machine

Disable (STOP)

Soft Stop

Request (S.STP)

Supply Fan

Request (FAN.F)

4 in. Filter

Change Mode

(F.4.CH)

Test Independent

Outputs

(INDP)

Test Fans

(FANS)

Test Cooling

(COOL)

Test Heating

(HEAT)

Test Humidi-MiZer

(HMZR)

Table 2 — Scrolling Marquee/Navigator Menu Display Structure

(ComfortLink Display Modes)

TEMPERATURES PRESSURES SETPOINTS INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION

Air

Temperatures

(AIR.T)

Refrigerant

Temperatures

(REF.T)

Air Pressures

(AIR.P)

Refrigerant

Pressures

(REF.P)

Occupied Heat

Setpoint (OHSP)

Occupied Cool

Setpoint (OCSP)

Unoccupied

Heat Setpoint

(UHSP)

Unoccupied

Cool Setpoint

(UCSP)

Heat - Cool

Setpoint

(GAP)

VAV Occ

Cool On

(V.C.ON)

VAV Occ

Cool Off

(V.C.OF)

Supply Air

Setpoint

(SASP)

Supply Air

Setpoint Hi

(SA.HI)

Supply Air

Setpoint Lo

(SA.LO)

General Inputs

(GEN.I)

Compressor

Feedback

(FD.BK)

Thermostat

Inputs

(STAT)

Fire-Smoke

Modes (FIRE)

Relative

Humidity

(REL.H)

Air Quality

Sensors

(AIR.Q)

Reset Inputs

(RSET)

4 to 20 Milliamp

Inputs (4-20)

Fans

(FANS)

Cooling (COOL)

Heating (HEAT)

Economizer

(ECON)

General Outputs

(GEN.O)

Unit

Configuration

(UNIT)

Cooling

Configuration

(COOL)

Evap/Discharge

Temp. Reset

(EDT.R)

Heating

Configuration

(HEAT)

Supply Static

Press. Config.

(SP)

Economizer

Configuration

(ECON)

Building Press.

Configs

(BP)

Cool/Heat

Setpt. Offsets

(D.LV.T)

Demand Limit

Config.

(DMD.L)

Indoor Air

Quality Cfg.

(IAQ)

TIME

CLOCK

Time of Day

(TIME)

Month, Date,

Day and Year

(DATE)

Local Time

Schedule

(SCH.L)

Local

Holiday

Schedules

(HOL.L)

Daylight Savings

Time

(DAY.S)

OPERATING

MODES

System

Mode

(SYS.M)

HVAC Mode

(HVAC)

Control Type

(CTRL)

Mode

Controlling

Unit

(MODE)

ALARMS

Currently

Active

Alarms

(CURR)

Reset All

Current

Alarms

(R.CUR)

Alarm History (HIST)

Heating Supply

Air Setpoint

(SA.HT)

Tempering

Purge SASP

(T.PRG)

Tempering in

Cool SASP

(T.CL)

Tempering in

Vent Occ SASP

(T.V.OC)

Tempering in

Vent Unocc.

SASP

(T.V.UN)

Dehumidification

Config.

(DEHU)

CCN

Configuration

(CCN)

Alert Limit

Config. (ALLM)

Sensor Trim

Config.

(TRIM)

Switch

Logic

(SW.LG)

Display

Configuration

(DISP)

START-UP

IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to start unit, even momentarily, until all items on the Start-Up Checklist and the following steps have been completed.

Unit Preparation

Check that unit has been installed in accordance with the installation instructions and applicable codes.

Unit Setup

Make sure that the economizer hoods have been installed and that the outdoor filters are properly installed.

Internal Wiring

Ensure that all electrical connections in the control box are tightened as required. If the unit has staged gas heat make sure that the leaving air temperature (LAT) sensors have been routed to the supply ducts as required.

Accessory Installation

Check to make sure that all accessories including space thermostats and sensors have been installed and wired as required by the instructions and unit wiring diagrams.

Crankcase Heaters

Crankcase heaters are energized as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compressors are running.

IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior to start-up of compressors. Otherwise damage to compressors may result.

Evaporator Fan

Fan belt and fixed pulleys are factory-installed. See Tables 326 for fan performance. Remove tape from fan pulley, and be sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. See Table 27 for motor limitations. See Tables 28 and 29 for air quantity limits. Static pressure drop for power exhaust is negligible. To alter fan performance, see Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment section on page 139.

Controls

Use the following steps for the controls:

IMPORTANT: The unit is shipped with the unit control disabled. To enable the control, set Local Machine Disable (Service Test

1. Set any control configurations that are required (field- installed accessories, etc.). The unit is factory configured for all appropriate factory-installed options.

2. Enter unit setpoints. The unit is shipped with the setpoint default values. If a different setpoint is required use the scrolling marquee, Navigator™ accessory or Service Tool software to change the configuration valves.

3. If the internal unit schedules are going to be used configure the Occupancy schedule.

4. Verify that the control time periods programmed meet current requirements.

5. Using Service Test mode, verify operation of all major components.

6. If the unit is a VAV unit make sure to configure the VFD static pressure setpoint using the display. To checkout the VFD use the VFD instructions shipped with the unit.



STOP) to No.

Gas Heat

Verify gas pressure before turning on gas heat as follows:

1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external to the unit.

2. Connect pressure gages to supply gas tap, located at fieldsupplied manual shutoff valves.

3. Connect pressure gages to manifold pressure tap on unit gas valve.

4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.

5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand. Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat.

6. Use the Service Test procedure to verify heat operation.

7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that incoming pressure is 6.0 in. wg or greater and that the manifold pressure is 3.5 in wg. If manifold pressure must be adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section on page 149.

Table 3 — Fan Performance — 48A2,A3,A6,A7020 Units

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 328 0.62 406 0.84 472 1.07 529 1.30 580 1.54 626 1.78 668 2.02 708 2.27 745 2.51 780 2.76 5,000 369 0.97 439 1.19 500 1.43 554 1.69 604 1.95 650 2.21 692 2.48 731 2.74 769 3.01 804 3.28 6,000 415 1.43 477 1.65 533 1.90 584 2.17 631 2.45 676 2.73 717 3.01 756 3.30 793 3.59 828 3.88 7,000 463 2.01 519 2.25 570 2.50 618 2.78 662 3.06 704 3.36 744 3.65 782 3.96 818 4.27 852 4.58 7,500 488 2.36 541 2.60 590 2.86 636 3.13 679 3.42 720 3.72 759 4.02 796 4.33 832 4.65 866 4.96 8,000 513 2.74 564 2.98 611 3.24 655 3.52 697 3.81 737 4.11 775 4.42 811 4.74 846 5.06 879 5.38 9,000 564 3.61 612 3.87 655 4.13 696 4.42 735 4.71 772 5.02 808 5.33 843 5.65 876 5.98 909 6.32 10,000 616 4.64 661 4.91 701 5.18 739 5.47 776 5.77 811 6.08 845 6.40 878 6.72 909 7.06 940 7.40 11,000 669 5.84 711 6.11 749 6.40 785 6.69 819 6.99 852 7.30 884 7.63 915 7.96 945 8.30 975 8.65 12,000 723 7.20 762 7.49 798 7.78 831 8.08 864 8.39 895 8.71 925 9.04 955 9.37 984 9.72 1012 10.07 12,500 750 7.95 788 8.25 823 8.54 855 8.85 887 9.16 917 9.48 947 9.81 976 10.15 1004 10.49 1031 10.84 13,000 777 8.75 814 9.05 848 9.35 880 9.66 910 9.97 940 10.30 969 10.63 997 10.97 1024 11.31 1051 11.67

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 814 3.01 845 3.26 876 3.51 905 3.76 934 4.02 961 4.28 987 4.54 1013 4.80 1038 5.06 1062 5.32 5,000 837 3.55 869 3.82 900 4.10 929 4.37 958 4.64 985 4.92 1012 5.20 1038 5.48 1063 5.76 1087 6.04 6,000 861 4.17 893 4.46 923 4.76 953 5.05 981 5.35 1009 5.65 1036 5.94 1062 6.24 1087 6.54 1111 6.84 7,000 885 4.89 917 5.20 947 5.51 977 5.83 1005 6.14 1033 6.46 1059 6.78 1085 7.09 1110 7.41 1135 7.73 7,500 898 5.28 930 5.61 960 5.93 989 6.25 1017 6.58 1045 6.90 1071 7.23 1097 7.56 1122 7.88 1147 8.21 8,000 912 5.71 943 6.04 973 6.37 1002 6.70 1030 7.04 1057 7.37 1083 7.71 1109 8.04 1134 8.38 1159 8.72 9,000 940 6.66 970 7.00 999 7.35 1028 7.69 1055 8.04 1082 8.39 1109 8.75 1134 9.10 1159 9.45 1183 9.81 10,000 971 7.75 1000 8.10 1028 8.46 1056 8.82 1083 9.18 1109 9.54 1135 9.91 1160 10.28 1185 10.65 — — 11,000 1004 9.00 1032 9.36 1059 9.73 1086 10.09 1112 10.46 1138 10.84 1163 11.22 1188 11.60 — — — — 12,000 1039 10.42 1066 10.79 1093 11.16 1119 11.53 1144 11.91 1169 12.30 1193 12.68 —————— 12,500 1058 11.20 1085 11.57 1110 11.94 1136 12.32 1161 12.70 1185 13.09 ———————— 13,000 1077 12.03 1103 12.40 1129 12.77 1154 13.15 1178 13.54 ——————————

2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 4 — Fan Performance — 48A2,A3,A6,A7025-030 Units

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 331 0.63 408 0.85 474 1.08 531 1.31 581 1.55 627 1.79 670 2.03 709 2.28 746 2.52 781 2.77 5,000 374 0.98 443 1.20 503 1.45 558 1.70 607 1.96 653 2.23 695 2.49 734 2.76 771 3.03 806 3.30 6,000 421 1.45 482 1.68 538 1.93 589 2.20 636 2.47 680 2.75 721 3.04 759 3.33 796 3.62 831 3.91 7,000 471 2.04 526 2.28 576 2.54 623 2.81 668 3.10 710 3.39 749 3.69 787 4.00 823 4.31 857 4.62 8,000 522 2.78 572 3.03 619 3.29 662 3.57 704 3.86 743 4.16 781 4.47 817 4.79 851 5.11 885 5.44 9,000 574 3.66 621 3.92 664 4.19 704 4.47 743 4.77 780 5.08 815 5.40 850 5.72 883 6.05 915 6.39 10,000 628 4.71 671 4.97 711 5.25 748 5.54 784 5.84 819 6.15 853 6.47 885 6.81 917 7.14 948 7.49 11,000 682 5.91 722 6.19 759 6.48 795 6.77 828 7.08 861 7.40 893 7.72 924 8.06 954 8.40 983 8.75 12,000 736 7.30 774 7.59 809 7.88 842 8.18 874 8.49 905 8.82 935 9.15 965 9.48 993 9.83 1021 10.19 13,000 791 8.86 827 9.16 860 9.46 891 9.78 922 10.09 951 10.42 979 10.75 1007 11.10 1034 11.45 1061 11.80 14,000 846 10.61 880 10.93 912 11.24 941 11.56 970 11.88 998 12.21 1025 12.56 1052 12.90 1078 13.26 1103 13.62 15,000 902 12.56 934 12.89 964 13.21 992 13.54 1020 13.87 1046 14.21 1072 14.55 1098 14.91 1122 15.26 1147 15.63

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 815 3.02 847 3.27 877 3.52 906 3.77 935 4.03 962 4.29 988 4.55 1014 4.81 1039 5.07 1063 5.33 5,000 839 3.57 871 3.84 902 4.11 931 4.39 960 4.66 987 4.94 1014 5.22 1039 5.50 1064 5.78 1089 6.06 6,000 864 4.20 896 4.49 926 4.79 956 5.08 984 5.38 1012 5.68 1038 5.97 1064 6.27 1089 6.57 1114 6.87 7,000 890 4.93 921 5.24 951 5.55 980 5.87 1009 6.18 1036 6.50 1063 6.82 1088 7.14 1114 7.45 1138 7.77 8,000 917 5.76 948 6.09 977 6.42 1006 6.76 1034 7.09 1061 7.43 1088 7.76 1113 8.10 1138 8.43 1163 8.77 9,000 946 6.73 976 7.07 1005 7.42 1033 7.76 1061 8.11 1088 8.46 1114 8.82 1139 9.17 1164 9.52 1188 9.88 10,000 978 7.84 1007 8.19 1035 8.55 1063 8.91 1089 9.27 1116 9.63 1141 10.00 1166 10.37 1191 10.74 — — 11,000 1012 9.10 1040 9.47 1067 9.83 1094 10.20 1120 10.57 1145 10.95 1170 11.33 1195 11.71 — — — — 12,000 1048 10.54 1075 10.91 1102 11.28 1127 11.66 1152 12.04 1177 12.42 ———————— 13,000 1087 12.17 1113 12.54 1138 12.91 1163 13.30 1187 13.68 —————————— 14,000 1128 13.98 1153 14.36 1177 14.74 —————————————— 15,000 1171 16.00 1194 16.38 ————————————————

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb and ewb conditions and Humidi-MiZer operation.

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

Table 5 — Fan Performance — 48A2,A3,A6,A7035 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 534 2.46 584 2.80 630 3.13 674 3.48 716 3.82 756 4.16 793 4.50 829 4.83 863 5.17 896 5.49 8,000 590 3.27 635 3.63 677 3.99 718 4.35 757 4.72 794 5.08 830 5.45 864 5.81 897 6.18 929 6.54

9,000 646 4.23 687 4.62 726 5.00 764 5.38 800 5.76 835 6.15 869 6.54 902 6.93 934 7.31 964 7.70 10,000 704 5.35 742 5.77 778 6.17 812 6.57 846 6.97 879 7.38 911 7.78 942 8.19 972 8.60 1002 9.01 10,500 733 5.97 769 6.40 804 6.82 837 7.23 870 7.64 902 8.05 933 8.46 963 8.88 992 9.30 1021 9.72 11,000 762 6.63 797 7.08 830 7.51 863 7.93 894 8.35 925 8.77 955 9.19 984 9.62 1013 10.04 1041 10.47 12,000 820 8.09 853 8.56 884 9.01 915 9.46 944 9.90 973 10.34 1001 10.78 1029 11.22 1056 11.66 1083 12.10 13,000 879 9.72 909 10.22 939 10.70 968 11.17 996 11.63 1023 12.09 1050 12.55 1076 13.01 1102 13.46 1127 13.92 14,000 938 11.54 967 12.07 995 12.58 1022 13.07 1048 13.55 1074 14.03 1099 14.51 1124 14.98 1149 15.46 1173 15.93 15,000 997 13.56 1024 14.11 1051 14.64 1076 15.16 1102 15.67 1126 16.17 1150 16.66 1174 17.16 1197 17.65 1220 18.14 16,000 1056 15.78 1082 16.35 1107 16.91 1132 17.45 1156 17.98 1179 18.50 1202 19.02 1225 19.53 1247 20.04 1269 20.55 17,000 1116 18.20 1140 18.80 1164 19.38 1188 19.95 1210 20.50 1233 21.05 1255 21.58 1276 22.11 1298 22.64 — — 17,500 1145 19.49 1170 20.10 1193 20.70 1216 21.28 1238 21.84 1260 22.40 1282 22.94 — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 927 5.81 956 6.13 985 6.45 1012 6.76 1039 7.06 1065 7.37 1090 7.67 1114 7.97 1138 8.26 1161 8.56

8,000 960 6.89 989 7.25 1018 7.60 1045 7.94 1072 8.29 1098 8.63 1122 8.96 1147 9.29 1170 9.62 1193 9.95

9,000 994 8.09 1023 8.47 1051 8.85 1078 9.23 1104 9.61 1130 9.98 1155 10.35 1179 10.71 1203 11.08 1226 11.44 10,000 1030 9.42 1058 9.82 1085 10.23 1112 10.64 1138 11.04 1163 11.44 1188 11.84 1212 12.24 1235 12.64 1258 13.03 10,500 1049 10.14 1077 10.56 1103 10.97 1129 11.39 1155 11.81 1180 12.23 1204 12.64 1228 13.05 1251 13.46 1274 13.87 11,000 1069 10.90 1095 11.33 1122 11.76 1147 12.18 1173 12.61 1197 13.04 1221 13.47 1245 13.89 1268 14.31 1291 14.73 12,000 1109 12.55 1135 13.00 1160 13.44 1185 13.89 1209 14.34 1233 14.79 1256 15.24 1279 15.69 — — — — 13,000 1152 14.38 1176 14.84 1200 15.31 1224 15.77 1248 16.24 1271 16.70 1293 17.17 — — — — — — 14,000 1196 16.41 1220 16.88 1243 17.36 1266 17.84 1288 18.32 — — — — — — — — — — 15,000 1243 18.63 1265 19.12 1287 19.61 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 16,000 1290 21.06 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 17,000 ———————————————————— 17,500 ————————————————————

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 6 — Fan Performance — 48A2,A3,A6,A7040 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 502 2.90 550 3.30 596 3.71 639 4.12 680 4.54 720 4.97 759 5.40 796 5.85 832 6.31 867 6.77

9,000 552 3.81 595 4.24 637 4.67 677 5.11 715 5.55 752 6.00 788 6.45 823 6.92 857 7.39 890 7.87 10,000 602 4.89 642 5.34 680 5.80 717 6.26 752 6.73 787 7.20 821 7.67 854 8.16 886 8.64 917 9.14 11,000 653 6.15 689 6.62 725 7.11 759 7.59 792 8.08 825 8.58 856 9.07 887 9.57 918 10.08 947 10.59 12,000 704 7.60 738 8.09 771 8.60 803 9.11 834 9.63 865 10.14 895 10.66 924 11.18 952 11.71 980 12.24 13,000 756 9.24 788 9.76 818 10.29 848 10.83 878 11.36 906 11.90 935 12.44 962 12.99 989 13.53 1016 14.08 14,000 808 11.10 838 11.64 867 12.19 895 12.74 922 13.30 950 13.87 976 14.43 1002 15.00 1028 15.57 1053 16.14 15,000 861 13.18 888 13.74 915 14.31 942 14.88 968 15.46 994 16.05 1019 16.63 1044 17.22 1068 17.81 1093 18.40 16,000 914 15.49 940 16.06 965 16.65 990 17.24 1015 17.85 1039 18.45 1063 19.06 1087 19.67 1110 20.28 1133 20.89 17,000 967 18.03 991 18.62 1015 19.23 1039 19.85 1062 20.47 1086 21.09 1109 21.72 1131 22.35 1153 22.98 1175 23.61 18,000 1020 20.82 1043 21.43 1066 22.06 1088 22.69 1111 23.33 1133 23.97 1155 24.62 1176 25.27 1197 25.92 1219 26.58 19,000 1073 23.87 1095 24.50 1117 25.14 1138 25.79 1159 26.44 1180 27.11 1201 27.77 1222 28.45 1242 29.12 — — 20,000 1127 27.18 1147 27.82 1168 28.48 1188 29.15 — — — — — — — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 901 7.24 933 7.72 965 8.20 995 8.69 1024 9.19 1053 9.69 1081 10.19 1108 10.70 1134 11.21 1159 11.73

9,000 923 8.35 954 8.85 985 9.35 1014 9.86 1043 10.37 1072 10.89 1099 11.41 1126 11.94 1152 12.47 1177 13.00 10,000 948 9.64 978 10.15 1007 10.66 1036 11.19 1064 11.71 1092 12.25 1119 12.78 1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43 11,000 976 11.11 1005 11.63 1033 12.16 1061 12.70 1088 13.24 1114 13.79 1140 14.34 1166 14.90 1191 15.46 1216 16.03 12,000 1008 12.77 1035 13.31 1062 13.86 1088 14.41 1114 14.97 1139 15.53 1164 16.09 1189 16.67 1213 17.24 1237 17.83 13,000 1042 14.64 1068 15.19 1093 15.76 1118 16.32 1143 16.89 1167 17.47 1191 18.05 1215 18.64 1238 19.23 1262 19.82 14,000 1078 16.71 1103 17.28 1127 17.86 1151 18.45 1174 19.03 1198 19.63 1221 20.22 1244 20.82 1266 21.43 1288 22.04 15,000 1116 19.00 1140 19.59 1163 20.19 1186 20.79 1208 21.40 1230 22.00 1253 22.62 1274 23.23 1296 23.85 — — 16,000 1156 21.51 1178 22.12 1200 22.74 1222 23.36 1244 23.98 1265 24.61 1286 25.24 — — — — — — 17,000 1197 24.25 1218 24.89 1240 25.52 1261 26.17 1281 26.81 — — — — — — — — — — 18,000 1239 27.24 1260 27.89 1280 28.55 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 19,000 ———————————————————— 20,000 ————————————————————

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

LEGEND

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 7 — Fan Performance — 48A2,A3,A6,A7050 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 512 2.98 560 3.38 604 3.79 647 4.20 688 4.62 728 5.05 766 5.49 803 5.94 839 6.40 874 6.86

9,000 561 3.90 604 4.33 645 4.77 685 5.20 723 5.65 760 6.10 796 6.55 831 7.02 864 7.49 897 7.97 10,000 611 5.00 651 5.45 689 5.91 725 6.37 761 6.84 795 7.31 829 7.79 861 8.27 893 8.76 925 9.26 11,000 662 6.27 699 6.75 734 7.23 768 7.72 801 8.21 833 8.71 865 9.20 895 9.71 925 10.21 955 10.73 12,000 714 7.74 748 8.24 780 8.75 812 9.26 843 9.77 873 10.29 903 10.81 932 11.33 960 11.86 988 12.39 13,000 766 9.41 798 9.93 828 10.46 858 11.00 887 11.54 916 12.08 944 12.62 971 13.16 998 13.71 1024 14.26 14,000 819 11.29 848 11.84 877 12.39 905 12.95 932 13.51 959 14.07 986 14.63 1012 15.20 1037 15.77 1062 16.34 15,000 872 13.40 899 13.96 926 14.54 953 15.11 979 15.70 1004 16.28 1029 16.87 1054 17.46 1078 18.05 1102 18.64 16,000 925 15.74 951 16.32 976 16.91 1001 17.51 1026 18.12 1050 18.72 1074 19.33 1097 19.94 1121 20.55 1143 21.17 17,000 979 18.32 1003 18.92 1027 19.53 1051 20.15 1074 20.77 1097 21.40 1120 22.03 1142 22.66 1164 23.29 1186 23.93 18,000 1032 21.15 1055 21.77 1078 22.40 1100 23.04 1123 23.68 1145 24.33 1166 24.98 1188 25.63 1209 26.28 1230 26.93 19,000 1086 24.24 1108 24.88 1129 25.52 1151 26.18 1172 26.84 1193 27.51 1214 28.18 1234 28.85 1255 29.52 1275 30.19 20,000 1140 27.60 1161 28.25 1181 28.92 1202 29.59 1222 30.27 1242 30.95 1262 31.64 1281 32.33 — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 907 7.34 940 7.81 971 8.30 1001 8.79 1030 9.29 1059 9.79 1086 10.29 1113 10.80 1139 11.31 1164 11.83

9,000 930 8.46 961 8.95 991 9.46 1021 9.97 1050 10.48 1078 11.00 1105 11.52 1131 12.05 1157 12.58 1183 13.12 10,000 955 9.76 985 10.27 1014 10.79 1043 11.31 1071 11.84 1098 12.37 1125 12.91 1151 13.46 1177 14.01 1202 14.56 11,000 984 11.25 1012 11.77 1040 12.30 1068 12.84 1095 13.38 1121 13.93 1147 14.49 1172 15.05 1197 15.61 1222 16.18 12,000 1016 12.93 1043 13.47 1069 14.02 1095 14.57 1121 15.13 1147 15.69 1172 16.26 1196 16.83 1220 17.41 1244 18.00 13,000 1050 14.82 1076 15.38 1101 15.94 1126 16.51 1151 17.08 1175 17.66 1199 18.24 1223 18.83 1246 19.42 1269 20.02 14,000 1087 16.92 1111 17.49 1136 18.07 1159 18.66 1183 19.25 1206 19.84 1229 20.44 1252 21.04 1274 21.64 1296 22.25 15,000 1126 19.23 1149 19.83 1172 20.43 1195 21.03 1217 21.64 1239 22.25 1261 22.86 1283 23.48 — — — — 16,000 1166 21.78 1188 22.40 1210 23.01 1232 23.64 1253 24.26 1275 24.89 1296 25.52 — — — — — — 17,000 1208 24.56 1229 25.20 1250 25.84 1271 26.48 1291 27.12 — — — — — — — — — — 18,000 1250 27.59 1271 28.25 1291 28.91 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 19,000 1294 30.87 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 20,000 ————————————————————

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 8 — Fan Performance — 48A2,A3,A6,A7060 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 476 4.33 534 5.04 585 5.78 632 6.56 674 7.39 714 8.24 751 9.12 786 10.02 819 10.93 851 11.85 14,000 536 6.19 588 6.96 636 7.74 680 8.56 720 9.41 758 10.30 793 11.21 827 12.15 859 13.11 890 14.08 15,000 566 7.28 617 8.09 662 8.90 704 9.73 744 10.59 781 11.50 816 12.42 849 13.38 881 14.36 911 15.35 16,000 597 8.48 645 9.34 689 10.17 730 11.02 768 11.90 804 12.82 839 13.76 871 14.73 902 15.72 932 16.73 17,000 628 9.80 674 10.71 717 11.58 756 12.45 793 13.34 829 14.27 862 15.23 894 16.21 925 17.21 954 18.24 18,000 659 11.25 704 12.21 745 13.11 783 14.00 819 14.91 853 15.85 886 16.82 918 17.82 948 18.84 977 19.88 19,000 691 12.82 734 13.84 773 14.77 810 15.69 845 16.62 879 17.58 911 18.56 942 19.57 971 20.60 1000 21.65 20,000 723 14.53 764 15.60 802 16.57 838 17.52 872 18.47 905 19.44 936 20.44 966 21.45 995 22.50 1023 23.57 21,000 755 16.37 794 17.49 831 18.51 866 19.49 899 20.47 931 21.46 961 22.47 991 23.50 1019 24.55 1047 25.63 22,000 787 18.35 825 19.53 861 20.59 894 21.60 927 22.61 958 23.62 987 24.64 1016 25.69 1044 26.76 1071 27.84 23,000 819 20.48 856 21.71 890 22.81 923 23.87 954 24.90 985 25.93 1014 26.97 1042 28.03 1069 29.11 1096 30.21 24,000 851 22.75 887 24.04 920 25.19 952 26.28 983 27.34 1012 28.40 1041 29.46 1068 30.54 1095 31.63 1121 32.74 25,000 883 25.17 918 26.52 951 27.72 982 28.84 1011 29.94 1040 31.02 1068 32.11 1095 33.21 1121 34.31 1147 35.44 26,000 916 27.76 950 29.15 981 30.40 1011 31.57 1040 32.70 1068 33.81 1095 34.92 1122 36.04 1147 37.16 1172 38.30 27,000 948 30.49 981 31.95 1012 33.24 1041 34.46 1070 35.62 1097 36.76 1123 37.90 1149 39.04 1174 40.18 1199 41.34

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 881 12.78 911 13.72 939 14.67 967 15.62 993 16.58 1019 17.54 1045 18.51 1069 19.48 1093 20.45 1117 21.43 14,000 920 15.06 948 16.06 976 17.07 1003 18.08 1029 19.11 1054 20.13 1079 21.17 1103 22.21 1126 23.26 1149 24.31 15,000 940 16.36 968 17.38 996 18.41 1022 19.45 1048 20.50 1073 21.56 1097 22.63 1121 23.70 1144 24.78 1167 25.86 16,000 961 17.76 989 18.80 1016 19.86 1042 20.92 1067 22.00 1092 23.08 1116 24.17 1140 25.28 1162 26.38 1185 27.49 17,000 983 19.28 1010 20.34 1036 21.42 1062 22.51 1087 23.60 1112 24.71 1135 25.83 1159 26.95 1181 28.09 — — 18,000 1005 20.94 1032 22.01 1058 23.11 1083 24.21 1108 25.33 1132 26.46 1156 27.60 1178 28.74 — — — — 19,000 1027 22.72 1054 23.81 1080 24.92 1105 26.04 1129 27.18 1153 28.33 1176 29.48 1199 30.65 — — — — 20,000 1050 24.65 1076 25.76 1102 26.88 1126 28.01 1151 29.17 1174 30.33 1197 31.50 — — — — — — 21,000 1073 26.73 1099 27.84 1124 28.97 1149 30.13 1173 31.29 1196 32.47 — — — — — — — — 22,000 1097 28.95 1123 30.08 1147 31.22 1172 32.39 1195 33.56 — — — — — — — — — — 23,000 1122 31.33 1147 32.47 1171 33.63 1195 34.80 — — — — — — — — — — — — 24,000 1146 33.87 1171 35.02 1195 36.19 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 25,000 1171 36.58 1196 37.74 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 26,000 1197 39.46 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 27,000 ————————————————————

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 9 — Fan Performance — 50A2,A3,A6,A7020 Units

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 311 0.54 390 0.71 457 0.88 515 1.05 567 1.21 613 1.38 656 1.55 696 1.71 733 1.88 768 2.04 5,000 347 0.84 417 1.02 480 1.21 536 1.40 587 1.59 633 1.78 676 1.97 716 2.16 753 2.34 788 2.52 6,000 387 1.25 450 1.43 507 1.63 560 1.84 609 2.05 654 2.26 696 2.47 735 2.68 773 2.88 808 3.09 7,000 430 1.77 488 1.96 540 2.17 588 2.38 634 2.61 677 2.83 718 3.06 756 3.29 793 3.51 828 3.74 7,500 452 2.07 507 2.27 557 2.48 604 2.70 648 2.93 690 3.16 730 3.40 768 3.63 804 3.87 839 4.10 8,000 474 2.41 528 2.61 576 2.82 620 3.04 663 3.28 704 3.52 743 3.76 780 4.00 816 4.24 850 4.48 9,000 519 3.19 570 3.39 614 3.60 656 3.83 696 4.07 734 4.32 771 4.57 806 4.82 840 5.08 873 5.34 10,000 565 4.10 613 4.31 655 4.53 694 4.76 731 5.00 767 5.26 802 5.51 835 5.78 868 6.04 900 6.31 11,000 611 5.17 657 5.37 697 5.60 734 5.84 769 6.08 803 6.34 836 6.60 868 6.87 899 7.15 929 7.42 12,000 658 6.39 702 6.60 741 6.83 776 7.07 809 7.32 841 7.58 872 7.85 902 8.12 932 8.40 960 8.68 12,500 681 7.06 725 7.27 763 7.50 797 7.74 830 8.00 861 8.26 891 8.53 920 8.80 949 9.08 977 9.37 13,000 705 7.77 748 7.98 785 8.21 819 8.46 850 8.71 881 8.98 910 9.25 939 9.53 967 9.81 994 10.10

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 802 2.21 833 2.38 864 2.55 893 2.71 921 2.88 949 3.06 975 3.23 1001 3.40 1026 3.58 1050 3.75 5,000 822 2.71 854 2.89 885 3.08 914 3.26 943 3.45 970 3.64 997 3.82 1023 4.01 1048 4.20 1072 4.39 6,000 842 3.29 874 3.50 905 3.70 934 3.90 963 4.10 991 4.31 1017 4.51 1043 4.71 1069 4.91 1093 5.12 7,000 862 3.96 894 4.19 924 4.41 954 4.63 983 4.85 1010 5.07 1037 5.29 1063 5.51 1089 5.72 1113 5.94 7,500 872 4.33 904 4.56 934 4.79 964 5.02 993 5.25 1020 5.48 1047 5.71 1073 5.94 1099 6.16 1123 6.39 8,000 883 4.73 914 4.97 945 5.21 974 5.45 1003 5.68 1030 5.92 1057 6.16 1083 6.39 1108 6.63 1133 6.87 9,000 905 5.60 936 5.85 966 6.11 995 6.37 1023 6.62 1051 6.88 1077 7.13 1103 7.38 1129 7.64 1153 7.89 10,000 931 6.58 961 6.85 990 7.13 1018 7.40 1046 7.67 1073 7.94 1099 8.21 1124 8.48 1149 8.75 1174 9.02 11,000 958 7.70 987 7.99 1015 8.27 1043 8.55 1070 8.84 1096 9.12 1122 9.41 1147 9.69 1171 9.98 1195 10.26 12,000 989 8.97 1016 9.26 1043 9.55 1070 9.85 1096 10.14 1121 10.44 1146 10.73 1171 11.03 1195 11.33 — — 12,500 1005 9.66 1032 9.95 1058 10.25 1084 10.55 1110 10.85 1135 11.15 1159 11.45 1183 11.75 — — — — 13,000 1021 10.39 1048 10.69 1074 10.99 1099 11.29 1124 11.59 1149 11.90 1173 12.20 1197 12.51 — — — —

2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 10 — Fan Performance — 50A2,A3,A6,A7025-030 Units

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 314 0.54 394 0.72 460 0.89 517 1.05 569 1.22 615 1.39 658 1.55 697 1.72 734 1.88 769 2.05 5,000 352 0.85 422 1.03 484 1.22 540 1.42 590 1.61 636 1.79 678 1.98 718 2.17 755 2.35 791 2.54 6,000 394 1.26 456 1.45 513 1.65 565 1.86 613 2.07 658 2.28 700 2.49 739 2.70 776 2.90 811 3.11 7,000 438 1.79 495 1.98 546 2.19 594 2.41 640 2.64 682 2.86 723 3.09 761 3.32 798 3.54 833 3.77 8,000 483 2.44 536 2.64 583 2.85 628 3.08 670 3.32 710 3.55 749 3.80 786 4.04 821 4.28 855 4.52 9,000 530 3.23 579 3.43 623 3.65 664 3.88 704 4.12 741 4.37 778 4.62 813 4.88 847 5.13 880 5.39 10,000 577 4.15 624 4.36 665 4.58 703 4.82 740 5.06 776 5.32 810 5.58 843 5.84 876 6.11 907 6.38 11,000 625 5.22 669 5.44 708 5.67 744 5.91 779 6.16 813 6.41 845 6.68 877 6.95 907 7.22 937 7.50 12,000 674 6.45 715 6.67 753 6.90 787 7.15 820 7.40 851 7.67 882 7.93 912 8.21 941 8.49 970 8.78 13,000 722 7.85 762 8.07 798 8.30 831 8.55 862 8.81 892 9.08 921 9.35 950 9.63 977 9.92 1005 10.21 14,000 771 9.41 810 9.64 844 9.88 875 10.13 905 10.39 934 10.66 962 10.94 989 11.22 1015 11.51 1041 11.81 15,000 821 11.15 857 11.38 890 11.62 921 11.88 949 12.14 977 12.42 1004 12.70 1030 12.99 1055 13.28 1080 13.58

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 803 2.22 835 2.38 865 2.55 894 2.72 923 2.89 950 3.06 976 3.24 1002 3.41 1027 3.58 1051 3.76 5,000 824 2.72 856 2.91 887 3.09 916 3.28 945 3.46 972 3.65 999 3.83 1024 4.02 1049 4.21 1074 4.40 6,000 845 3.31 877 3.52 908 3.72 937 3.92 966 4.12 993 4.32 1020 4.53 1046 4.73 1071 4.93 1096 5.14 7,000 866 3.99 898 4.21 928 4.43 958 4.66 986 4.88 1014 5.10 1041 5.31 1067 5.53 1092 5.75 1116 5.97 8,000 888 4.77 919 5.01 950 5.25 979 5.49 1007 5.72 1035 5.96 1061 6.20 1087 6.43 1113 6.67 1137 6.90 9,000 912 5.65 942 5.90 972 6.16 1001 6.42 1029 6.67 1056 6.93 1083 7.18 1108 7.43 1134 7.69 1158 7.94 10,000 938 6.65 968 6.92 997 7.19 1025 7.46 1052 7.73 1079 8.00 1105 8.27 1130 8.54 1155 8.81 1180 9.08 11,000 967 7.78 995 8.07 1023 8.35 1051 8.63 1077 8.92 1103 9.20 1129 9.49 1154 9.77 1178 10.06 — — 12,000 998 9.07 1025 9.35 1052 9.65 1078 9.94 1104 10.24 1130 10.54 1154 10.83 1179 11.13 — — — — 13,000 1031 10.50 1058 10.80 1083 11.10 1109 11.40 1133 11.71 1158 12.01 1182 12.32 —————— 14,000 1067 12.10 1092 12.41 1117 12.71 1141 13.02 1165 13.33 1188 13.65 ———————— 15,000 1104 13.88 1128 14.19 1152 14.50 1175 14.81 1198 15.13 ——————————

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 11 — Fan Performance — 50A2,A3,A6,A7035 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 503 1.96 553 2.22 601 2.47 646 2.72 689 2.97 730 3.22 768 3.46 804 3.70 839 3.94 872 4.17 8,000 553 2.62 599 2.89 643 3.16 684 3.43 724 3.70 763 3.97 799 4.23 834 4.50 868 4.76 901 5.02

9,000 605 3.39 647 3.68 687 3.97 726 4.26 763 4.55 798 4.83 833 5.12 867 5.40 899 5.68 930 5.96 10,000 657 4.29 696 4.61 733 4.91 769 5.22 803 5.52 837 5.82 870 6.12 901 6.42 932 6.72 962 7.02 10,500 684 4.80 721 5.12 757 5.43 791 5.75 825 6.06 857 6.37 889 6.68 920 6.98 950 7.29 979 7.60 11,000 710 5.33 747 5.66 781 5.99 814 6.31 847 6.63 878 6.95 909 7.26 939 7.58 968 7.89 997 8.21 12,000 764 6.52 798 6.86 830 7.21 861 7.54 891 7.88 921 8.21 950 8.54 978 8.87 1006 9.20 1033 9.53 13,000 818 7.85 849 8.21 880 8.57 909 8.92 938 9.27 966 9.62 993 9.97 1020 10.31 1046 10.66 1072 11.00 14,000 872 9.33 901 9.71 930 10.09 958 10.45 985 10.82 1012 11.19 1037 11.55 1063 11.91 1088 12.27 1113 12.63 15,000 926 10.98 954 11.37 981 11.76 1008 12.15 1033 12.53 1059 12.91 1083 13.28 1108 13.66 1131 14.03 1155 14.40 16,000 980 12.79 1007 13.20 1033 13.60 1058 14.00 1082 14.40 1106 14.79 1130 15.18 1153 15.57 1176 15.96 1199 16.35 17,000 1035 14.77 1060 15.19 1085 15.61 1109 16.03 1132 16.44 1155 16.84 1178 17.25 1200 17.65 1222 18.05 1243 18.46 17,500 1062 15.83 1087 16.25 1111 16.68 1134 17.10 1157 17.52 1180 17.94 1202 18.35 1224 18.76 1245 19.17 1266 19.58

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 903 4.40 933 4.62 962 4.84 990 5.06 1017 5.27 1043 5.48 1068 5.69 1092 5.89 1116 6.09 1139 6.28

8,000 932 5.27 962 5.52 991 5.77 1019 6.02 1045 6.26 1071 6.50 1097 6.73 1121 6.96 1145 7.19 1168 7.42

9,000 961 6.24 990 6.52 1019 6.79 1047 7.06 1073 7.33 1099 7.59 1125 7.85 1149 8.11 1173 8.37 1196 8.62 10,000 992 7.32 1020 7.62 1048 7.91 1075 8.20 1102 8.49 1127 8.78 1152 9.07 1177 9.35 1201 9.63 1224 9.91 10,500 1008 7.90 1036 8.21 1063 8.51 1090 8.82 1116 9.12 1142 9.41 1166 9.71 1191 10.01 1214 10.30 1238 10.59 11,000 1025 8.52 1052 8.84 1079 9.15 1105 9.46 1131 9.77 1156 10.08 1181 10.39 1205 10.69 1228 10.99 1252 11.29 12,000 1060 9.86 1086 10.19 1112 10.52 1137 10.85 1162 11.17 1187 11.50 1211 11.82 1234 12.15 1257 12.47 1280 12.79 13,000 1097 11.35 1122 11.69 1147 12.03 1171 12.37 1195 12.72 1219 13.06 1242 13.40 1265 13.74 1287 14.08 — — 14,000 1137 12.98 1161 13.34 1184 13.69 1208 14.05 1231 14.41 1253 14.76 1276 15.12 1298 15.47 — — — — 15,000 1178 14.77 1201 15.15 1223 15.51 1246 15.88 1268 16.25 1289 16.62 — — — — — — — — 16,000 1221 16.73 1243 17.11 1264 17.50 1286 17.88 — — — — — — — — — — — — 17,000 1265 18.85 1286 19.25 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 17,500 1287 19.98 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 12 — Fan Performance — 50A2,A3,A6,A7040 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 475 2.69 523 3.08 569 3.47 612 3.86 653 4.26 692 4.66 730 5.07 767 5.49 802 5.92 836 6.36

9,000 521 3.53 565 3.94 606 4.36 646 4.78 684 5.20 721 5.63 757 6.06 791 6.49 825 6.94 857 7.39 10,000 568 4.52 608 4.96 646 5.40 683 5.84 719 6.29 753 6.74 787 7.20 819 7.65 851 8.11 882 8.58 11,000 615 5.68 652 6.14 687 6.60 722 7.07 755 7.55 788 8.02 819 8.50 850 8.97 880 9.46 909 9.94 12,000 663 7.01 697 7.49 730 7.98 762 8.47 794 8.97 824 9.47 854 9.96 883 10.47 912 10.97 939 11.48 13,000 712 8.53 743 9.03 774 9.54 804 10.05 834 10.57 862 11.09 891 11.61 918 12.13 945 12.66 972 13.19 14,000 760 10.24 790 10.76 819 11.29 847 11.82 875 12.36 902 12.90 929 13.45 955 13.99 981 14.54 1006 15.09 15,000 809 12.15 837 12.69 864 13.24 891 13.79 917 14.35 943 14.91 968 15.48 993 16.04 1018 16.62 1042 17.18 16,000 859 14.27 885 14.83 910 15.40 936 15.97 960 16.55 985 17.13 1009 17.71 1033 18.30 1056 18.89 1079 19.48 17,000 908 16.61 933 17.19 957 17.77 981 18.36 1004 18.96 1028 19.56 1051 20.16 1073 20.77 1096 21.38 1118 21.99 18,000 958 19.18 981 19.77 1004 20.37 1027 20.98 1049 21.60 1071 22.22 1093 22.84 1115 23.46 1136 24.09 1157 24.72 19,000 1007 21.98 1030 22.59 1052 23.21 1073 23.84 1095 24.47 1116 25.10 1137 25.74 1157 26.39 1178 27.04 1198 27.68 20,000 1057 25.02 1079 25.65 1099 26.29 1120 26.93 1140 27.58 1161 28.23 1181 28.89 — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 870 6.81 902 7.26 933 7.73 964 8.20 993 8.67 1022 9.16 1050 9.65 1077 10.14 1104 10.64 1129 11.15

9,000 889 7.85 920 8.31 950 8.79 979 9.27 1008 9.75 1036 10.25 1064 10.75 1090 11.26 1117 11.77 1142 12.29 10,000 912 9.05 941 9.53 970 10.02 998 10.51 1026 11.00 1053 11.51 1080 12.02 1106 12.54 1131 13.06 1157 13.59 11,000 938 10.43 966 10.92 993 11.42 1020 11.93 1047 12.44 1073 12.95 1099 13.47 1124 14.00 1149 14.53 1173 15.07 12,000 967 11.98 993 12.49 1020 13.01 1046 13.53 1071 14.05 1096 14.58 1121 15.11 1145 15.65 1169 16.19 1192 16.74 13,000 998 13.72 1023 14.25 1049 14.78 1073 15.32 1098 15.86 1121 16.40 1145 16.95 1168 17.50 1191 18.06 1214 18.62 14,000 1031 15.64 1055 16.19 1079 16.75 1103 17.30 1126 17.86 1149 18.42 1172 18.98 1195 19.55 1217 20.12 1239 20.69 15,000 1066 17.76 1089 18.33 1112 18.90 1135 19.48 1157 20.06 1179 20.63 1201 21.21 1223 21.80 1244 22.38 1265 22.97 16,000 1102 20.08 1124 20.67 1147 21.26 1168 21.86 1190 22.46 1211 23.06 1232 23.66 1253 24.26 1274 24.86 1294 25.46 17,000 1140 22.61 1161 23.22 1182 23.84 1203 24.45 1224 25.07 1245 25.69 1265 26.31 1285 26.93 — — — — 18,000 1178 25.36 1199 25.99 1219 26.63 1240 27.26 1260 27.90 1279 28.54 1299 29.18 — — — — — — 19,000 1218 28.34 1238 28.99 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 20,000 ————————————————————

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 13 — Fan Performance — 50A2,A3,A6,A7050 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 485 2.76 532 3.15 577 3.54 620 3.94 661 4.34 700 4.74 737 5.16 774 5.58 809 6.01 843 6.45

9,000 530 3.62 574 4.03 615 4.45 655 4.87 692 5.29 729 5.72 764 6.15 798 6.59 832 7.03 864 7.49 10,000 577 4.62 617 5.06 655 5.50 692 5.95 727 6.40 761 6.85 794 7.30 827 7.76 858 8.22 889 8.69 11,000 625 5.80 661 6.26 697 6.73 731 7.20 764 7.67 796 8.14 827 8.62 858 9.10 888 9.58 917 10.07 12,000 673 7.15 707 7.63 740 8.12 772 8.62 803 9.11 833 9.61 863 10.11 891 10.61 920 11.12 947 11.62 13,000 722 8.69 753 9.19 784 9.70 814 10.22 843 10.74 872 11.26 900 11.78 927 12.31 954 12.83 980 13.36 14,000 771 10.43 800 10.95 829 11.48 857 12.01 885 12.55 912 13.10 938 13.64 964 14.19 990 14.74 1015 15.29 15,000 821 12.37 848 12.91 875 13.46 901 14.01 928 14.57 953 15.14 978 15.70 1003 16.27 1028 16.84 1052 17.41 16,000 870 14.52 896 15.08 922 15.65 947 16.22 971 16.80 996 17.39 1020 17.97 1043 18.56 1066 19.15 1089 19.75 17,000 920 16.89 945 17.48 969 18.06 993 18.65 1016 19.25 1039 19.86 1062 20.46 1084 21.07 1107 21.68 1129 22.30 18,000 971 19.50 994 20.10 1017 20.71 1039 21.32 1061 21.93 1083 22.55 1105 23.18 1126 23.80 1148 24.44 1169 25.07 19,000 1021 22.35 1043 22.96 1065 23.59 1086 24.21 1107 24.85 1128 25.49 1149 26.13 1170 26.78 1190 27.42 1210 28.08 20,000 1071 25.43 1092 26.07 1113 26.71 1133 27.36 1154 28.01 1174 28.66 1194 29.33 1213 29.99 1233 30.65 1252 31.33

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 876 6.90 908 7.35 939 7.82 970 8.29 999 8.77 1027 9.25 1055 9.74 1082 10.24 1109 10.74 1134 11.25

9,000 896 7.95 926 8.41 956 8.89 986 9.37 1014 9.86 1042 10.36 1069 10.86 1096 11.37 1122 11.88 1148 12.40 10,000 919 9.17 948 9.64 977 10.13 1005 10.62 1032 11.12 1059 11.63 1086 12.14 1112 12.66 1137 13.18 1162 13.71 11,000 945 10.56 973 11.05 1001 11.55 1027 12.06 1054 12.57 1080 13.09 1105 13.61 1130 14.14 1155 14.67 1179 15.21 12,000 975 12.13 1001 12.64 1027 13.16 1053 13.68 1078 14.21 1103 14.74 1128 15.27 1152 15.81 1176 16.35 1199 16.90 13,000 1006 13.89 1032 14.42 1057 14.96 1081 15.49 1105 16.03 1129 16.58 1153 17.12 1176 17.68 1199 18.23 1221 18.80 14,000 1040 15.84 1064 16.39 1088 16.94 1112 17.50 1135 18.06 1158 18.62 1180 19.18 1203 19.75 1225 20.32 1246 20.90 15,000 1075 17.99 1098 18.56 1121 19.13 1144 19.71 1166 20.29 1188 20.86 1210 21.45 1231 22.03 1253 22.62 1274 23.21 16,000 1112 20.34 1134 20.93 1156 21.53 1178 22.12 1199 22.72 1221 23.32 1241 23.92 1262 24.52 1283 25.13 — — 17,000 1150 22.91 1172 23.52 1193 24.14 1214 24.76 1234 25.37 1255 25.99 1275 26.61 1295 27.23 — — — — 18,000 1190 25.70 1210 26.34 1230 26.97 1250 27.61 1270 28.25 1290 28.89 — — — — — — — — 19,000 1230 28.73 1250 29.38 1269 30.04 1289 30.70 — — — — — — — — — — — — 20,000 1271 31.99 1290 32.67 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 14 — Fan Performance — 50A2,A3,A6,A7060 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 450 4.02 509 4.71 560 5.41 605 6.12 647 6.86 686 7.62 723 8.40 757 9.21 790 10.04 821 10.89 14,000 505 5.74 558 6.49 606 7.24 649 8.01 689 8.79 727 9.59 762 10.40 795 11.24 827 12.09 857 12.96 15,000 533 6.75 584 7.53 630 8.32 672 9.11 711 9.91 748 10.73 782 11.56 815 12.41 846 13.28 876 14.17 16,000 561 7.88 610 8.68 655 9.50 696 10.32 734 11.14 770 11.98 803 12.84 836 13.71 866 14.59 896 15.49 17,000 590 9.12 637 9.95 680 10.79 720 11.64 757 12.49 792 13.35 825 14.23 857 15.12 887 16.02 916 16.94 18,000 619 10.48 664 11.33 706 12.20 744 13.07 781 13.96 815 14.84 847 15.74 878 16.65 908 17.57 937 18.50 19,000 648 11.96 692 12.84 732 13.74 769 14.64 805 15.54 838 16.45 870 17.37 900 18.30 930 19.24 958 20.19 20,000 678 13.57 719 14.47 758 15.40 795 16.32 829 17.25 862 18.19 893 19.13 923 20.08 952 21.04 979 22.01 21,000 707 15.30 748 16.24 785 17.19 821 18.14 854 19.09 886 20.05 917 21.02 946 22.00 974 22.98 1001 23.97 22,000 737 17.18 776 18.14 812 19.11 847 20.09 879 21.07 911 22.06 940 23.05 969 24.04 997 25.05 1024 26.06 23,000 767 19.20 804 20.18 840 21.17 873 22.17 905 23.18 935 24.19 965 25.21 993 26.23 1020 27.25 1046 28.28 24,000 797 21.35 833 22.36 867 23.38 900 24.40 931 25.43 961 26.47 989 27.51 1017 28.55 1044 29.60 1070 30.65 25,000 827 23.66 862 24.68 895 25.72 927 26.78 957 27.83 986 28.89 1014 29.95 1041 31.02 1068 32.09 1093 33.17 26,000 857 26.11 891 27.16 923 28.23 954 29.30 984 30.38 1012 31.46 1040 32.55 1066 33.64 1092 34.73 1117 35.83 27,000 888 28.72 920 29.79 952 30.88 982 31.97 1011 33.08 1038 34.19 1065 35.29 1091 36.40 1117 37.52 1141 38.64

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 851 11.75 880 12.63 907 13.53 934 14.45 960 15.38 985 16.32 1010 17.28 1033 18.24 1057 19.22 1079 20.22 14,000 886 13.85 915 14.76 942 15.68 968 16.62 993 17.57 1018 18.54 1042 19.52 1066 20.51 1088 21.52 1111 22.53 15,000 905 15.07 933 15.99 960 16.92 986 17.87 1011 18.83 1035 19.81 1059 20.81 1082 21.81 1105 22.82 1127 23.85 16,000 924 16.41 952 17.34 978 18.28 1004 19.25 1029 20.22 1053 21.21 1077 22.21 1100 23.22 1122 24.25 1144 25.29 17,000 944 17.86 971 18.81 997 19.77 1023 20.74 1047 21.73 1071 22.73 1095 23.74 1117 24.76 1140 25.80 1161 26.85 18,000 964 19.45 991 20.41 1017 21.38 1042 22.36 1066 23.36 1090 24.37 1113 25.40 1136 26.43 1158 27.48 1179 28.54 19,000 985 21.15 1011 22.13 1037 23.12 1061 24.11 1085 25.13 1109 26.15 1132 27.19 1154 28.24 1176 29.29 1197 30.36 20,000 1006 22.99 1032 23.98 1057 24.99 1081 26.00 1105 27.03 1128 28.06 1151 29.11 1173 30.17 1195 31.24 — — 21,000 1028 24.97 1053 25.97 1078 26.99 1102 28.02 1126 29.06 1148 30.11 1171 31.17 1193 32.25 — — — — 22,000 1050 27.08 1075 28.10 1099 29.14 1123 30.18 1146 31.24 1169 32.30 1191 33.38 — — — — — — 23,000 1072 29.32 1097 30.37 1121 31.42 1144 32.48 1167 33.55 1190 34.64 — — — — — — — — 24,000 1095 31.71 1119 32.78 1143 33.85 1166 34.93 1189 36.02 — — — — — — — — — — 25,000 1118 34.25 1142 35.33 1165 36.42 1188 37.52 — — — — — — — — — — — — 26,000 1141 36.93 1165 38.04 1188 39.15 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 27,000 1165 39.76 1188 40.89 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

LEGEND

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 15 — Fan Performance — 48A4,A5,A8,A9020 Units

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 339 0.71 414 0.97 478 1.25 534 1.54 585 1.84 631 2.14 674 2.44 714 2.75 751 3.06 787 3.37 5,000 384 1.10 452 1.37 510 1.66 563 1.96 611 2.28 656 2.60 698 2.93 738 3.27 775 3.60 811 3.94 6,000 433 1.61 494 1.89 548 2.19 597 2.51 643 2.84 686 3.18 726 3.52 764 3.88 800 4.23 835 4.60 7,000 484 2.27 540 2.56 590 2.87 636 3.19 679 3.53 719 3.88 757 4.24 794 4.61 829 4.98 863 5.36 7,500 511 2.66 563 2.95 612 3.26 656 3.59 698 3.94 737 4.29 775 4.66 810 5.03 845 5.41 877 5.79 8,000 538 3.09 588 3.38 634 3.70 678 4.03 718 4.38 756 4.74 793 5.11 827 5.49 861 5.87 893 6.26 9,000 593 4.07 639 4.37 682 4.69 722 5.03 760 5.39 796 5.76 831 6.13 864 6.52 896 6.91 927 7.32 10,000 649 5.23 691 5.54 731 5.87 769 6.21 805 6.58 839 6.95 872 7.34 904 7.73 934 8.13 964 8.54 11,000 706 6.58 744 6.89 782 7.23 817 7.58 851 7.95 884 8.33 915 8.72 945 9.12 975 9.53 1003 9.95 12,000 763 8.12 799 8.45 834 8.79 867 9.14 899 9.52 930 9.90 960 10.30 989 10.71 1017 11.12 1045 11.54 12,500 792 8.97 827 9.30 860 9.64 893 10.00 924 10.38 954 10.77 983 11.16 1012 11.57 1039 11.99 1066 12.42 13,000 821 9.87 855 10.20 887 10.55 918 10.91 949 11.29 978 11.68 1007 12.08 1034 12.49 1062 12.92 1088 13.35

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 820 3.68 852 3.99 883 4.30 912 4.62 940 4.93 967 5.25 993 5.57 1019 5.89 1043 6.21 1067 6.53 5,000 844 4.28 877 4.63 907 4.97 937 5.31 966 5.66 993 6.01 1020 6.35 1046 6.70 1071 7.05 1095 7.40 6,000 869 4.96 901 5.33 931 5.70 961 6.07 990 6.44 1017 6.81 1044 7.19 1070 7.57 1096 7.94 1121 8.32 7,000 895 5.74 926 6.13 956 6.52 986 6.91 1014 7.30 1042 7.70 1068 8.10 1094 8.50 1120 8.90 1145 9.30 7,500 909 6.18 940 6.57 970 6.97 999 7.37 1027 7.78 1054 8.18 1081 8.59 1107 9.00 1132 9.41 1157 9.82 8,000 925 6.66 955 7.06 984 7.46 1013 7.87 1040 8.28 1067 8.69 1094 9.11 1119 9.53 1144 9.95 1169 10.37 9,000 957 7.72 986 8.13 1015 8.55 1042 8.97 1069 9.39 1096 9.82 1121 10.25 1146 10.69 1171 11.12 1195 11.56 10,000 993 8.96 1021 9.38 1048 9.80 1075 10.23 1101 10.67 1126 11.11 1151 11.55 1176 12.00 1200 12.45 — — 11,000 1031 10.37 1058 10.80 1084 11.23 1110 11.67 1135 12.12 1160 12.56 1184 13.02 —————— 12,000 1071 11.97 1097 12.41 1123 12.85 1148 13.30 1172 13.75 1196 14.21 ———————— 12,500 1092 12.85 1118 13.29 1143 13.74 1167 14.19 1191 14.64 —————————— 13,000 1113 13.78 1139 14.22 1163 14.67 ——————————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 16 — Fan Performance — 48A4,A5,A8,A9025-030 Units

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 342 0.72 417 0.98 480 1.26 536 1.55 587 1.85 633 2.15 676 2.45 715 2.76 753 3.07 788 3.38 5,000 389 1.11 456 1.38 514 1.68 566 1.98 614 2.30 659 2.62 701 2.95 740 3.29 777 3.62 813 3.96 6,000 439 1.64 499 1.92 553 2.22 602 2.54 647 2.87 689 3.21 730 3.56 768 3.91 804 4.27 838 4.63 7,000 492 2.31 546 2.60 596 2.91 641 3.24 684 3.58 724 3.93 762 4.29 798 4.66 833 5.03 867 5.41 8,000 546 3.14 596 3.43 642 3.75 684 4.09 724 4.44 762 4.80 798 5.17 833 5.55 866 5.93 898 6.32 9,000 602 4.13 647 4.43 690 4.76 730 5.10 768 5.46 803 5.83 838 6.21 871 6.60 903 7.00 933 7.40 10,000 659 5.31 701 5.62 740 5.95 777 6.30 813 6.67 847 7.04 880 7.43 911 7.83 942 8.23 971 8.64 11,000 717 6.67 755 6.99 792 7.33 827 7.68 860 8.06 893 8.44 924 8.83 954 9.24 983 9.65 1011 10.07 12,000 775 8.23 811 8.56 845 8.90 878 9.27 909 9.64 940 10.03 970 10.43 999 10.84 1026 11.26 1054 11.69 13,000 834 9.99 867 10.33 899 10.68 930 11.05 960 11.44 989 11.83 1017 12.24 1045 12.65 1072 13.08 1098 13.51 14,000 893 11.97 924 12.32 954 12.68 983 13.06 1012 13.44 1039 13.85 1066 14.26 1093 14.68 1118 15.11 1143 15.54 15,000 953 14.17 982 14.53 1010 14.90 1037 15.28 1064 15.68 1091 16.08 1116 16.50 1142 16.93 1166 17.36 1190 17.80

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 821 3.69 853 4.00 884 4.31 913 4.63 941 4.95 968 5.26 994 5.58 1020 5.90 1044 6.22 1068 6.55 5,000 846 4.31 879 4.65 909 4.99 939 5.34 968 5.68 995 6.03 1022 6.38 1048 6.73 1073 7.08 1097 7.43 6,000 872 5.00 903 5.36 934 5.73 964 6.10 992 6.48 1020 6.85 1047 7.22 1073 7.60 1098 7.98 1123 8.36 7,000 899 5.79 930 6.18 960 6.57 989 6.96 1018 7.36 1045 7.75 1072 8.15 1098 8.55 1123 8.95 1148 9.35 8,000 930 6.72 960 7.12 989 7.53 1017 7.94 1045 8.35 1072 8.76 1098 9.18 1124 9.60 1148 10.02 1173 10.44 9,000 963 7.80 992 8.22 1020 8.63 1048 9.06 1075 9.48 1101 9.91 1126 10.34 1151 10.78 1176 11.21 1200 11.65 10,000 1000 9.06 1028 9.48 1055 9.91 1081 10.34 1107 10.77 1133 11.22 1157 11.66 1182 12.11 — — — — 11,000 1039 10.49 1066 10.92 1092 11.36 1117 11.80 1142 12.24 1167 12.69 1191 13.15 —————— 12,000 1080 12.12 1106 12.56 1131 13.00 1156 13.45 1180 13.90 —————————— 13,000 1123 13.95 1148 14.39 1172 14.84 1196 15.30 ———————————— 14,000 1168 15.99 1192 16.44 ———————————————— 15,000 ————————————————————

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 17 — Fan Performance — 48A4,A5,A8,A9035 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 553 2.59 602 2.92 648 3.26 691 3.61 732 3.95 770 4.29 807 4.63 842 4.96 875 5.29 907 5.62 8,000 612 3.45 656 3.81 698 4.17 738 4.53 776 4.90 812 5.27 847 5.63 881 6.00 913 6.36 944 6.72

9,000 672 4.47 712 4.86 750 5.24 787 5.62 823 6.01 857 6.39 890 6.78 922 7.17 953 7.56 983 7.95 10,000 733 5.67 769 6.08 805 6.48 839 6.88 872 7.28 904 7.69 935 8.10 966 8.51 995 8.92 1024 9.33 10,500 763 6.33 798 6.75 832 7.17 865 7.58 897 7.99 929 8.40 959 8.82 989 9.24 1017 9.66 1046 10.08 11,000 794 7.04 828 7.47 861 7.90 892 8.32 923 8.74 954 9.16 983 9.59 1012 10.01 1040 10.44 1067 10.87 12,000 855 8.60 887 9.06 918 9.51 948 9.95 977 10.39 1005 10.83 1033 11.27 1060 11.71 1087 12.16 1113 12.60 13,000 917 10.36 947 10.84 976 11.31 1004 11.77 1031 12.23 1058 12.69 1084 13.14 1110 13.60 1135 14.06 1160 14.52 14,000 980 12.32 1008 12.82 1035 13.31 1061 13.79 1087 14.27 1112 14.75 1137 15.22 1161 15.70 1185 16.17 1209 16.65 15,000 1042 14.49 1069 15.01 1094 15.52 1119 16.03 1143 16.53 1167 17.02 1191 17.51 1214 18.01 1237 18.50 1260 18.99 16,000 1105 16.88 1130 17.42 1154 17.96 1178 18.48 1201 19.00 1224 19.51 1246 20.02 1268 20.53 1290 21.04 — — 17,000 1168 19.49 1191 20.06 1214 20.61 1237 21.16 1259 21.69 1281 22.23 — — — — — — — — 17,500 1200 20.88 1222 21.46 1245 22.03 1267 22.58 1288 23.13 — — — — — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 937 5.94 967 6.26 995 6.57 1022 6.87 1048 7.18 1073 7.48 1098 7.78 1122 8.07 1145 8.36 1168 8.66

8,000 974 7.08 1003 7.43 1031 7.77 1058 8.12 1084 8.46 1109 8.79 1134 9.13 1158 9.46 1181 9.78 1204 10.11

9,000 1012 8.33 1041 8.72 1068 9.10 1094 9.47 1120 9.85 1145 10.22 1169 10.58 1193 10.95 1216 11.31 1239 11.66 10,000 1052 9.74 1080 10.15 1106 10.55 1132 10.96 1157 11.36 1182 11.76 1206 12.16 1229 12.55 1252 12.95 1275 13.34 10,500 1073 10.50 1100 10.92 1126 11.34 1151 11.75 1176 12.17 1201 12.59 1224 13.00 1248 13.41 1271 13.82 1293 14.22 11,000 1094 11.30 1120 11.73 1146 12.16 1171 12.59 1196 13.02 1220 13.45 1243 13.87 1266 14.30 1289 14.72 — — 12,000 1138 13.05 1163 13.50 1188 13.95 1212 14.40 1236 14.84 1259 15.30 1282 15.74 — — — — — — 13,000 1184 14.99 1208 15.45 1232 15.92 1255 16.39 1278 16.85 — — — — — — — — — — 14,000 1232 17.13 1255 17.61 1278 18.09 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 15,000 1282 19.48 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 16,000 ———————————————————— 17,000 ———————————————————— 17,500 ————————————————————

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 18 — Fan Performance — 48A4,A5,A8,A9040 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 526 3.10 573 3.50 617 3.91 660 4.33 700 4.75 740 5.18 778 5.62 814 6.07 850 6.53 884 7.00

9,000 579 4.08 621 4.51 662 4.95 701 5.39 738 5.83 775 6.28 810 6.74 845 7.21 878 7.69 911 8.17 10,000 633 5.24 671 5.70 709 6.16 744 6.62 779 7.09 813 7.57 846 8.05 879 8.53 910 9.03 941 9.53 11,000 687 6.59 723 7.07 757 7.56 790 8.05 823 8.54 854 9.04 885 9.54 916 10.05 945 10.56 974 11.08 12,000 742 8.15 775 8.65 807 9.17 838 9.68 868 10.20 898 10.72 927 11.24 955 11.77 983 12.30 1011 12.84 13,000 797 9.92 827 10.45 857 10.98 887 11.52 915 12.07 943 12.61 970 13.15 997 13.70 1024 14.25 1050 14.81 14,000 852 11.92 881 12.47 909 13.03 936 13.59 963 14.15 990 14.72 1016 15.29 1041 15.86 1066 16.43 1091 17.01 15,000 908 14.15 935 14.72 961 15.31 987 15.89 1013 16.48 1038 17.06 1062 17.65 1086 18.25 1110 18.84 1134 19.44 16,000 964 16.63 989 17.23 1014 17.83 1039 18.43 1063 19.04 1086 19.65 1110 20.26 1133 20.88 1156 21.49 1178 22.11 17,000 1021 19.37 1044 19.98 1068 20.60 1091 21.23 1114 21.86 1136 22.49 1158 23.12 1180 23.76 1202 24.39 1223 25.03 18,000 1077 22.37 1099 23.01 1122 23.64 1144 24.29 1165 24.94 1187 25.59 1208 26.25 1229 26.90 1250 27.56 1270 28.22 19,000 1133 25.65 1155 26.30 1176 26.96 1197 27.62 1217 28.29 1238 28.96 — — — — — — — — 20,000 1190 29.21 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 917 7.48 949 7.96 980 8.44 1010 8.94 1039 9.43 1067 9.93 1094 10.44 1121 10.95 1147 11.46 1172 11.98

9,000 942 8.66 973 9.16 1003 9.66 1033 10.17 1061 10.69 1089 11.21 1116 11.73 1142 12.26 1168 12.80 1193 13.33 10,000 971 10.03 1001 10.55 1030 11.06 1058 11.59 1086 12.12 1113 12.66 1139 13.20 1165 13.75 1190 14.30 1215 14.86 11,000 1003 11.60 1031 12.13 1059 12.67 1086 13.21 1112 13.75 1139 14.31 1164 14.86 1189 15.43 1214 15.99 1238 16.56 12,000 1038 13.38 1065 13.92 1091 14.47 1117 15.03 1142 15.59 1167 16.16 1192 16.73 1216 17.31 1240 17.89 1264 18.48 13,000 1075 15.37 1101 15.93 1126 16.50 1150 17.07 1175 17.65 1199 18.23 1222 18.82 1246 19.41 1269 20.00 1291 20.61 14,000 1115 17.59 1139 18.17 1163 18.75 1186 19.34 1210 19.94 1232 20.53 1255 21.14 1277 21.74 1300 22.35 — — 15,000 1157 20.04 1180 20.64 1202 21.24 1225 21.85 1247 22.46 1269 23.07 1290 23.69 — — — — — — 16,000 1200 22.73 1222 23.35 1243 23.97 1265 24.60 1286 25.23 — — — — — — — — — — 17,000 1245 25.67 1266 26.32 1286 26.96 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 18,000 1290 28.88 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 19,000 ———————————————————— 20,000 ————————————————————

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

Table 19 — Fan Performance — 48A4,A5,A8,A9050 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 536 3.18 582 3.58 626 3.99 668 4.41 708 4.83 747 5.27 785 5.71 821 6.16 857 6.63 891 7.09

9,000 588 4.17 630 4.60 670 5.04 709 5.48 746 5.93 782 6.38 818 6.84 852 7.31 885 7.79 918 8.28 10,000 642 5.35 680 5.80 717 6.27 753 6.73 787 7.20 821 7.68 854 8.16 886 8.65 917 9.14 948 9.65 11,000 696 6.72 732 7.20 766 7.69 799 8.18 831 8.67 863 9.17 893 9.68 923 10.18 953 10.70 982 11.21 12,000 751 8.29 784 8.80 816 9.32 847 9.83 877 10.35 906 10.87 935 11.40 964 11.92 991 12.46 1019 12.99 13,000 807 10.09 837 10.62 867 11.16 896 11.70 924 12.24 952 12.78 979 13.33 1006 13.88 1032 14.43 1058 14.99 14,000 863 12.12 891 12.67 919 13.23 946 13.79 973 14.36 999 14.92 1025 15.49 1050 16.06 1075 16.64 1100 17.21 15,000 919 14.38 946 14.96 972 15.54 997 16.12 1023 16.71 1047 17.30 1072 17.89 1096 18.48 1120 19.08 1143 19.68 16,000 975 16.90 1000 17.49 1025 18.09 1049 18.70 1073 19.31 1097 19.92 1120 20.53 1143 21.15 1165 21.76 1188 22.38 17,000 1032 19.67 1056 20.29 1079 20.91 1102 21.54 1125 22.17 1147 22.80 1169 23.44 1191 24.07 1213 24.71 1234 25.35 18,000 1089 22.71 1111 23.35 1134 23.99 1155 24.64 1177 25.29 1198 25.95 1219 26.60 1240 27.26 1261 27.92 1281 28.58 19,000 1146 26.04 1167 26.69 1188 27.35 1209 28.02 1230 28.69 1250 29.37 1270 30.04 1290 30.72 — — — — 20,000 1203 29.65 1224 30.32 1244 31.00 1263 31.69 1283 32.38 — — — — — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 923 7.57 955 8.05 986 8.54 1016 9.03 1045 9.53 1073 10.03 1100 10.54 1126 11.05 1152 11.56 1177 12.08

9,000 949 8.77 980 9.27 1010 9.77 1039 10.28 1067 10.80 1095 11.32 1122 11.85 1148 12.38 1174 12.91 1199 13.45 10,000 978 10.15 1008 10.67 1036 11.19 1064 11.72 1092 12.25 1119 12.79 1145 13.33 1171 13.88 1196 14.43 1221 14.99 11,000 1010 11.74 1038 12.27 1066 12.81 1093 13.35 1119 13.90 1145 14.45 1171 15.01 1196 15.57 1220 16.14 1245 16.72 12,000 1046 13.53 1072 14.08 1098 14.63 1124 15.19 1149 15.76 1174 16.32 1199 16.90 1223 17.48 1247 18.06 1270 18.65 13,000 1084 15.55 1109 16.11 1134 16.68 1158 17.26 1182 17.84 1206 18.42 1230 19.01 1253 19.60 1276 20.20 1299 20.80 14,000 1124 17.79 1148 18.38 1171 18.97 1195 19.55 1218 20.15 1241 20.75 1263 21.35 1285 21.96 — — — — 15,000 1166 20.27 1189 20.88 1211 21.49 1234 22.09 1256 22.71 1277 23.32 1299 23.94 — — — — — — 16,000 1210 23.00 1231 23.62 1253 24.25 1274 24.88 1295 25.51 — — — — — — — — — — 17,000 1255 25.99 1276 26.63 1296 27.27 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 18,000 ———————————————————— 19,000 ———————————————————— 20,000 ————————————————————

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 20 — Fan Performance — 48A4,A5,A8,A9060 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 516 4.81 569 5.54 617 6.30 660 7.10 701 7.93 739 8.79 774 9.68 808 10.59 841 11.52 872 12.46 14,000 584 6.90 632 7.69 676 8.50 716 9.33 754 10.20 790 11.10 824 12.02 857 12.97 888 13.94 917 14.92 15,000 619 8.13 664 8.96 706 9.79 745 10.65 782 11.53 817 12.44 850 13.38 882 14.35 912 15.33 941 16.34 16,000 654 9.49 697 10.36 737 11.22 775 12.10 811 13.00 845 13.93 877 14.88 908 15.86 938 16.86 966 17.88 17,000 689 10.99 730 11.90 769 12.79 806 13.69 840 14.61 873 15.56 904 16.53 935 17.52 964 18.54 992 19.58 18,000 725 12.64 764 13.58 801 14.51 837 15.43 870 16.38 902 17.34 933 18.32 962 19.33 990 20.36 1018 21.41 19,000 760 14.43 798 15.41 834 16.37 868 17.32 900 18.29 932 19.27 961 20.27 990 21.29 1018 22.34 1045 23.40 20,000 796 16.37 833 17.39 867 18.39 900 19.37 931 20.36 962 21.36 991 22.38 1019 23.42 1046 24.48 1072 25.56 21,000 832 18.47 867 19.54 901 20.56 932 21.57 963 22.59 992 23.61 1020 24.65 1048 25.71 1074 26.78 1100 27.87 22,000 869 20.74 902 21.84 934 22.90 965 23.94 995 24.98 1023 26.03 1051 27.09 1077 28.17 1103 29.26 1129 30.36 23,000 905 23.17 937 24.31 968 25.40 998 26.48 1027 27.55 1055 28.62 1081 29.70 1107 30.79 1133 31.90 1157 33.02 24,000 942 25.78 973 26.95 1003 28.08 1032 29.18 1059 30.28 1086 31.38 1113 32.48 1138 33.59 1163 34.72 1187 35.86 25,000 978 28.56 1008 29.77 1037 30.93 1065 32.07 1092 33.20 1119 34.32 1144 35.44 1169 36.58 1193 37.72 — — 26,000 1015 31.52 1044 32.76 1072 33.96 1099 35.13 1125 36.29 1151 37.44 1176 38.59 — — — — — — 27,000 1052 34.66 1080 35.94 1107 37.18 1133 38.38 1159 39.57 1184 40.75 — — — — — — — —

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 901 13.42 930 14.38 958 15.36 985 16.34 1011 17.33 1036 18.33 1061 19.33 1085 20.34 1108 21.35 1131 22.36 14,000 946 15.92 974 16.94 1001 17.97 1027 19.01 1052 20.06 1077 21.12 1101 22.18 1125 23.25 1148 24.33 1170 25.42 15,000 970 17.36 997 18.40 1024 19.45 1049 20.51 1074 21.58 1099 22.67 1122 23.76 1146 24.86 1168 25.97 1191 27.08 16,000 994 18.93 1021 19.98 1047 21.05 1072 22.14 1097 23.23 1121 24.34 1144 25.45 1167 26.58 1190 27.71 — — 17,000 1019 20.63 1045 21.70 1071 22.79 1096 23.89 1120 25.01 1144 26.13 1167 27.27 1190 28.42 — — — — 18,000 1045 22.48 1070 23.57 1096 24.67 1120 25.79 1144 26.93 1167 28.07 1190 29.23 — — — — — — 19,000 1071 24.49 1096 25.59 1121 26.71 1145 27.84 1169 28.99 1192 30.16 — — — — — — — — 20,000 1098 26.66 1123 27.77 1147 28.90 1171 30.05 1194 31.21 — — — — — — — — — — 21,000 1125 28.99 1150 30.12 1173 31.26 1197 32.42 — — — — — — — — — — — — 22,000 1153 31.49 1177 32.63 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 23,000 1181 34.16 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 24,000 ———————————————————— 25,000 ———————————————————— 26,000 ———————————————————— 27,000 ————————————————————

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 21 — Fan Performance — 50A4,A5,A8,A9020 Units

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 322 0.62 399 0.82 464 1.04 521 1.26 572 1.48 619 1.71 662 1.93 702 2.16 739 2.38 774 2.61 5,000 361 0.95 431 1.17 491 1.41 545 1.65 594 1.89 640 2.14 682 2.39 722 2.64 759 2.89 795 3.14 6,000 405 1.41 467 1.64 524 1.88 574 2.14 621 2.40 664 2.67 705 2.93 744 3.20 780 3.47 816 3.75 7,000 451 2.00 508 2.22 559 2.48 607 2.75 651 3.02 693 3.30 732 3.58 769 3.87 804 4.16 839 4.45 7,500 475 2.34 529 2.57 579 2.82 625 3.10 668 3.38 708 3.66 746 3.96 783 4.25 818 4.55 851 4.84 8,000 500 2.72 551 2.95 598 3.21 643 3.48 685 3.77 724 4.06 762 4.36 797 4.66 832 4.96 864 5.27 9,000 550 3.60 596 3.83 640 4.09 682 4.36 721 4.66 759 4.96 795 5.27 829 5.58 862 5.90 893 6.22 10,000 601 4.63 644 4.86 684 5.12 723 5.40 760 5.70 796 6.01 830 6.33 863 6.65 894 6.98 925 7.31 11,000 653 5.83 692 6.07 730 6.33 766 6.61 801 6.91 835 7.22 867 7.54 899 7.87 929 8.21 958 8.55 12,000 706 7.20 742 7.45 777 7.71 811 7.99 844 8.29 875 8.61 906 8.93 936 9.27 966 9.61 994 9.96 12,500 732 7.96 768 8.20 801 8.47 834 8.75 866 9.05 897 9.37 927 9.69 956 10.03 985 10.38 1012 10.73 13,000 759 8.76 793 9.01 826 9.27 857 9.56 888 9.86 918 10.17 947 10.50 976 10.84 1004 11.19 1031 11.54

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 808 2.84 840 3.06 870 3.29 900 3.52 928 3.75 955 3.98 981 4.21 1007 4.44 1031 4.67 1055 4.91 5,000 829 3.39 861 3.64 892 3.89 922 4.14 950 4.40 978 4.65 1005 4.90 1031 5.16 1056 5.41 1080 5.67 6,000 849 4.02 881 4.29 912 4.57 942 4.84 971 5.12 999 5.39 1026 5.67 1052 5.94 1077 6.22 1102 6.49 7,000 871 4.74 903 5.03 933 5.33 963 5.62 991 5.92 1019 6.21 1046 6.51 1072 6.80 1098 7.10 1123 7.40 7,500 883 5.14 915 5.44 945 5.75 974 6.05 1002 6.35 1030 6.66 1057 6.96 1083 7.27 1108 7.58 1133 7.88 8,000 896 5.58 927 5.89 957 6.20 985 6.51 1014 6.82 1041 7.13 1067 7.45 1093 7.76 1118 8.08 1143 8.39 9,000 924 6.54 954 6.86 983 7.19 1011 7.51 1038 7.84 1064 8.17 1090 8.50 1116 8.83 1141 9.16 1165 9.49 10,000 954 7.64 983 7.98 1011 8.31 1038 8.65 1065 8.99 1091 9.34 1116 9.68 1141 10.02 1165 10.37 1189 10.72 11,000 987 8.89 1015 9.24 1042 9.59 1068 9.94 1094 10.29 1119 10.65 1144 11.01 1168 11.36 1191 11.72 — — 12,000 1022 10.31 1048 10.67 1075 11.03 1100 11.39 1125 11.75 1150 12.12 1173 12.48 1197 12.85 — — — — 12,500 1039 11.08 1066 11.44 1092 11.81 1117 12.17 1141 12.54 1165 12.91 1189 13.28 —————— 13,000 1058 11.90 1084 12.26 1109 12.63 1134 13.00 1158 13.37 1182 13.75 ————————

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 22 — Fan Performance — 50A4,A5,A8,A9025-030 Units

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 325 0.62 402 0.83 466 1.05 523 1.27 574 1.49 620 1.72 663 1.94 703 2.17 740 2.39 776 2.62 5,000 366 0.97 435 1.19 495 1.42 548 1.67 597 1.91 642 2.16 685 2.41 724 2.65 762 2.90 797 3.16 6,000 411 1.43 473 1.66 529 1.91 579 2.16 625 2.43 668 2.69 709 2.96 747 3.23 784 3.50 819 3.77 7,000 459 2.02 515 2.25 566 2.51 613 2.78 657 3.06 698 3.34 737 3.62 774 3.91 809 4.20 843 4.49 8,000 508 2.76 559 2.99 606 3.25 650 3.53 691 3.82 731 4.11 768 4.41 803 4.71 837 5.01 870 5.32 9,000 560 3.64 605 3.88 649 4.14 690 4.42 729 4.72 766 5.02 802 5.33 835 5.64 868 5.96 900 6.28 10,000 612 4.68 654 4.92 694 5.19 732 5.47 769 5.77 804 6.09 838 6.40 870 6.73 902 7.06 932 7.39 11,000 665 5.89 703 6.14 740 6.41 776 6.69 811 7.00 844 7.31 876 7.64 907 7.97 937 8.31 967 8.65 12,000 718 7.28 754 7.53 788 7.80 822 8.09 854 8.39 886 8.71 916 9.04 946 9.38 975 9.72 1003 10.07 13,000 772 8.85 806 9.11 838 9.38 869 9.67 899 9.98 929 10.30 958 10.63 987 10.97 1014 11.32 1041 11.68 14,000 826 10.61 858 10.87 888 11.15 917 11.44 946 11.75 974 12.07 1002 12.41 1029 12.75 1055 13.10 1081 13.46 15,000 881 12.57 910 12.84 939 13.12 967 13.41 994 13.72 1021 14.05 1047 14.38 1073 14.73 1098 15.08 1123 15.45

0.20.40.60.81.01.21.41.61.82.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(CFM)

4,000 809 2.84 841 3.07 872 3.30 901 3.53 929 3.76 956 3.99 982 4.22 1008 4.45 1032 4.68 1056 4.92 5,000 831 3.41 863 3.66 894 3.91 924 4.16 952 4.41 980 4.67 1007 4.92 1032 5.17 1057 5.43 1082 5.68 6,000 852 4.05 884 4.32 915 4.59 945 4.87 974 5.14 1001 5.42 1028 5.69 1054 5.97 1080 6.24 1105 6.52 7,000 875 4.78 907 5.07 937 5.37 967 5.66 995 5.95 1023 6.25 1049 6.55 1076 6.84 1101 7.14 1126 7.44 8,000 901 5.63 932 5.94 961 6.25 990 6.56 1018 6.87 1045 7.18 1072 7.50 1097 7.81 1123 8.13 1147 8.44 9,000 930 6.60 960 6.93 988 7.25 1016 7.58 1043 7.91 1070 8.23 1096 8.57 1121 8.90 1146 9.23 1170 9.56 10,000 961 7.72 990 8.06 1018 8.40 1045 8.74 1071 9.08 1097 9.42 1122 9.76 1147 10.11 1171 10.46 1194 10.80 11,000 995 8.99 1022 9.34 1049 9.69 1075 10.04 1101 10.39 1126 10.75 1151 11.11 1175 11.47 1198 11.82 — — 12,000 1030 10.43 1057 10.78 1083 11.14 1108 11.51 1133 11.87 1157 12.24 1181 12.61 —————— 13,000 1068 12.04 1093 12.40 1119 12.77 1143 13.14 1167 13.52 1191 13.89 ———————— 14,000 1107 13.83 1131 14.20 1156 14.58 1179 14.96 ———————————— 15,000 1147 15.82 1171 16.19 1194 16.58 ——————————————

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

2.22.42.62.83.03.23.43.63.84.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 23 — Fan Performance — 50A4,A5,A8,A9035 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 522 2.06 573 2.32 620 2.57 664 2.82 705 3.06 744 3.30 780 3.54 815 3.78 849 4.01 881 4.24 8,000 576 2.75 622 3.03 665 3.30 706 3.57 745 3.84 782 4.10 817 4.36 850 4.62 883 4.87 914 5.12

9,000 630 3.57 672 3.86 712 4.16 750 4.45 787 4.74 822 5.02 855 5.30 888 5.58 919 5.86 949 6.13 10,000 686 4.52 724 4.84 761 5.15 797 5.46 831 5.77 864 6.07 896 6.37 927 6.67 957 6.97 986 7.26 10,500 714 5.05 750 5.38 786 5.70 821 6.02 854 6.34 886 6.65 917 6.96 947 7.27 977 7.57 1005 7.87 11,000 742 5.62 777 5.95 811 6.28 845 6.61 877 6.94 909 7.26 939 7.58 968 7.90 997 8.21 1025 8.52 12,000 799 6.88 831 7.22 863 7.57 894 7.91 925 8.25 954 8.60 983 8.93 1011 9.27 1039 9.60 1065 9.93 13,000 856 8.29 886 8.65 916 9.01 945 9.37 974 9.72 1002 10.08 1029 10.44 1056 10.79 1082 11.14 1108 11.49 14,000 914 9.87 942 10.24 969 10.61 997 10.98 1024 11.36 1050 11.73 1076 12.10 1102 12.47 1127 12.84 1152 13.20 15,000 971 11.62 998 12.00 1024 12.39 1050 12.77 1075 13.16 1100 13.54 1125 13.93 1149 14.31 1173 14.70 1197 15.08 16,000 1029 13.55 1054 13.94 1079 14.34 1103 14.74 1127 15.13 1151 15.53 1174 15.93 1198 16.33 1220 16.73 1243 17.12 17,000 1088 15.66 1111 16.07 1134 16.47 1157 16.88 1180 17.29 1203 17.70 1225 18.11 1247 18.53 1269 18.93 1290 19.34 17,500 1117 16.79 1140 17.20 1162 17.61 1184 18.02 1207 18.44 1229 18.86 1250 19.27 1272 19.69 1293 20.11 — —

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

7,000 912 4.46 942 4.68 970 4.90 998 5.12 1025 5.33 1051 5.54 1076 5.75 1101 5.96 1124 6.16 1148 6.36

8,000 944 5.37 973 5.62 1001 5.86 1029 6.11 1055 6.35 1081 6.58 1106 6.82 1130 7.05 1154 7.28 1177 7.51

9,000 978 6.40 1006 6.67 1034 6.93 1060 7.20 1086 7.46 1112 7.72 1136 7.98 1160 8.23 1184 8.49 1207 8.74 10,000 1014 7.55 1041 7.84 1068 8.12 1094 8.41 1119 8.69 1144 8.97 1168 9.25 1192 9.52 1215 9.80 1238 10.07 10,500 1033 8.17 1059 8.47 1086 8.77 1111 9.06 1136 9.35 1161 9.64 1184 9.93 1208 10.22 1231 10.50 1253 10.79 11,000 1052 8.83 1078 9.14 1104 9.44 1129 9.75 1154 10.05 1178 10.35 1201 10.64 1224 10.94 1247 11.23 1269 11.53 12,000 1091 10.26 1117 10.58 1142 10.90 1166 11.23 1190 11.54 1213 11.86 1236 12.18 1259 12.49 1281 12.80 — — 13,000 1133 11.83 1157 12.17 1181 12.51 1205 12.85 1228 13.19 1251 13.52 1273 13.86 1295 14.19 — — — — 14,000 1176 13.56 1199 13.92 1222 14.28 1245 14.63 1268 14.99 1290 15.34 — — — — — — — — 15,000 1220 15.45 1243 15.83 1265 16.20 1287 16.58 — — — — — — — — — — — — 16,000 1265 17.52 1287 17.91 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 17,000 ———————————————————— 17,500 ————————————————————

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 24 — Fan Performance — 50A4,A5,A8,A9040 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 499 2.88 546 3.27 590 3.66 632 4.06 672 4.46 711 4.87 748 5.28 784 5.70 819 6.14 853 6.58

9,000 548 3.78 591 4.20 631 4.62 670 5.04 708 5.47 744 5.90 778 6.33 812 6.77 845 7.22 877 7.67 10,000 599 4.86 637 5.30 675 5.74 711 6.19 746 6.64 779 7.09 812 7.55 844 8.01 875 8.47 905 8.94 11,000 649 6.11 685 6.57 720 7.04 753 7.51 786 7.99 817 8.47 848 8.94 878 9.43 907 9.91 936 10.40 12,000 701 7.54 734 8.03 766 8.52 797 9.02 828 9.52 857 10.02 886 10.52 915 11.03 943 11.53 970 12.04 13,000 753 9.18 783 9.69 813 10.21 842 10.72 871 11.25 899 11.77 927 12.30 953 12.82 980 13.35 1006 13.88 14,000 805 11.03 833 11.56 861 12.09 889 12.63 916 13.18 942 13.73 968 14.27 994 14.82 1019 15.37 1044 15.92 15,000 857 13.09 884 13.64 910 14.20 936 14.76 962 15.32 987 15.89 1011 16.46 1036 17.03 1060 17.61 1083 18.18 16,000 910 15.38 935 15.95 960 16.53 984 17.11 1008 17.69 1032 18.28 1056 18.87 1079 19.47 1101 20.06 1124 20.66 17,000 963 17.91 986 18.50 1010 19.09 1033 19.69 1056 20.30 1078 20.91 1101 21.52 1123 22.13 1145 22.75 1166 23.36 18,000 1016 20.68 1038 21.29 1060 21.90 1082 22.52 1104 23.15 1126 23.77 1147 24.41 1168 25.04 1189 25.67 1209 26.31 19,000 1069 23.71 1090 24.33 1111 24.96 1132 25.60 1153 26.25 1173 26.89 1194 27.54 1214 28.19 1234 28.85 — — 20,000 1122 26.99 1142 27.64 1162 28.29 1182 28.95 — — — — — — — — — — — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 885 7.03 917 7.48 948 7.95 978 8.42 1007 8.90 1036 9.39 1063 9.88 1090 10.38 1116 10.88 1142 11.39

9,000 908 8.13 939 8.60 968 9.08 997 9.56 1026 10.05 1053 10.55 1080 11.05 1107 11.56 1133 12.08 1158 12.60 10,000 934 9.42 963 9.90 992 10.39 1020 10.89 1047 11.39 1073 11.89 1100 12.41 1125 12.93 1151 13.45 1175 13.99 11,000 964 10.89 992 11.39 1019 11.89 1045 12.40 1071 12.91 1097 13.43 1122 13.96 1147 14.49 1171 15.02 1195 15.56 12,000 996 12.55 1023 13.07 1048 13.59 1074 14.11 1099 14.64 1123 15.17 1147 15.71 1171 16.25 1195 16.80 1218 17.35 13,000 1031 14.41 1056 14.95 1081 15.48 1105 16.03 1129 16.57 1152 17.12 1175 17.67 1198 18.22 1221 18.78 1243 19.35 14,000 1068 16.48 1092 17.03 1115 17.59 1138 18.15 1161 18.71 1184 19.27 1206 19.84 1228 20.41 1250 20.99 1271 21.56 15,000 1106 18.75 1129 19.33 1151 19.91 1174 20.48 1196 21.07 1217 21.65 1239 22.23 1260 22.82 1280 23.41 — — 16,000 1146 21.25 1168 21.85 1189 22.45 1211 23.04 1232 23.64 1253 24.25 1273 24.85 1293 25.45 — — — — 17,000 1187 23.98 1208 24.60 1229 25.21 1249 25.83 1270 26.46 1289 27.07 — — — — — — — — 18,000 1230 26.95 1250 27.58 1269 28.22 1289 28.86 — — — — — — — — — — — — 19,000 ———————————————————— 20,000 ————————————————————

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

3. Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additional limited by edb and ewb conditions and Humidi-MiZer operation.

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 25 — Fan Performance — 50A4,A5,A8,A9050 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 509 2.95 555 3.35 599 3.74 640 4.14 680 4.54 718 4.95 755 5.36 791 5.79 826 6.22 859 6.66

9,000 558 3.87 600 4.29 640 4.71 678 5.13 715 5.56 751 5.99 786 6.42 819 6.87 852 7.31 884 7.77 10,000 608 4.96 646 5.40 683 5.85 719 6.30 754 6.75 787 7.20 819 7.66 851 8.12 882 8.58 912 9.06 11,000 659 6.23 694 6.69 728 7.16 762 7.64 794 8.11 825 8.59 856 9.07 886 9.55 915 10.04 943 10.53 12,000 710 7.68 743 8.17 775 8.67 806 9.17 836 9.67 866 10.17 895 10.67 923 11.17 950 11.68 978 12.19 13,000 763 9.35 793 9.86 823 10.37 852 10.89 880 11.42 908 11.94 935 12.47 962 12.99 988 13.52 1014 14.05 14,000 815 11.22 843 11.75 871 12.29 899 12.83 925 13.38 952 13.92 978 14.47 1003 15.02 1028 15.57 1052 16.12 15,000 868 13.31 895 13.86 921 14.42 946 14.98 972 15.55 997 16.12 1021 16.69 1045 17.26 1069 17.83 1092 18.41 16,000 921 15.64 946 16.21 971 16.78 995 17.37 1019 17.96 1043 18.54 1066 19.14 1089 19.73 1111 20.32 1134 20.92 17,000 974 18.20 998 18.79 1021 19.39 1044 19.99 1067 20.60 1089 21.21 1112 21.82 1134 22.43 1155 23.05 1176 23.66 18,000 1028 21.01 1050 21.62 1072 22.24 1094 22.86 1116 23.49 1137 24.12 1158 24.75 1179 25.38 1200 26.02 1220 26.65 19,000 1081 24.08 1103 24.71 1124 25.35 1145 25.99 1165 26.63 1185 27.28 1206 27.93 1226 28.58 1245 29.24 1265 29.90 20,000 1135 27.42 1155 28.06 1175 28.72 1195 29.38 1215 30.04 1234 30.71 1254 31.38 1273 32.05 1292 32.72 — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

8,000 892 7.12 923 7.57 954 8.04 984 8.52 1013 9.00 1041 9.49 1069 9.98 1095 10.48 1121 10.98 1147 11.49

9,000 915 8.23 945 8.70 975 9.18 1003 9.67 1032 10.16 1059 10.66 1086 11.16 1112 11.67 1138 12.19 1163 12.71 10,000 941 9.53 970 10.02 998 10.51 1026 11.00 1053 11.51 1080 12.01 1106 12.53 1131 13.05 1156 13.58 1181 14.11 11,000 971 11.02 999 11.52 1026 12.02 1052 12.53 1078 13.05 1103 13.57 1128 14.09 1153 14.63 1177 15.16 1201 15.71 12,000 1004 12.70 1030 13.22 1056 13.74 1081 14.26 1106 14.79 1130 15.33 1154 15.86 1178 16.41 1201 16.96 1224 17.51 13,000 1039 14.59 1064 15.12 1088 15.66 1113 16.20 1136 16.74 1160 17.29 1183 17.85 1206 18.40 1228 18.96 1250 19.53 14,000 1076 16.68 1100 17.23 1123 17.79 1147 18.35 1169 18.91 1192 19.48 1214 20.04 1236 20.62 1257 21.19 1279 21.77 15,000 1115 18.98 1138 19.56 1160 20.14 1182 20.72 1204 21.30 1226 21.88 1247 22.47 1268 23.05 1289 23.65 — — 16,000 1156 21.52 1178 22.11 1199 22.71 1220 23.31 1241 23.91 1262 24.51 1282 25.12 — — — — — — 17,000 1198 24.28 1218 24.90 1239 25.52 1259 26.14 1279 26.76 1299 27.38 — — — — — — — — 18,000 1240 27.29 1260 27.93 1280 28.57 1300 29.21 — — — — — — — — — — — — 19,000 1284 30.55 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 20,000 ————————————————————

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

Table 26 — Fan Performance — 50A4,A5,A8,A9060 Units

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 490 4.48 543 5.17 591 5.88 634 6.61 674 7.37 711 8.14 746 8.94 779 9.76 811 10.60 841 11.45 14,000 554 6.41 602 7.17 645 7.94 686 8.72 723 9.51 759 10.33 792 11.16 824 12.01 855 12.88 884 13.76 15,000 586 7.56 632 8.34 674 9.14 713 9.94 749 10.77 784 11.60 816 12.45 848 13.32 878 14.21 906 15.11 16,000 619 8.83 663 9.64 703 10.46 741 11.30 776 12.14 810 13.00 841 13.87 872 14.76 901 15.66 929 16.58 17,000 652 10.23 694 11.07 733 11.92 769 12.78 803 13.65 836 14.53 867 15.42 897 16.33 926 17.25 953 18.19 18,000 685 11.76 725 12.63 763 13.51 798 14.39 831 15.29 863 16.20 893 17.11 922 18.04 950 18.98 978 19.93 19,000 719 13.44 757 14.33 793 15.23 827 16.14 860 17.07 890 18.00 920 18.94 949 19.88 976 20.84 1003 21.81 20,000 753 15.26 789 16.18 824 17.10 857 18.04 888 18.99 918 19.94 947 20.90 975 21.87 1002 22.85 1028 23.84 21,000 787 17.23 822 18.17 855 19.12 887 20.08 918 21.05 947 22.03 975 23.02 1002 24.01 1029 25.01 1054 26.02 22,000 821 19.35 855 20.32 887 21.29 918 22.28 947 23.28 976 24.28 1003 25.28 1030 26.30 1056 27.32 1081 28.35 23,000 855 21.63 888 22.62 919 23.62 949 24.63 977 25.65 1005 26.68 1032 27.71 1058 28.75 1083 29.79 1108 30.85 24,000 889 24.07 921 25.08 951 26.11 980 27.14 1008 28.19 1035 29.24 1061 30.29 1086 31.35 1111 32.42 1135 33.49 25,000 924 26.67 954 27.71 983 28.76 1011 29.82 1038 30.89 1065 31.96 1090 33.04 1115 34.12 1139 35.21 1163 36.31 26,000 958 29.45 987 30.51 1016 31.59 1043 32.67 1069 33.76 1095 34.85 1120 35.95 1144 37.06 1168 38.17 1191 39.29 27,000 993 32.40 1021 33.49 1048 34.58 1075 35.69 1101 36.80 1126 37.92 1150 39.04 1174 40.17 1197 41.30 — —

AIRFLOW

(Cfm)

12,000 870 12.33 898 13.22 925 14.13 951 15.06 977 16.00 1002 16.96 1026 17.92 1049 18.90 1072 19.89 1094 20.89 14,000 912 14.67 939 15.59 965 16.52 991 17.47 1016 18.44 1040 19.42 1063 20.41 1086 21.41 1109 22.43 1131 23.46 15,000 934 16.02 961 16.96 987 17.90 1012 18.87 1036 19.84 1060 20.83 1083 21.84 1106 22.85 1128 23.88 1150 24.92 16,000 957 17.51 983 18.46 1008 19.42 1033 20.39 1057 21.38 1081 22.39 1104 23.40 1126 24.43 1148 25.47 1170 26.52 17,000 980 19.13 1006 20.10 1031 21.07 1055 22.06 1079 23.06 1102 24.07 1125 25.10 1147 26.14 1169 27.19 1190 28.26 18,000 1004 20.89 1029 21.87 1054 22.86 1078 23.86 1101 24.88 1124 25.91 1147 26.94 1169 28.00 1190 29.06 — — 19,000 1028 22.80 1053 23.79 1078 24.80 1101 25.81 1124 26.84 1147 27.89 1169 28.94 1190 30.00 — — — — 20,000 1053 24.85 1078 25.86 1102 26.88 1125 27.91 1148 28.96 1170 30.01 1192 31.08 — — — — — — 21,000 1079 27.04 1103 28.07 1126 29.11 1149 30.16 1172 31.22 1194 32.30 — — — — — — — — 22,000 1105 29.39 1129 30.44 1152 31.50 1174 32.57 1196 33.65 — — — — — — — — — — 23,000 1131 31.90 1155 32.97 1177 34.05 1199 35.13 — — — — — — — — — — — — 24,000 1158 34.57 1181 35.66 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 25,000 1186 37.41 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 26,000 ———————————————————— 27,000 ————————————————————

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0

Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower edb — Entering Dry Bulb ewb — Entering Wet Bulb

NOTES:

1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.

2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:

Watts =

Bhp x 746

Motor efficiency

Table 27 — Motor Limitations

Nominal Maximum Maximum Amps

Bhp BkW Bhp BkW 230 v 460 v 575 v

53.735.9 4.40 15.8 7.9 5.9 4,918 89.5

10 7.46

15 11.19

20 14.92

25 18.65

30 22.38

40 29.84 42.0 31.33 110.0 55.0 43.8 33,156 94.5

LEGEND

Bhp — Brake Horsepower BkW — Brake Kilowatts

10.2 7.61 30.0 — — 8,298 91.0

11.8 8.80 — 15.0 12.0 9,600 91.7

15.3 11.41 46.0 — — 12,273 91.7

18.0 13.43 — 22.0 19.0 14,439 93.0

22.4 16.71 59.0 — — 17,853 93.0

23.4 17.46 — 28.7 23.0 18,650 93.6

28.9 21.56 73.0 — — 23,034 93.6

29.4 21.93 — 36.3 28.4 23,432 93.6

35.6 26.56 82.6 — — 28,374 93.6

34.7 25.89 — 41.7 36.3 27,656 93.6

PREMIUM-EFFICIENCY MOTORS

NOTES:

1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has ensured that the full horsepower range of the motor can be utilized with confidence. Using the fan motors up to the horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failures. Unit warranty will not be affected.

2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act Standards effective October 24, 1997.

Maximum

Watts

Table 28 — Air Quantity Limits (48A) at 100% speed

UNIT SIZE

020 5,900 6,100 4,000 6,000 10,000 025 5,900 6,100 5,000 7,500 12,500 027 5,900 6,100 5,400 8,100 13,500 030 5,900 6,100 6,000 9,000 15,000 035 5,900 10,100 7,000 10,500 17,500 040 7,600 10,100 8,000 12,000 20,000 050 7,600 10,100 10,000 15,000 22,500 060 11,000 10,100 12,000 18,000 27,000

LEGEND NOTE: Variable air volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in Cooling mode. Per-

CV — Constant Volume SAV — Staged Air Volume VAV — Variable Air Volume

MINIMUM HEATING

AIRFLOW CFM

(Low Heat)

MINIMUM HEATING

AIRFLOW CFM

(High Heat)

MINIMUM COOLING

AIRFLOW (VAV) CFM

AT FULL LOAD

formance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be also limited by entering dry bulb and entering wet bulb conditions and Humidi-MiZer operation. Operation at 70cfm/ton is also not guaranteed when Outdoor conditions do not permit the Condenser fan option selected to maintain head pressure.

MINIMUM COOLING

AIRFLOW CFM

(CV AND SAV)

MAXIMUM AIRFLOW

Maximum Efficiency

CFM

Table 29 — Air Quantity Limits (50A)

UNIT

50A2,A3020 6,000 10,000 50A4,A5020 4,000 10,000 50A2,A3025 7,500 12,500 50A4,A5025 5,000 12,500 50A2,A4027 8,100 13,500 50A3,A5027 5,400 13,500 50A2,A4030 9,000 15,000 50A3,A5030 6,000 15,000 50A2,A4035 10,500 17,500 50A3,A5035 7,000 17,500 50A2,A4040 12,000 20,000 50A3,A5040 8,000 20,000 50A2,A4050 13,500 20,000 50A3,A5050 10,000 20,000 50A2,A4060 18,000 27,000 50A3,A5060 12,000 27,000

*Operation at these levels may be limited by entering evaporator air wet bulb temperatures.

Min CFM Max CFM* Min CFM Max CFM

COOLING ELECTRIC HEAT

6,000 15,000

10,500 20,000

15,000 27,000

CONTROLS QUICK START

The following section will provide a quick user guide to setting up and configuring the A Series units with ComfortLink controls. See Basic Control Usage section on page 4 for information on operating the control. For wiring information, refer to unit wiring diagrams in the Major System Components section on page 110.

IMPORTANT: The ComfortLink controls provide the user with numerous configuration options such as setpoints, demand levels, reset, and many others. If the building owner or design engineer has not provided specific recommendations for these configuration settings, it is suggested that the installer does not make changes to the default factory settings. The factory-configured default values are appropriate for many applications.

IMPORTANT: The unit is shipped with the unit control disabled. Enable the control by setting Local Machine Disable (Service Test



STOP) to No.

VAV Units Using Return Air Sensor or Space Temperature Sensor

To configure the unit, perform the following:

1. The type of control is configured under Configuration

UNIT



sensor. Set C.TYP to 2 (VAV-SPT) for space temperature sensor.

NOTE: For VAV with a space sensor (VAV-SPT), under Configu-

ration



setting SPT.S to ENBL.

2. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB4 in the control box.

3. The space temperature setpoints and the supply air setpoints are configured under the Setpoints menu. The heating and cooling setpoints must be configured. See the Heating Control and Cooling Control sections for further description on these configurations. Configure the following setpoints:

OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint V. C . O N VAV Occupied Cool On Delta V. C . O F VAV Occupied Cool Off Delta SASP Supply Air Setpoint

4. To program time schedules, make sure SCH.N=1 under Configuration

the control to use local schedules.

5. Under the Timeclock schedule. See Time Clock Configuration section on page 82 for further description of these configurations.

6. Under Configuration pressure setpoint should be configured.

SP.SP Static Pressure Setpoint

7. If supply air temperature reset is desired, under the Configu-

ration

be configured:

RS.CF EDT Reset Configuration RTIO Reset Ratio (if RS.CF = 1 or 2) LIMT Reset Limit (if RS.CF = 1 or 2) RES.S EDT 4 to 20 mA Reset Input (if RS.CF = 3)

NOTE: Configure either RTIO and LIMT or RES.S. All three are not used.

C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 1 (VAV-RAT) for return air

UNIT



SENS



SPT.S, enable the space sensor by



CCN



SC.OV



SCH.N to configure



SCH.L submenu, enter the desired

SP



EDT.R submenu, the following setpoints should

SP.SP, the supply duct static



8. See the Economizer Options section on page 22 for additional economizer option configurations.

9. See the Exhaust Options section on page 22 for additional exhaust option configurations.

Multi-Stage Constant Volume (CV) Units with Mechanical Thermostat

To configure the unit, perform the following:

1. Under Configuration (TSTAT MULTI).

2. Remove jumpers or 4 TSTAT MULTI2 from R-W2 and W2W1 on TB4 in the control box. Connect thermostat to TB4.

3. Under the Setpoints menu, set the following configurations:

SA.HI Supply Air Setpoint Hi SA.LO Supply Air Setpoint Lo

4. See the Economizer Options section on page 22 for additional economizer option configurations.

5. See the Exhaust Options section on page 22 for additional exhaust option configurations.



UNIT



C.TYP, set C.TYP to 3

Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with Space Sensor

To configure the unit, perform the following:

1. Under Configuration (SPT MULTI).

2. Install jumpers or 6 SPT MULTI2 between R-W2 and W2W1 on TB4 in the control box.

3. Under the Setpoints menu, the following configurations should be set:

OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint GAP Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap SA.HI Supply Air Setpoint Hi SA.LO Supply Air Setpoint Lo

4. The degrees of demand from the space temperature setpoints are configured under the Configuration menu. See the Heating Control and Cooling Control sections for further description on these configurations. Configure the following setpoints:

L.H.ON Demand Level Lo Heat On H.H.ON Demand Level Hi Heat On L.H.OF Demand Level Lo Heat On L.C.ON Demand Level Lo Cool On H.C.ON Demand Level Hi Cool On L.C.OF Demand Level Lo Cool On

5. Under Configuration the space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.

6. Under Configuration for continuous fan or 0 for automatic fan.

7. To program time schedules, set SCH.N=1 under Configura-

tion



CCN



to use local schedules.

8. Under the Timeclock schedule. See Time Clock Configuration section on page 82 for further description of these configurations.

9. See “Economizer Options” on page 22 for additional economizer option configurations.



SC.OV



UNIT



C.TYP, set C.TYP to 5



D.LV.T sub-

UNIT



SENS



SPT.S, enable

UNIT



CV.FN, set CV.FN to 1



SCH.N to configure the control

SCH.L submenu, enter the desired

10. See the Exhaust Options section on this page for additional exhaust option configurations.

Economizer Options

Under the Configuration setpoints may be configured:

EC.EN Economizer Enabled? EC.MN Economizer Min.Position EC.MX Economizer Maximum Position EP.MS Economizer Position at Min. VFD EP.XS Economizer Position at Max. VFD E.TRM Economizer Trim for SumZ? E.SEL Econ Changeover Select OA.E.C OA Enthalpy Change Over Select OA.EN Outdoor Enthalpy Compare Value OAT.L High OAT Lockout Temp O.DEW OA Dew Point Temp Limit ORH.S Outside Air RH Sensor

Configuration

the minimum damper position. While practicing dual setpoint usage, Configuration needed to set up the dual minimum damper positions. The controller would enforce EP.MS  EP.XS.



ECON



ECON submenu, the following



EC.MN should always be set for

ECON



EP.MS and EP.XS are

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Options

DEMAND CONTROLLED VENTILATION Under Configuration

figuration parameters should be set to establish the minimum and maximum points for outdoor air damper position during demand controlled ventilation (DCV):

EC.MN Economizer Min. Position EP.MS Economizer Position at Min. VFD EP.XS Economizer Position at Max. VFD IAQ.M IAQ Demand Vent Min. Pos.

Configuration

absolute minimum vent position (or maximum reset) under DCV. Configuration to setup the dual minimum damper positions.

Configuration

minimum damper position (or with no DCV reset). This is also referenced in the economizer section.



IAQ



IAQ



IAQ



DCV.C, the following con-

DCV.C



IAQ.M is used to set the



EP.MS and EP.XS are needed

DCV.C



EC.MN is used to set the

Exhaust Options

The A Series units can be configured with constant volume 2stage power exhaust or modulating power exhaust. The following exhaust options should be configured.

Configuration

For two-stage exhaust, under the Configuration menu, configure the following:

BP.P1 Power Exhaust On Setp. 1 BP.P2

Configuration Exhaust Option)

For modulating exhaust, in the Configuration configure the following:

BP

Power Exhaust On Setp. 2

BP

BF.CF=1 (Two-Stage Exhaust Option)

BF.CF=2 (Modulating Power



BP submenu,

BP sub-

Programming Operating Schedules

The ComfortLink controls will accommodate up to eight different schedules (Periods 1 through 8), and each schedule is assigned to the desired days of the week. Each schedule includes an occupied on and off time. As an example, to set an occupied schedule for 8 AM to 5 PM for Monday through Friday, the user would set days Monday through Friday to ON for Period 1. Then the user would configure the Period 1 Occupied From point to 08:00 and the Period 1 Occupied To point to 17:00. To create a different weekend schedule, the user would use Period 2 and set days Saturday and Sunday to ON with the desired Occupied On and Off times. To create a schedule, perform the following procedure:

NOTE: By default, the time schedule periods are programmed for 24 hours of occupied operation.

1. Scroll to the Configuration mode, and select CCN CONFIGURATION (CCN). Scroll down to the Schedule Number (Configuration password protection has been enabled, the user will be prompted to enter the password before any new data is accepted. SCH.N has a range of 0 to 99. The default value is

1. A value of 0 is always occupied, and the unit will control to its occupied setpoints. A value of 1 means the unit will follow a local schedule, and a value of 65 to 99 means it will follow a CCN schedule. Schedules 2 to 64 are not used as the control only supports one internal/local schedule. If one of the 2 to 64 schedules is configured, then the control will force the number back to 1. Make sure the value is set to 1 to use a local schedule.

2. Enter the Time Clock mode. Scroll down to the LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE (SCH.L) sub-mode, and press ENTER. Period 1 (PER.1) will be displayed. Press ENTER to config- ure Period 1.

3. Configure the beginning of the occupied time period for Period 1 (OCC). Scroll down to OCC and press ENTER to go into Edit mode. The first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing. Use the UP or DOWN key to display the correct value for hours, in 24-hour (military) time. Press ENTER and hour value is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing. Use the same procedure to display and save the desired minutes value. Press ESCAPE.

4. Configure the unoccupied time for period 1 (UNC). Scroll down to UNC and press ENTER to go into Edit mode. The first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing. Use the UP or DOWN key to display the correct value for hours, in 24hour (military) time. Press ENTER and hour value is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing. Use the same procedure to display and save the desired minutes value. Press ESCAPE.

5. Scroll to DAYS and press ENTER. Scroll down to the MON point. This point indicates if schedule 1 applies to Monday. Use the ENTER command to go into Edit mode, and use the UP or DOWN key to change the display to YES or NO. Scroll down through the rest of the days and apply schedule 1 where desired. The schedule can also be applied to a holiday. Press ESCAPE.

6. The first schedule is now complete. If a second schedule is needed, such as for weekends or holidays, scroll down and repeat the entire procedure for period 2 (PER.2). If additional schedules are needed, repeat the process for as many as are needed. Eight schedules are provided.



CCN



SC.OV



SCH.N). If

BP.SP Building Pressure Setp.

SERVICE TEST

General

The units are equipped with a Service Test feature, which is intended to allow a service person to force the unit into different modes of operation to test them. To use this feature, enter the Service Test category on the local display and place the unit into the test mode by changing Service Test OFF to ON. The display will prompt for the password before allowing any change. The default password is 1111. Once the unit enters the Service Test mode, the unit will shut down all current modes.

TEST The TEST command turns the unit off (hard stop) and allows

the unit to be put in a manual control mode. STOP

The STOP command completely disables the unit (all outputs turn off immediately). Once in this mode, nothing can override the unit to turn it on. The controller will ignore all inputs and commands.



TEST from

S.STP Setting Soft Stop to YES turns the unit off in an orderly way,

honoring any time guards currently in effect. FAN.F

By turning the FAN FORCE on, the supply fan is turned on and will operate as it normally would, controlling duct static pressure on VAV applications or just energizing the fan on CV applications. To remove the force, press ENTER and then press the UP and DOWN arrows simultaneously.

F.4. CH The 4-Inch Filter Change Mode variable is used to service the

unit when 4-in. filters are used. When the filters need to be changed, set Service Test



F. 4 . C H = YES. The unit will be placed in Service Test mode and the economizer will move to the 40% open position to facilitate removal of the 4-in. filters. After the filters have been changed, set Service Test = NO to return the unit to normal operation.

The remaining categories: INDP, FANS, COOL HEAT, and HMZR are sub-modes with separate items and functions. See Table 30.

Table 30 — Service Test

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS

TEST Service Test Mode ON/OFF MAN_CTRL STOP Local Machine Disable YES/NO UNITSTOP config S.STP Soft Stop Request YES/NO SOFTSTOP forcible FAN.F Supply Fan Request YES/NO SFANFORC forcible F.4.CH 4 in. Filter Change Mode YES/NO FILT4CHG

INDP TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS

ECN.C Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. ECONCTST E.PWR Economizer Power Test ECONPTST E.CAL Calibrate the Economizer? ECON_CAL PE.A Power Exhaust Relay A PE_A_TST PE.B Power Exhaust Relay B PE_B_TST PE.C Power Exhaust Relay C PE_C_TST H.I.R Heat Interlock Relay ON/OFF HIR_TST ALRM Remote Alarm/Aux Relay ON/OFF ALRM_TST

FANS TEST FANS

S.FAN Supply Fan Relay ON/OFF SFAN_TST S.VFD Supply Fan VFD Speed 0 to 100 % SGVFDTST

CD.F.A Condenser Fan Circuit A ON/OFF CNDA_TST CD.F.B Condenser Fan Circuit B ON/OFF CNDB_TST A.VFD MtrMaster A Commanded % 0 to 100 % OAVFDTST B.VFD MtrMaster B Commanded % 0 to 100 % OBVFDTST MMF.A MtrMaster Fan Circuit A ON/OFF MM A TST MMF.B MtrMaster Fan Circuit B ON/OFF MM B TST OV.A Outdoor Fan VFD A Control Cmd % 0 to 100 % OV_A_TST OV.B Outdoor Fan VFD B Control Cmd % 0 to 100 % OV_B_TST

COOL TEST COOLING

A1 Compressor A1 Relay ON/OFF CMPA1TST

A2 Compressor A2 Relay ON/OFF CMPA2TST

MLV Min. Load Valve (HGBP) ON/OFF MLV_TST DS.CP Digital Scroll Capacity 20 to 100 % DSCAPTST

B1 Compressor B1 Relay ON/OFF CMPB1TST

B2 Compressor B2 Relay ON/OFF CMPB2TST RHV Humidimizer 3-Way Valve ON/OFF RHVH_TST C.EXV Condenser EXV Position 0 to 100 % CEXVHTST B.EXV Bypass EXV Position 0 to 100 % BEXVHTST

HEAT TEST HEATING

HT.ST Requested Heat Stage 0 to MAX HTST_TST

HT.1 Heat Relay 1 ON/OFF HS1_TST

HT.2 Heat Relay 2 ON/OFF HS2_TST

HT.3 Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS3_TST

HT.4 Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2 ON/OFF HS4_TST

HT.5 Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS5_TST

HT.6 Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3 ON/OFF HS6_TST HMZR TEST HUMIDI-MIZER

RHV Humidimizer 3-Way Valve ON/OFF RHVH_TST C.EXV Condenser EXV Position 0 to 100 % CEXVHTST B.EXV Bypass EXV Position 0 to 100 % BEXVHTST C.CAL Condenser EXV Calibrate ON/OFF CEXV_CAL B.CAL Bypass EXV Calibrate ON/OFF BEXV_CAL



F. 4 . C H

Service Test Mode Logic

Operation in the Service Test mode is sub-mode specific except for the Independent sub-mode. Leaving the sub-mode while a test is being performed and attempting to start a different test in the new sub-mode will cause the previous test to terminate. When this happens, the new request will be delayed for 5 seconds. For example, if compressors were turned on under the COOL sub-mode, any attempt to turn on heating stages within the HEAT sub-mode would immediately turn off the compressors and, 5 seconds later, the controller would honor the requested heat stages.

However, it is important to note that the user can leave a Service Test mode to view any of the local display modes and the control will remain in the Service Test mode.

Independent Outputs

The INDP sub-mode items can be turned on and off regardless of the other category states. For example, the alarm relay can be forced on in the INDP sub-mode and will remain on if compressor relays are requested in the COOL sub-mode.

Fans in Service Test Mode

Upon entering the FA NS sub-mode, the user will be able to turn the supply fan on and off, set the supply fan VFD speed, and turn the condenser fans on or off or adjust the speed for the factory-installed optional Motormaster control: FANS MMF.A/MMF.B. Use FANS A.VFD / B.VFD to adjust the Motormaster fan speed. For unit with Greenspeed/low ambient option installed, use FANS door fan speed.



OV.A/OV.B to adjust the out-



Cooling in Service Test Mode

The COOL sub-mode offers different cooling service tests. The user has manual relay control of individual compressors. If

the cooling stage pattern request is set to zero, the user will have the ability to manually control compressors. If the user energizes mechanical cooling, the supply fan and the outdoor fans will be started automatically. During mechanical cooling, the unit will protect itself. Compressor diagnostics are active, monitoring for high discharge pressure, low suction pressure, etc. The user can also turn the minimum load valve on and off or set the digital scroll capacity (on units equipped with this device).

NOTE: It is crucial that proper compressor rotation be verified during the service test. Each compressor must be tested individually. After starting each compressor, the control will check the suction pressure after 5 seconds of run time. If the control does not see a sufficient decrease in suction pressure after 5 seconds, mechanical cooling will be shut down, and an alarm will be generated (A140). This alarm requires a manual reset. If this alarm occurs, do not attempt a restart of the compressor and do not attempt to start any other compressors until the wiring to the unit has been corrected.

Heating in Service Test Mode

If unit has a thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3 or 4), install the RED jumper wires between TB4, terminals R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4). Terminal block TB4 is located in the unit control box. Remember to disconnect these jumpers when Test Mode is completed. The Heat Test Mode sub-mode will offer automatic fan start-up if the unit is not a gas heat unit. On gas heat units, the IGC feedback from the gas control units will bring the fan on as required.

Within this sub-mode, the user has control of heat relays 1 to 6. The user can also turn on the requested heat stage.

NOTE: When service test has been completed, if unit has a thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3 or 4), remove the RED jumper wires at TB4, terminals R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4). Terminal block TB4 is located in the unit control box. Store these jumpers in the unit control box for future use.

Humidi-MiZer® System

In the Humidi-MiZer (HMZR) sub-menu, it will be possible to control and calibrate the Humidi-MiZer modulating valves (gas bypass and condenser) while the unit's compressors are OFF. Calibration is a mode in which the unit software will first over-drive each valve in the closing direction. This is to ensure that the valve is completely shut and to establish the “zero” open position. The controller then keeps track of the valve's position for normal operation. During this calibration phase, a light ratcheting sound may be heard and will serve as proof of valve operation and closure. Note that the calibration feature in Service Test is only provided as an additional troubleshooting tool. The valves will automatically go through the calibration process anytime the unit is powered down, unit power is cycled, or anytime there is a loss of communication between the EXV (electronic expansion valve) board and the valve. There should be no need to manually calibrate the valves under normal circumstances.

This sub-menu also allows manual manipulation of RHV (reheat 3-way valve), the bypass valve, and condenser valve. With the compressors and outdoor fans off, the user should hear a light ratcheting sound during movement of the two modulating valves. The sound can serve as proof of valve operation.

SERVICE TEST

VA L V E ) On Humidi-MiZer equipped units, this item allows the user to

switch the reheat valve from ON to OFF or OFF to ON when compressors are in the OFF position. When RHV is switched to the ON position, the three-way valve will be energized.

When RHV is switched to the OFF position, the three-way valve will be de-energized. To exercise this valve with a Circuit B compressor commanded ON, go to Service Test RHV. To view the actual valve position at any time, the user can use the Outputs menu (Outputs

SERVICE TEST

DENSER EXV POSITION) On Humidi-MiZer equipped units, this item allows the user to ex-

ercise the valve that controls flow to the Circuit B condenser. The valve default position is 100% (completely open). The user will be able to adjust the valve from 0 to 100% through this function. As confirmation that the valve is operational, the user should hear a light ratcheting sound as the valve opens and closes. Note that this function is only operational when Circuit B compressors are OFF. To exercise this valve with a Circuit B compressor commanded ON, go to Service Test valve position at any time, the user can use the Outputs menu (Outputs

SERVICE TEST

EXV POSITION) On Humidi-MiZer equipped units, this item allows the user to

exercise the valve that controls discharge gas bypass around the Circuit B condenser. The valve default position is 0% (completely closed). The user will be able to adjust the valve from 0 to 100% through this function. As confirmation that the valve is operational, the user should hear a light ratcheting sound as the valve opens and closes. Note that this function is only operational when Circuit B compressors are OFF. To exercise this valve when a Circuit B compressor is ON, go to Ser-

vice Test tion at any time, the user can use the Outputs menu (Outputs



SERVICE TEST

CALIBRATE) On Humidi-MiZer configured units, this item allows the user

to calibrate the valve that controls flow to the Circuit B condenser. Switching C.CAL to ON will instruct the unit software



COOL



COOL

B.EXV).



HMZR



RHV (HUMIDI-MIZER 3-WAY



COOL



RHV).

HMZR



C.EXV (HMV-1: CON-



COOL



C.EXV. To view the actual

C.EXV).

HMZR



B.EXV (HMV-2: BYPASS



B.EXV. To view the actual valve posi-

HMZR



C.CAL (CONDENSER EXV

COOL



to over-drive the valve in the closing direction. This is to ensure that the valve is completely shut and to establish the “zero” open position. The controller then keeps track of the valve's position for normal operation. During this calibration phase, a light ratcheting sound may be heard and will serve as proof of valve operation and closure.

NOTE: The calibration feature in Service Test is only provided as an additional troubleshooting tool. The valves will automatically go through the calibration process anytime the unit is powered down, unit power is cycled, or anytime there is a loss of communication between the EXV board and the valve. There should be no need to manually calibrate the valves under normal circumstances.

SERVICE TEST

BRATE) On Humidi-MiZer configured units, this item allows the user to

calibrate the valve that controls discharge gas bypass around the Circuit B condenser. Switching B.CAL to ON will instruct the unit software to over-drive the valve in the closing direction.

This is to assure that the valve is completely shut and to establish the “zero” open position. The controller then keeps track of the valve's position for normal operation. During this calibration phase, a light ratcheting sound may be heard and will serve as proof of valve operation and closure.

Cooling

The cooling sub-menu offers many different service tests.

• Service Test Valve). On Humidi-MiZer equipped units, this item allows the user to switch the reheat valve from ON to OFF and vice versa. When RHV is switched to the ON position, a three-way valve will be energized allowing refrigerant flow to enter the reheat coil as if in a dehumidification mode or reheat mode. When RHV is switched to the OFF position, the three-way valve will be deenergized and the unit will revert back to normal cooling. Note that this function only allows manipulation of RHV if a compressor on Circuit B has already been turned ON. To manually exercise this valve without an active Circuit B compressor, see the section titled Service Test the actual valve position at any time, the user can use the Outputs menu (Outputs

• Service Test EXV Position). On Humidi-MiZer equipped units, this item allows the user to exercise the valve that controls refrigerant flow to the Circuit B condenser. To exercise the valve, RHV must first be switched to ON (Service Test

COOL

manded ON. The valve default position is 100% (completely open). The user will be able to adjust the valve from 0 to 100% through this function. The only constraint on the valve position is that the percentage sum of the bypass valve (Service Test denser valve must equal 100%. For example, if the condenser modulating valve is only 80% open, then the gas bypass modulating valve must remain at least 20% open. The effect of closing the condenser valve will be to increase the supply air temperature (additional reheat capacity). To view the actual valve position at any time, the user can use the Outputs menu (Outputs

• Service Test Position). On Humidi-MiZer equipped units, this item allows the user to exercise the valve that controls discharge gas bypass around the Circuit B condenser. To exercise the



HMZR



B.CAL (BYPASS EXV CALI-



COOL



RHV (Humidi-MiZer 3-Way



HMZR



RHV. To view



COOL



RHV).



COOL



C.EXV (HMV-1: Condenser



RHV) and a Circuit B compressor must be com-



COOL



B.EXV) and con-



COOL



COOL



B.EXV (HMV-2: Bypass EXV



C.EXV).

valve, RHV must first be switched to ON (Service Test

COOL



manded ON. The valve default position is 0% (completely closed). The user will be able to adjust the valve from 0 to 100% through this function. The only constraint on the valve position is that the percentage sum of the bypass valve and condenser valve (Service Test must equal 100%. For example, if the condenser modulating valve is only 80% open, then the gas bypass modulating valve must remain at least 20% open. The effect of opening the bypass valve will be to increase the supply air temperature (additional reheat capacity). To view the actual valve position at any time, the user can use the Outputs menu (Outputs

RHV) and a Circuit B compressor must be com-



COOL



COOL



B.EXV).



C.EXV)

THIRD PARTY CONTROL

Thermostat

The method of control would be through the thermostat inputs: Y1 = first stage cooling Y1 and Y2 = first and second stage cooling W1 = first stage heating W1 and W2 = first and second stage heating G = supply fan

Alarm Output

The alarm output TB4-7 and 8, will provide relay closure whenever the unit is under an alert or alarm condition.

Remote Switch

The remote switch may be configured for three different functions. Under Configuration following:

0 = no remote switch 1 = occupied/unoccupied switch 2 = start/stop switch 3 = occupancy override switch With RM.CF set to 1, no time schedules are followed and the

unit follows the remote switch only in determining the state of occupancy.

With RM.CF set to 2, the remote switch can be used to shut down and disable the unit, while still honoring time guards on compressors. Time schedules, internal or external, may be run simultaneously with this configuration.

With RM.CF set to 3, the remote input may override an unoccupied state and force the control to go into occupied mode. As with the start/stop configuration, an internal or external time schedule may continue to control occupancy when the switch is not in effect.

Under Configuration pancy switch can be set to either a normally open or normally closed switch input. Normal is defined as either unoccupied, start or “not currently overridden,” respective to the RM.CF configuration.



UNIT, set RM.CF to one of the

SW.LG



RMI.L, the remote occu-

VFD Control

On VFD equipped supply fans, supply duct static pressure control may be left under unit control or be externally controlled. To control a VFD externally with a 4 to 20 mA signal, set SP.RS to 4, under the Configuration the reset to VFD control. When SP.RS = 4, the static pressure reset function acts to provide direct VFD speed control where 4 mA = 0% speed and 20 mA = 100% (SP.MN and SP.MX will override). Note that SP.CF must be set to 1 (VFD Control) pri- or to configuring SP.RS = 4. Failure to do so could result in damage to ductwork due to overpressurization. In effect, this represents a speed control signal “pass through” under normal



SP menu. This will set

operating circumstances. The ComfortLink controller overrides the third party signal for critical operation situations, most notably smoke and fire control. Wire the input to the controls expansion module (CEM) using TB-11 and 12. An optional CEM board is required.

See Appendix C and the VFD literature supplied with the unit for VFD configurations and field wiring connections to the VFD.

Supply Air Reset

With the installation of the CEM, the ComfortLink controller is capable of accepting a 4 to 20 mA signal, to reset the supplyair temperature up to a maximum of 20°F. See VFD Control section above.

Demand Limit Control

The term “demand limit control” refers to the restriction of the machine’s mechanical cooling capacity to control the amount of power that a machine may use.

Demand limiting using mechanical control is possible via two means:

1. Two discrete inputs tied to demand limit setpoint percentages.

2. A 4 to 20 mA input that can reduce or limit capacity linearly to a setpoint percentage.

In either case, it will be necessary to install a controls expansion module (CEM).

DEMAND LIMIT DISCRETE INPUTS First, set DM.L.S in Configuration

When Inputs OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity, and when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the Configuration

DMD.L

Likewise, when Inputs no. 2) is OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity, and when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the Configu-

ration

If both switches are ON, Inputs the limiter of capacity.

Under Configuration ately for the action desired. Set the DL1.L and DL2.L configurations. They can be set normally open or normally closed. For example, if DL1.L is set to OPEN, the user will need to close the switch to cause the control to limit capacity to the demand limit 1 setpoint. Likewise, if DL1.L is set to CLSE (closed), the user will need to open the switch to cause the control to limit capacity to the demand limit 1 setpoint.

DEMAND LIMIT 4 TO 20 MA INPUT Under Configuration

(2 = 4 to 20 mA control). Under the same menu, set D.L.20 to a value from 0 to 100% to set the demand limit range. For example, with D.L.20 set to 50, a 4 mA signal will result in no limit to the capacity and 20 mA signal will result in a 50% reduction in capacity.



D.L.S1 setpoint.



DMD.L

GEN.I



D.L.S2 setpoint.



SW.LG, set the logic state appropri-



DMD.L, set configuration DM.L.S to 2



DMD.L to 1 (2 switches).

DL.S1 (Demand Switch no. 1) is

GEN.I



DL.S2 (Demand Switch



GEN.I



DL.S2 is used as



Demand Controlled Ventilation Control

There are multiple methods for externally controlling the economizer damper.

IAQ DISCRETE INPUT CONFIGURATION The IAQ discrete input configuration requires a CEM module

(optional) to be installed and an interface to a switch input at TB5-13 and 14. The state of the input on the display can be found at Inputs

Before configuring the switch functionality, first determine how the switch will be read. A closed switch can indicate either a low IAQ condition or a high IAQ condition. This is set at

Configuration



AIR.Q



IAQ.I.



SW.LG and IAQ.L. The user can set what a

low reading would mean based on the type of switch being used. Setting IAQ.L to OPEN means that when the switch is open the input will read LOW. When the switch is closed, the input will read HIGH. Setting IAQ.L to CLSE (closed) means that when the switch is closed the input will read LOW, and therefore, when the switch is open the switch will read HIGH.

There are two possible configurations for the IAQ discrete input. Select item Configuration and configure for either 1 (IAQ Discrete) or 2 (IAQ Discrete Override).

IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete)

If the user sets IQ.I.C to 1 (IAQ Discrete), and the switch logic (Configuration open switch reads low and a closed switch reads high.

If the switch is open, the economizer will be commanded to the IAQ Demand Vent Minimum Position.

These settings may be adjusted and are located at Configura-

tion



IAQ

If the switch is closed, the IAQ reading will be high and the economizer will be commanded to the Economizer Minimum Position.

This setting may be adjusted and is located at Configuration



IAQ



IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Override) If the user sets IQ.I.C to 2 (IAQ Discrete Override), and Con-

figuration

switch reads low and a closed switch reads high. If the switch reads low, no action will be taken. If the switch reads

high, the economizer will immediately be commanded to the IAQ Economizer Override Position. This can be set from 0 to 100% and can be found at Configuration

FAN CONTROL FOR THE IAQ DISCRETE INPUT Under Configuration

crete Input Fan Configuration) must also be set. There are three configurations for IQ.I.F. Select the configuration which will be used for fan operation. This configuration allows the user to decide (if the supply fan is not already running), whether the IAQ discrete switch will start the fan, and in which state of occupancy the fan will start.

IQ.I.F = 0 Minimum Position Override Switch input will

IQ.I.F = 1 Minimum Position Override Switch input will

IQ.I.F = 2 Minimum Position Override Switch input will

IAQ ANALOG INPUT CONFIGURATION This input is an analog input located on the main base board

(MBB). There are 4 different functions for this input. The location of this configuration is at Configuration

AQ.CF



The functions possible for IQ.A.C are:

• 0 = no IAQ analog input

• 1 = IAQ analog input

• 2 = IAQ analog input used to override to a set position

• 3 = 4 to 20 mA 0 to 100% economizer minimum position control

• 4 = 0 to 10,000 ohms 0 to 100% economizer minimum position control

Options 2, 3, and 4 are dedicated for third party control.

IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ Analog Input Used to Override)

Under Configuration Economizer Override Position). The IQ.O.P configuration is



SW.LG



DCV.C



DCV.C



EC.MN.



SW.LG



not start fan

start fan in occupied mode only

start fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes

IQ.A.C.



IAQ



AQ.CF



IQ.I.C



IAQ.L) is set to OPEN, then an

IAQ.M.

IAQ.L is set to OPEN, then an open



IAQ



AQ.SP



IQ.O.P.

IAQ



AQ.CF, the IQ.I.F (IAQ Dis-



IAQ



IAQ



AQ.SP, set IQ.O.P (IAQ

adjustable from 0 to 100%. These configurations are also used in conjunction with Configuration



IAQ



AQ.CF



IQ.A.F (IAQ 4 to 20 mA Fan Configuration). There are three configurations for IQ.A.F and they follow the same logic as for the discrete input. This configuration allows the user to decide (if the supply fan is not already running), if the IAQ Analog Minimum Position Override input will start the fan, and in which state of occupancy the fan will start.

IQ.A.F = 0 IAQ analog sensor input cannot start the sup-

ply fan

IQ.A.F = 1 IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply

fan in occupied mode only

IQ.A.F = 2 IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply

fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes

If IQ.A.F is configured to request the supply fan, then configurations D.F.ON and D.F.OF need to be set. These configura- tion settings are located under Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP and configure the fan override operation based on the differential air quality (DAQ). If DAQ rises above D.F.ON, the control will request the fan on until DAQ falls below D.F.OF.

NOTE: If D.F.ON is configured below DAQ.H, the unit is in oc- cupied mode, and the fan was off, then DAQ rose above D.F.ON and the fan came on, the economizer will go to the economizer minimum position (EC.MN).

The 4 to 20 mA signal from the sensor wired to TB5-6 and 7 is scaled to an equivalent indoor CO IQ.R.L and IQ.R.H located under the Configuration



AQ.S.R menu. The parameters are defined such that 4 mA =

(IAQ) by the parameters



IAQ

IQ.R.L and 20 mA = IQ.R.H. When the differential air quality DAQ (IAQ – OAQ.U) exceeds the DAQ.H setpoint (Configuration



IAQ



economizer minimum vent position (Configuration



DCV.C



AQ.SP menu) and the supply fan is on, the



IAQ

EC.MN) is overridden and the damper is moved to the IQ.P.O configuration. When the DAQ falls below the DAQ.L setpoint (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP menu), the economizer damper is moved back to the minimum vent position (EC.MN).

NOTE: Configuration OAQ.U is used in the calculation of the trip point for override and can be found under Configuration



AQ.SP.



IAQ

IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA Damper Control)

This configuration will provide full 4 to 20 mA remotely controlled analog input for economizer minimum damper position. The 4 to 20 mA signal is connected to terminals TB5-6 and 7. The input is processed as 4 mA = 0% and 20 mA = 100%, thereby giving complete range control of the effective minimum position.

The economizer sequences can be disabled by setting Configu-

ration



ECON



E.SEL to 0. Complete control of the econ- omizer damper position is then possible by using a 4 to 20 mA economizer minimum position control or a 0 to 10,000 ohms 0 to 100% economizer minimum position control via configuration decisions at Configuration



IAQ



AQ.CF



IQ.A.C.

IQ.A.C = 4 (10 Kilo-ohm Potentiometer Damper Control)

This configuration will provide input for a 10 kilo-ohm linear potentiometer that acts as a remotely controlled analog input for economizer minimum damper position. The input is processed as 0 ohms = 0% and 10,000 ohms = 100%, thereby giving complete range control of the effective minimum position.

CONTROLS OPERATION

Modes

The ComfortLink controls operate under a hierarchy of command structure as defined by three essential elements: the System mode, the HVAC mode and the Control mode. The System mode is the top level mode that defines three essential states for the control system: OFF, RUN, and TEST.

The HVAC mode is the functional level underneath the System mode which further defines the operation of the control. The mode selection process is shown in Appendix D.

The Control mode is essentially the control type of the unit (Configuration the control looks to establish a cooling or heating mode and whether 2 stages or multiple stages of cooling capacity operation are controlled.

Furthermore, there are a number of modes which operate concurrently when the unit is running. The operating modes of the control are located at the local displays under Operating Modes. See Table 31.

Table 31 — Operating Modes Display Table

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT

SYS.M ascii string n/a HVAC ascii string n/a CTRL ascii string n/a

MODE MODES CONTROLLING UNIT OCC Currently Occupied ON/OFF MODEOCCP T.OVR Timed Override in Effect ON/OFF MODETOVR DCV DCV Resetting Min Pos ON/OFF MODEADCV SA.R Supply Air Reset ON/OFF MODESARS DMD.L Demand Limit in Effect ON/OFF MODEDMLT T.C.ST Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF MODETCST IAQ.P IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active ON/OFF MODEIQPG LINK Linkage Active — CCN ON/OFF MODELINK LOCK Mech.Cooling Locked Out ON/OFF MODELOCK H.NUM HVAC Mode Numerical Form number MODEHVAC

Currently Occupied (OCC)

This variable displays the current occupied state of the unit.

Timed Override in Effect (T.OVR)

This variable displays if the state of occupancy is currently occupied due to an override.

DCV Resetting Minimum Position (DCV)

This variable displays if the economizer position has been lowered from its maximum vent position.

Supply Air Reset (SA.R)

This variable displays if the supply air reset is currently active. This applies to cooling only.

Demand Limit in Effect (DMD.L)

This variable displays if the mechanical cooling capacity is currently being limited or reduced by an outside third party.

Temperature Compensated Start (T.C.ST)

This variable displays if Heating or Cooling has been initiated before the occupied period to pre-condition the space.

IAQ Pre-Occupancy Purge Active (IAQ.P)

This variable displays if the economizer is open and the fan is on to pre-ventilate the building before occupancy.

Linkage Active CCN (LINK)

This variable displays if a linkage master in a zoning system has established “linkage” with this air source (rooftop).

Mechanical Cooling Locked Out (LOCK)

This variable displays if mechanical cooling is currently being locked due to low outside air temperature.



UNIT



C.TYP). This defines from where

HVAC Mode Numerical Form (H.NUM)

This is a numerical representation of the HVAC modes which may be read via a point read.

SYSTEM MODES (OPERATING MODES

System Mode Off

When the system mode is OFF, all outputs are to be shut down and no machine control is possible. The following list displays the text assigned to the System Mode when in the OFF mode and the conditions that may cause this mode are checked in the following hierarchal order:

1. Wake up timer on a power reset. (“Initializing System ...”)

2. System in the process of shutting down compressors and waiting for timeguards to expire.

(“Shutting Down ...”)

3. Factory shut down (internal factory control level — SHUTDOWN).

(“Factory Shut Down”)

4. Unit stop (software application level variable that acts as a hard shut down — Service Test

(“Local Machine Stop”)

5. Fire shut down (traumatic fire shutdown condition based on the Fire Shutdown Input — Inputs

(“Fire-Shutdown Mode”)

6. Emergency stop, which is forced over the CCN through the Emergency Stop Variable (EMSTOP).

(“CCN Emergency Stop”)

7. Startup delay. (“Startup delay = 0 to 900 secs”)

8. Service test ending transition timer. (“Service Test Ending”)

9. Unexplained internal software failure. (“Internal Failure”)

System Mode Test

When the system mode is Test, the control is limited to the Test mode and is controllable via the local displays (scrolling marquee and Navigator™ display) or through the factory service test control. The System Test modes are Factory Test Enabled and Service Test Enabled. See the Service Test Mode section for details on test control in this mode.

1. Factory Test mode (“Factory test enabled”)

2. Service Test mode (“Service test enabled”)

System Mode Run

When the system mode is Run, the software application in the control is free to run the HVAC control routines by which cooling, heating, IAQ, etc., is possible. There are two possible text displays for this mode, one is normal run mode and the other occurs if one of the following fire-smoke modes is present: smoke purge, pressurization or evacuation.

1. Normal run time state (“Unit Operation Enabled”)

2. Fire-Smoke control mode (“Fire-Smoke Control”)

HVAC MODES (OPERATING MODE The system mode must be selected before the unit controls can

select the HVAC mode of the rooftop unit. The selection of an HVAC mode is based on a hierarchal decision making process.



STOP).



FIRE



SYS.M)



HVAC)

FSD).

Certain overrides may interfere with this process and the normal temperature/humidity control operation of the unit. The decision making process that determines the HVAC mode is shown in Fig. 3 and Appendix D.

Each HVAC Mode is described below. The HVAC mode number is shown in parenthesis after the mode.

HVAC Mode — STARTING UP (0)

The unit is transitioning from the OFF mode to a different mode.

HVAC Mode — DISABLED (1)

The unit is shut down due to a software command disable through the scrolling marquee, a CCN emergency stop command, a service test end, or a control-type change delay.

HVAC Mode — SHUTTING DOWN (2)

The unit is transitioning from a mode to the OFF mode.

HVAC Mode — SOFTSTOP REQUEST (3)

The unit is off due to a soft stop request from the control.

HVAC Mode — REM SW.DISABLE (4)

The unit is off due to the remote switch.

HVAC Mode — FAN STATUS FAIL (5)

The unit is off due to failure of the fan status switch.

HVAC Mode — STATIC PRESSURE FAIL (6)

The unit is off due to failure of the static pressure sensor.

HVAC Mode — COMP.STUCK ON (7)

The unit is shut down because there is an indication that a compressor is running even though it has been commanded off.

HVAC Mode — OFF (8)

The unit is off and no operating modes are active.

HVAC Mode — TEST (9)

The unit is in the self test mode which is entered through the Service Test menu.

HVAC Mode — TEMPERING VENT (10)

The economizer is at minimum vent position but the supply-air temperature has dropped below the tempering vent setpoint. Staged gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.

HVAC Mode — TEMPERING LOCOOL (11)

The economizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the outside-air temperature and the economizer position has dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool setpoint. Staged gas heat is used to temper the ventilation air.

HVAC Mode — TEMPERING HICOOL (12)

HVAC Mode — VENT (13)

This is a normal operation mode where no heating or cooling is required and outside air is being delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.

HVAC Mode — LOW COOL (14)

This is a normal cooling mode where a low cooling demand is required.

HVAC Mode — HIGH COOL (15)

This is a normal cooling mode where a high cooling demand is required.

HVAC Mode — LOW HEAT (16)

The unit will be in low heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.

HVAC Mode — HIGH HEAT (17)

The unit will be in high heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.

HVAC Mode — UNOCC. FREE COOL (18)

In this mode the unit will operate in cooling but will be using the economizer for free cooling. Entering this mode will depend on the status of the outside air. The unit can be configured for outside air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover, outside air enthalpy changeover, differential enthalpy changeover, or a custom arrangement of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See the Economizer section on page 60 for further details.

HVAC Mode — FIRE SHUT DOWN (19)

The unit has been stopped due to a fire shutdown input (FSD) or two or more of the fire control modes, purge, evacuation, or pressurization have been requested simultaneously.

HVAC Mode — PRESSURIZATION (20)

The unit is in the special fire pressurization mode where the supply fan is on, the economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are off. This mode is started by the Fire Pressurization (PRES) input which can be found in the INPUT FIRE sub-menu.



HVAC Mode — EVACUATION (21)

The unit is in the special Fire Evacuation mode where the supply fan is off, the economizer damper is closed and the power exhaust fans are on. This mode is started by the Fire Evacuation (EVAC) input which can be found in the INPUT sub-menu.

HVAC Mode — SMOKE PURGE (22)

The unit is in the special Fire Purge mode where the supply fan is on, the economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are on. This mode is started by the Fire Evacuation (PURG) input which can be found in the INPUT menu.

HVAC Mode — COOLING DEHUM (23)

The unit is operating in Dehumidification mode. On the units configured for Humidi-MiZer operation, this is the HumidiMiZer dehumidification mode (subcooling).

HVAC Mode — VENTING DEHUM (24)

The unit is operating in reheat mode. On units configured for Humidi-MiZer operation, this is the Humidi-MiZer reheat mode.

HVAC Mode — HEATING DEHUM (25)

In this mode the Heating Control Point HEATCPNT = 85°F. Only Staged Gas heat can be used in this mode, by itself, or supplemental to Humidi-MiZer. A third-party heating source may be activated during all 3 dehumidification modes, with the use of the ALRM relay. See “Auxiliary Relay Configuration (AUX.R)” on page 33 for more details.



FIRE sub-

FIRE

System Mode =

OFF?

Inputs -> FIRE ->

FSD in ala rm?

HVAC Mode = OFF

(Fire Shutdown)

HVAC Mode = OFF

(Disabled)

Unit no t in fa ctory

test AN D fire-smoke

control mode is

alarm ing?

Inputs -> FIRE - >

PRES in ala rm?

HVAC Mode = OFF

(Pressurization)

Inputs -> FIRE - >

EVAC in alarm ?

HVAC Mode = O FF

(Evacuation)

HVAC Mode = OFF

(Purge)

Config->UNIT-> C.TYP cha nged

while unit running?

15-second dela y

HVAC Mode = OFF

(Disabled)

System Mode =

TEST?

HVAC Mode = TEST

Service Test -> S.STP = YES ?

HVAC Mode = SoftStop

Reques t

Config->UNIT-> RM.CF =2 AN D

Inputs->GEN .I->

REMT = O N

HVAC Mode = OFF (Rem. Sw. Disable)

Config->SP-> SP. CF

= 1 OR

HVAC Mode = OFF

(Static Pres. Fail)

Config->UNIT->

SFS.M=1 OR 2 AND

Config->UNIT->

SFS.S=Y ES?

HVAC Mode = OF F

(Fan Stat us Fail)

HVAC Mode = O FF

(Starting Up)

Unit shu tting down?

HVAC Mode = Shutting

Down

Unit control free to select

normal heating/cooli ng

HVAC mode

HVAC Mode = OFF

HVAC Mode =

Tempering Vent

HVAC Mode =

Tempering LoCool

HVAC Mode =

Tempering HiCool

HVAC Mode = Vent

HVAC Mode = Low Cool

HVAC Mode = High Cool

HVAC Mode = Low Heat

HVAC Mode = High Hea t

HVAC Mode = Unocc.

Free Cool

No No

Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

System

Mode

Fire-

Smoke

Control

Exceptions

Unit

control free

to choose

HVAC

Mode

and static pressure sensor has failed

and supply fan

has failed

Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No

Unit just waking u p

from power reset?

HVAC Mode =

Re-Heat

Compressor contactor

welded on?

HVAC Mode = Comp.

Stu ck On

Yes

HVAC Mode =

Dehumidification

Fig. 3 — Mode Selection

a48-8656

Unit Configuration Submenu

The UNIT sub-menu under the Configuration mode of the local display contains general unit configuration items. The submenu which contains these configurations is located at the local display under Configuration

Machine Control Type (C.TYP)

This configuration defines the control type and control source responsible for selecting a cooling, heating, or vent mode and determines the method by which compressors are staged. The control types are:

• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 (VAV-S PT ) Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV opera-

tion. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run continuously and return-air temperature will be used in the determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air temperature to start the fan for 10 minutes to establish an accurate return-air temperature before the return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.

• C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT-MULTI) This configuration will force the control to monitor the ther-

mostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV-type operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high cool supply air setpoint.

• C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT-MULTI2) This configuration will force the control to monitor the ther-

mostat inputs to make a determination of mode and allow only multiple stages of control for both heating and cooling.



UNIT. See Table 32.

Table 32 — Unit Configuration

• C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI) This configuration will force the control to monitor a

space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the unit is allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV-type operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high cool supply air setpoint.

• C.TYP = 6 (SPT-MULTI2) This configuration will force the control to monitor the

space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode and allow multiple stages of control for both heating and cooling.

Fan Mode (CV.FN)

The Fan Mode configuration can be used for machine control types (Configuration



UNIT



C.TYP) 3, 4, 5, and 6. The Fan Mode variable establishes the operating sequence for the supply fan during occupied periods. When set to 1 (Continuous), the fan will operate continuously during occupied periods. When set to 0 (Automatic), the fan will run only during a heating or cooling mode.

Remote Switch Config (RM.CF)

The remote switch input is connected to TB6 terminals 1 and 3. This switch can be used for several remote control functions. Please refer to the Remote Control Switch Input section on page 80 for details on its use and operation.

CEM Model Installed (CEM)

This configuration instructs the control to communicate with the controls expansion module (CEM) over the Local Equipment Network (LEN) when set to Yes. When the unit is configured for certain sensors and configurations, this option will be set to Yes automatically.

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULTS

UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION C.TYP Machine Control Type 1 to 6 CTRLTYPE 4 CV.FN Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont) 0 to 1 FAN_MODE 1 RM.CF Remote Switch Config 0 to 3 RMTINCFG 0 CEM CEM Module Installed Yes/No CEM_BRD No TCS.C Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 to 60 min TCSTCOOL 0 TCS.H Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 to 60 min TCSTHEAT 0 SFS.S Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No SFS_SHUT No SFS.M Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 to 2 SFS_MON 0 VAV.S VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time 0 to 720 min SAMPMINS 50 SIZE Unit Size (20 to 60) 20 to 60 UNITSIZE 20 DP.XR Discharge Press. Transducers Yes/No DP_TRANS No SP.XR Suct. Pres. Trans. Type 0 to 1 SPXRTYPE 0 RFG.T* REFRIG: 0=R22, 1=R410A 0 to 1 REFRIG_T Unit dependent CND.T CND HX TYP: 0=RTPF, 1=MCHX 0 to 1 COILTYPE Unit dependent MAT.S MAT Calc Config 0 to 2 MAT_SEL 1 MAT.R Reset MAT Table Entries? Yes/No MATRESET No MAT.D MAT Outside Air Default 0 to 100 % MATOADOS 20 ALTI Altitude……..in feet: 0 to 60000 ALTITUDE 0 DLAY Startup Delay Time 0 to 900 sec DELAY 0 STAT TSTAT-Both Heat and Cool Yes/No TSTATALL No AUX.R Auxiliary Relay Config 0 to 3 AUXRELAY 0 SENS INPUT SENSOR CONFIG SPT.S Space Temp Sensor Enable/Disable SPTSENS Disable SP.O.S Space Temp Offset Sensor Enable/Disable SPTOSENS Disable SP.O.R Space Temp Offset Range 1 to 10 SPTO_RNG 5 RRH.S Return Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable RARHSENS Disable FLT.S Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Enable/Disable FLTS_ENA Disable

* For Design Series 4 units, only R410A is valid. If RFG.T is configured to

0 (R22) on Design Series 4 units, RFG.T will change it to 1 (R410A) and will generate a system Alert indicating that R22 is not a valid option for this point.

The sensors and configurations that automatically turn on this board are:

Configuration

Switch Monitoring)

Configuration

ply Air Reset Sensor Enable)

Configuration

mand Limiting using 2 discrete switches)

Configuration

(Demand Limiting using a 4 to 20 mA sensor)

Configuration

CRETE) (IAQ discrete switch control)

Configuration

DISC.OVR) (IAQ discrete switch “override” control)

Configuration

SENS-DAQ) (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor)

Configuration

DAQ) (4 to 20 mA sensor, no DAQ)

Temperature Compensated Start Cooling Factor (TCS.C)

This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for cooling. Refer to the Temperature Compensated Start section on page 76 for more information. A setting of 0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Cooling is not permitted.

Temperature Compensated Start Heating Factor (TCS.H)

This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for heating. Refer to the Temperature Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of 0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Heating is not permitted.

Fan Fail Shuts Downs Unit (SFS.S)

This configuration will determine whether the unit should shut down on a supply fan status fail or simply alert the condition and continue to run. If set to YES, then the control will shut down the unit and send out an alarm if supply fan status monitoring fails. If set to NO, the control will not shut down the unit if supply fan status monitoring fails but the control will send out an alert.

Fan Status Monitoring (SFS.M)

This configuration selects the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.

0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring 1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch 2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure

VAV Unoccupied Fan Retry Time (VAV.S)

Machine control types 1 and 2 (VAV-RAT,VAV-SPT) monitor the return-air temperature during unoccupied periods to determine if there is a valid demand for heating or cooling before initiating an unoccupied heating or cooling mode. If the routine runs but concludes a valid demand condition does not exist, then the process is not permitted for the period of time defined by this configuration. Reducing this value allows a more frequent resampling process. Setting this value to zero will prevent any sampling sequence.

Unit Size (SIZE)

There are several unit sizes (tons) for the A Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on this configuration.

Discharge Pressure Transducers (DP.XR)

This configuration configures the unit for use with discharge pressure transducers. The 48/50A units will be automatically



DMD.L



UNIT

EDT.R

DMD.L

IAQ



IAQ



SFS.M = 1 (Supply Fan Status



RES.S = Enable (4 to 20 mA Sup-



DM.L.S = 1 (2 SWITCHES) (De-



DM.L.S = 2 (4-20 MA CTRL)

AQ.CF



IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ DIS-



AQ.CF



IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ



AQ.CF



OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ



OQ.A.C = 2 (4-20 NO

configured for discharge pressure transducers and DP.XR should be set to Yes.

Suction Pressure Transducer Type (SP.XR)

This configuration specifies the type of suction pressure transducer that is being used. Set SP.XR to 0 for support of a pressure transducer with a range of 0 to 135 psig. Set SP.XR to 1 for sup- port of a pressure transducer with a range of 0 to 200 psig.

NOTE: The 48/50A units do not require a change to the SP.XR factory default setting.

Refrigerant Type (RFG.T)

This configuration specifies the type of refrigerant used in the unit. Configuration RFG.T is set to 0 if the refrigerant used is R-22. Configuration RFG.T is set to 1 if the refrigerant used is R-410A. Do not change this setting.

Condenser Type (CND.T)

This configuration specifies the type of condenser installed in the unit. Configuration CND.T is set to 0 if the condenser is a round tube, plate fin coil (RTPF). Configuration CND.T is set to 1 if the condenser is a microchannel heat exchanger coil (MCHX).

MAT Calc Config (MAT.S)

This configuration gives the user three options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature (MAT) calculation:

• MAT.S = 0

There will be no MAT calculation.

• MAT.S = 1

The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a particular position for long enough, MAT is set to equal EDT. Using this, the control has an internal table whereby it can more closely determine the true MAT value.

• MAT.S = 2 The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time. To calculate MAT linearly, the user should reset the MAT table

entries by setting MAT.R to YES. Then set MAT.S = 2. The con- trol will calculate MAT based on the position of the economizer, outside-air temperature, and return-air temperature.

To freeze the MAT table entries, let the unit run with MAT.S = 1. Once sufficient data has been collected, change MAT.S = 2. Do not reset the MAT table.

Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R)

This configuration allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are set to a linear relationship between the economizer damper position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.

MAT Outside Air Position Default (MAT.D)

This configuration is used to calculate MAT when the economizer option is disabled. The configuration is adjustable from 0 to 100% outside air. This defines the fixed ventilation position that will be used to correctly calculate MAT.

Altitude……..In Feet: (ALTI)

The control does not include a barometric pressure sensor to determine altitude. The altitude must be defined the calculation of enthalpy and cfm. The altitude parameter is used to set up a default barometric pressure for use with calculations. The effect of barometric pressure in these calculations is not great, but could have an effect depending on the installed elevation of the unit. If the unit is installed at a particularly high altitude and enthalpy or cfm are being calculated, set this configuration to the current elevation.

Start Up Delay Time (DLAY)

This option delays the unit from operating after a power reset. The configuration may be adjusted from 0 to 900 seconds of delay.

TSTAT — Both Heat and Cool (STAT)

When this configuration is set to yes the TSTAT alert for simultaneous Heat and Cool calls is disabled. This will not allow heating and cooling to operate simultaneously.

Auxiliary Relay Configuration (AUX.R)

This option configures the auxiliary relay on the MBB (RLY11). The function of this relay is configurable in the following ways:

• AUX.R = 0 (Alarm Output) — The relay is used for remote annunciation of an alarm state.

• AUX.R = 1 (Dehum-Reheat) — The relay is used as a dehumidification/reheat output.

• AUX.R = 2 (Occup. State) — The relay is used to reflect occupancy. When the control is in occupied mode, the relay will be ON. When the control is in unoccupied mode, the relay will be OFF.

• AUX.R = 3 (S. Fan State) — The relay is used to reflect the supply fan commanded state. When the supply fan is on, the relay will be ON. When the supply fan is off, the relay will be OFF.

Space Temp Sensor (SPT.S)

If a space temperature sensor is installed, this configuration should be enabled.

Space Temp Offset Sensor (SP.O.S)

If a space temperature sensor with a space temperature offset slider is installed (T56), this configuration should be enabled.

Space Temp Offset Range (SP.O.R)

If a space temperature offset sensor is installed, it is possible to configure the range of the slider by adjusting this range configuration.

Return RH Sensor (RRH.S)

If a return air relative humidity sensor is installed, this configuration should be enabled.

Filter Status Switch Enabled? (FLT.S)

If a filter status switch is installed, enable this configuration to begin the monitoring of the filter status input (Inputs



FLT.S). See the Dirty Filter Switch section on page 60 for

more details on installation and operation.



GEN.I

Cooling Control

When mechanical cooling is required, the A Series ComfortLink control system has the capability to control the staging of the compressors in several different ways. Three scroll compressors are used on sizes 020 to 027 and four on sizes 030 to 060. In addition, the ComfortLink control system supports the use of an optional minimum load hot gas bypass valve (MLV) that is directly controlled by the ComfortLink control system. This provides an additional stage of capacity as well as low load coil freeze protection. The control also integrates the use of an economizer with the use of mechanical cooling to allow for the greatest use of free cooling. When both mechanical cooling and the economizer are being used, the control will use the economizer to provide better temperature control and limit the cycling of the compressors. The control also checks on various other operation parameters in the unit to make sure that safeties are not exceeded and the compressors are reliably operated.

The A Series ComfortLink control system offers two basic control approaches to mechanical cooling. Constant volume operation for 2 stages of cooling or VAV operation for multiple stages of cooling. In addition to these methods of control, the A

Series ComfortLink control offers the ability to run multiple stages of cooling for either a space temperature sensor or thermostat by controlling the unit to either a low or high cool supply air set point. The control type (Configuration C.TYP) determines the selection of the type of cooling control as well as the method for selecting a cooling mode.

There are either three or four compressors divided among two refrigeration circuits in the unit. Circuit A always contains two compressors (A1,A2). Circuit B has either one or two compressors (B1,B2). There may be a minimum load valve (MLV), which, if present, is only associated with circuit A. The decision as to which compressor should be turned on or off is decided by the compressor’s availability followed by a preferred staging order.

NOTE: Configuration of the machine control type (C.TYP) has no effect on whether a unit has a VFD or just a supply fan installed for static pressure control. No matter what the control type is, it is possible to run the unit in either CV or VAV mode provided there are enough stages to accommodate lower air volumes for VAV operation. Refer to the section on static pressure control for information on how to set up the unit for the type of supply fan control desired.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM

Machine Control Type (Configuration

The most important cooling control configuration is located under Configuration

This configuration defines the method and control source responsible for selecting a cooling mode. The configuration also determines the method by which compressors are staged. Control types are:

• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 (VAV- SP T) Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV opera-

tion. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run continuously and return-air temperature will be used for both in the determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air temperature to start the fan for 10 minutes before the return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.

• C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT-MULTI) This configuration will force the control to monitor the

thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high cool supply air setpoint.

• C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT-MULTI2) This control is the same as C.TYP=3.

• C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI) This configuration will force the control to monitor a

space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the unit is allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high cool supply air setpoint.

• C.TYP = 6 (SPT-MULTI2) This Control is the same as C.TYP = 5.



UNIT.



UNIT



UNIT

C.TYP)



MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS Some configurations are linked to the physical unit and must

not be changed. The configurations are provided in case a field replacement of a board occurs and the settings are not preserved by the download process of the new software. The following configurations apply to all machine control types (C.TYP) except 4 and 6. These configurations are located at the local display under Configuration



UNIT. See Table 33.

Table 33 — Machine Dependent Configurations

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE

UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION

SIZE

RFG.T REFRIG 0 to 1 REFRIG_T * CND.T CND HX TYP 0 to 1 COILTYPE *

*Dependent on unit.

Unit Size (20 to

60)

20 to 60 UNITSIZE *

CCN

POINT

DEFAULTS

Unit Size (SIZE)

Refrigerant Type (RFG.T)

Condenser Type (CND.T)

SETPOINTS The setpoints for both cooling and heating are located at the lo-

cal display under Setpoints. See Table 34.

SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION Supply Air Reset can be used to modify the current cooling supply

air setpoint. Supply Air Reset is applicable to control types, C.TYP = 1, 2, 3, and 5. The configurations for reset can be found at the local display under Configuration



EDT.R. See Table 35.

EDT Reset Configuration (RS.CF)

This configuration applies to several machine control types (Configuration



UNIT



C.TYP = 1,2,3, and 5).

• 0 = NO RESET No supply air reset is in effect.

•1 = SPT RESET Space temperature will be used as the reset control vari-

able along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of the final amount of reset to be applied (Inputs



SA.S.R).



RSET

• 2 = RAT RESET Return-air temperature will be used as the reset control vari-

able along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of the final amount of reset to be applied (Inputs



RSET



SA.S.R).

• 3 = 3RD PARTY RESET The reset value is determined by a 4 to 20 mA third party

input. An input of 4 mA would correspond to 0ºF reset. An input of 20 mA would correspond to 20ºF reset. Configuring the control for this option will cause RES.S to become enabled automatically with the CEM board. To avoid alarms make sure the CEM board and third party input are connected first before enabling this option.

Reset Ratio (RTIO)

This configuration is used when RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. For every degree that the controlling temperature (space/return) falls below the occupied cooling setpoint (OCSP), the calculated value of the supply air reset will rise by the number of degrees as specified by this parameter.

Reset Limit (LIMT)

This configuration is used when RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. This configuration places a clamp on the amount of supply air reset that can be applied.

EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input (RES.S) This configuration is automatically enabled when Configura-

tion



EDT.R



RS.CF is set to 3 (third party reset).

Table 34 — Setpoints

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint 40 to 99 dF OHSP 68 OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint 40 to 99 dF OCSP 75 UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint 40 to 99 dF UHSP 55 UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 40 to 99 dF UCSP 90 GAP Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap 2 to 10 ^F HCSP_GAP 5 V.C.ON VAV Occ. Cool On Delta 0 to 25 ^F VAVOCON 3.5 V.C.OF VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta 1 to 25 ^F VAVOCOFF 2 SASP Supply Air Setpoint 45 to 75 dF SASP 55 SA.HI Supply Air Setpoint Hi 45 to 75 dF SASP_HI 55 SA.LO Supply Air Setpoint Lo 45 to 75 dF SASP_LO 60 SA.HT Heating Supply Air Setpt 90 to 145 dF SASPHEAT 85 T.PRG Tempering Purge SASP –20 to 80 dF TEMPPURG 50 T.CL Tempering in Cool SASP 5 to 75 dF TEMPCOOL 5 T.V.OC Tempering Vent Occ SASP –20 to 80 dF TEMPVOCC 65 T.V.UN Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP –20 to 80 dF TEMPVUNC 50

Table 35 — Supply Air Reset Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

EDT.R EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET RS.CF EDT Reset Configuration 0 to 3 EDRSTCFG 0 RTIO Reset Ratio 0 to 10 RTIO 2 LIMT Reset Limit 0 to 20 ^F LIMT 10 RES.S EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input Enable/Disable EDTRSENS Disable

COOLING CONFIGURATION Relevant configurations for mechanical cooling are located at the

local display under Configuration



COOL. See Table 36. These

"MM" points are only shown for units with Design Series 1, 2, and

3. For Design Series 4 and above, the points for the Outdoor VFD are called "OV" points rather than "MM" points. (M.M. is only applicable for factory-installed Motor Master Option unit. OV.EN is only for Greenspeed or Low Ambient option unit.)

Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN)

This configuration is used for units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity control (Configuration



UNIT



C.TYP = 1, 2, 3, or 4). The configuration affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by raising or lowering the threshold that demand must rise above in order to add or subtract a stage of cooling.

Normally this configuration should not require any tuning or adjustment. If there is an application where the unit may be significantly oversized and there are indications of high compressor cycles, then the Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) can be used to adjust the overall logic gain. Normally this is set to 1.0, but it can be adjusted from 0.5 to 4.0. As the value of Z.GN is increased, the cycling of cooling stages will be slowed.

Compressor Lockout Temperature (MC.LO)

This configuration defines the outdoor air temperature below

Motormaster or Greenspeed/low ambient control, it will be necessary for an operator to manually change this setting based on the intended operational ambient condition. This configuration will have a range of –20 to 55°F and have a default of 40°F.

Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool (C.FOD)

After a mechanical cooling cycle has ended, this is the delay in seconds that the supply fan will continue to operate.

Min. Load Valve (HGBP)? (MLV)

This configuration instructs the control as to whether a minimum load valve has been installed and will be controlled by the compressor staging routine.

NOTE: If the unit is configured for a Digital Scroll (Configura-

tion



COOL



figuration



DS.EN = YES) or Minimum Load Valve (Con-

COOL



MLV = ENABLE), then circuit A is always the lead circuit regardless of the setting of this configuration. This configuration must be set to 1 (CIRCUIT A) for size 30 to 60 units if a factory-installed Motormaster V operation control is installed on the unit. If the unit is configured for the Humidi-MiZer adaptive dehumidification system, then circuit B automatically becomes the lead circuit when the unit enters into one of the HumidiMiZer modes (dehumidification or reheat). The unit will immediately start a circuit B compressor when a Humidi-MiZer mode is initiated.

which mechanical cooling is locked out. To make proper use of

Table 36 — Cooling Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

COOL COOLING CONFIGURATION Z.GN Capacity Threshold Adjst –10 to 10 Z_GAIN 1 MC.LO Compressor Lockout Temp –20 to 55 dF OATLCOMP 40 C.FOD Fan-Off Delay, Mech Cool 0 to 600 sec COOL_FOD 60 MLV Min. Load Valve (HGBP)? Yes/No MLV_SEL No DS.EN Enable Digital Scroll? Yes/No DIGCMPEN No DS.MC DS Min Digital Capacity 25 to 100 % MINCAPDS 50 DS.AP Dig Scroll Adjust Delta 0 to 100 % DSADJPCT 100 DS.AD Dig Scroll Adjust Delay 15 to 60 sec DSADJDLY 20 DS.RP Dig Scroll Reduce Delta 0 to 100 % DSREDPCT 6 DS.RD Dig Scroll Reduce Delay 15 to 60 sec DSREDDLY 30 DS.RO Dig Scroll Reduction OAT 70 to 120 dF DSREDOAT 95 DS.MO Dig Scroll Max Only OAT 70 to 120 dF DSMAXOAT 105 HPSP Head Pressure Setpoint 80 to 150 dF HPSP 110 LASP Low Ambient Set Point 70 to 150 dF LASP 100 M.M. Motor Master Control ? Yes/No MOTRMAST No MM.OF Motor Master Setpoint Offset 20 to 20 dF MMSPOFST –10 MM.RR Motor Master PD Run Rate 10 to 120 sec MM_RATE 10 MM.PG Motor Master Proportional Gain 0.0 to 5 MM_PG 1 MM.DG Motor Master Derivative Gain 0 to 5 MM_DG 0.3 MM.TI Motor Master Integration Time 0 to 50 MM_TI 30 A1.EN Enable Compressor A1 Enable/Disable CMPA1ENA Enable A2.EN Enable Compressor A2 Enable/Disable CMPA2ENA Enable B1.EN Enable Compressor B1 Enable/Disable CMPB1ENA Enable B2.EN Enable Compressor B2 Enable/Disable CMPB2ENA Enable CS.A1 CSB A1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A1EN Enable CS.A2 CSB A2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_A2EN Enable CS.B1 CSB B1 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B1EN Enable CS.B2 CSB B2 Feedback Alarm Enable/Disable CSB_B2EN Enable REV.R Rev. Rotation Verified? Yes/No REVR_VER No H.SST Hi SST Alert Delay Time 5 to 30 min HSSTTIME 10 OV.DB Outdoor VFD SCT DeadBand 0 to 20 dF OV_SCTDB 2 OV.RH Outdoor VFD Dehum-RH SPD 0 to 100 % OV_RH 50 LA.ST OV MinStartSpeed Low Amb 0 to 100 % OV_STMIN 12 OV.EN Outdoor VFD Enable No/Yes OV_ENA ODV.A OUTDOOR VFD-A CONFIGS N.VLT OV-A Nominal Motor Volts 0 to 999 OVA_NVLT N.AMP OV-A Nominal Motor Amps 0 to 999 OVA_NAMP N.FRQ OV-A Nominal Motor Freq 10 to 500 OVA_NFRQ N.RPM OV-A Nominal Motor RPM 50 to 30000 OVA_NRPM N.PWR OV-A Nominal Motor HPwr 0 to 500 OVA_NPWR M.DIR OV-A Motor Direction 0=FORWARD, 1=REVERSE OVA_MDIR ACCL OV-A Acceleration Time 0 to 1800 OVA_ACCL DECL OV-A Deceleration Time 0 to 1800 OVA_DECL SW.FQ OV-A Switching Frequency 0 to 3 OVA_SWFQ ODV.B OUTDOOR VFD-B CONFIGS N.VLT OV-B Nominal Motor Volts 0 to 999 OVB_NVLT N.AMP OV-B Nominal Motor Amps 0 to 999 OVB_NAMP N.FRQ OV-B Nominal Motor Freq 10 to 500 OVB_NFRQ N.RPM OV-B Nominal Motor RPM 50 to 30000 OVB_NRPM N.PWR OV-B Nominal Motor HPwr 0 to 500 OVB_NPWR M.DIR OV-B Motor Direction 0=FORWARD, 1=REVERSE OVB_MDIR ACCL OV-B Acceleration Time 0 to 1800 OVB_ACCL DECL OV-B Deceleration Time 0 to 1800 OVB_DECL SW.FQ OV-B Switching Frequency 0 to 3 OVB_SWFQ

Enable Digital Scroll (DS.EN)

This configuration instructs the unit controls as to whether a digital scroll compressor is installed. If set to YES, the compressor will be controlled by the compressor staging routine and SUMZ Cooling Algorithm. The digital scroll compressor location will be based on unit size according to the following

table:

UNIT SIZE DIGITAL SCROLL COMPRESSOR

20 B1 25 B1 27 B1 30 A1 35 A1 40 A1 50 A1 60 A1

DS Min Digital Capacity (DS.MC)

This configuration defines the minimum capacity the digital scroll compressor is allowed to modulate to. The digital scroll compressor modulation range will be limited from DS.MC to 100%.

Digital Scroll Adjust Delta (DS.AP)

This configuration defines the maximum capacity the digital scroll will be allowed to change per request by the SUMZ Cooling Algorithm.

Digital Scroll Adjust Delay (DS.AD)

This configuration defines the time delay in seconds between digital scroll capacity adjustments.

Digital Scroll Reduce Delta (DS.RP)

This configuration defines the maximum capacity the digital scroll will be allowed to decrease per request by the SUMZ Cooling Algorithm when OAT is greater than Configuration



COOL



DS.RO. This ramped reduction is only imposed on a decrease in digital scroll capacity. An increase in capacity will continue to follow the value defined by Configuration

COOL



DS.AP.



Digital Scroll Reduce Delay (DS.RD)

This configuration defines the time delay, in seconds, between digital scroll capacity reduction adjustments when OAT is greater than Configuration



COOL



DS.RO. This ramped reduction is only imposed on a decrease in digital scroll capacity. An increase in capacity will continue to follow the value defined by Configuration



COOL



DS.AD.

Digital Scroll Reduction OAT (DS.RO)

Under certain operating conditions, a sharp decrease in digital scroll capacity can result in unstable unit operation. This configuration defines the outdoor-air temperature above which a reduced capacity (Configuration time delay (Configuration



COOL



DS.RP) and



DS.RD) will be imposed on a digital scroll capacity reduction. This ramped reduction is only imposed on a decrease in digital scroll capacity. An increase in capacity will continue to follow the values defined by Configuration



COOL

tion



DS.AD.



COOL



DS.AP and Configura-

Digital Scroll Max Only OAT (DS.MO)

This configuration defines the outdoor-air temperature above which the digital scroll will not be allowed to modulate. The digital scroll will be locked at 100% above this outdoor-air temperature.

Head Pressure Setpoint (HPSP)

This is the head pressure setpoint used by the ComfortLink control during condenser fan staging and maintaining head pressure control. This configuration will have a range of 80 to 150°F and have a default of 110°F.

Motormaster Control (M.M.)

The Motormaster control configuration (M.M.) Units with factory installed Motormaster V speed control option, this configuration must be set to YES. See “HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL” on page 46 and Appendix F for more information.

NOTE: The non-factory-installed Motormaster V speed control accessory is a completely self-contained device and is not managed by the unit's ComfortLink controller.

Motormaster Setpoint Offset (MM.OF)

This value is added to HPSP in order to calculate the Motormaster setpoint MM_SP. This value will have a range of –20 to 20 and a default of –10.

Motormaster PD Run Rate (MM.RR)

This is the number of seconds between execution of the Motormaster ComfortLink PD routine. This value will have a range of 10 to 120 and a default of 10.

Motormaster Proportional Gain (MM.PG)

This is the proportional gain for the Motormaster control PD control loop. This value will have a range of 0.0 to 5 and a default of 1.

Motormaster Derivative Gain (MM.DG)

This is the derivative gain for the Motormaster control PD control loop. This value will have a range of 0 to 5 and a default of 0.3.

Motormaster Integration Time (MM.TI)

This is the integration time constant for the Motormaster control PD control loop. This values will have a range of 0 to 50 and default of 30.

Enable Compressor A1 (A1.EN)

This configuration is used to disable the A1 compressor in case of failure.

Enable Compressor A2 (A2.EN)

This configuration is used to disable the A2 compressor in case of failure.

Enable Compressor B1 (B1.EN)

This configuration is used to disable the B1 compressor in case of failure.

Enable Compressor B2 (B2.EN)

This configuration is used to disable the B2 compressor in case of failure.

CSB A1 Feedback Alarm (CS.A1)

This configuration is used to enable or disable the compressor A1 feedback alarm. This configuration must be enabled at all times.

CSB A2 Feedback Alarm (CS.A2)

This configuration is used to enable or disable the compressor A2 feedback alarm. This configuration must be enabled at all times.

CSB B1 Feedback Alarm (CS.B1)

This configuration is used to enable or disable the compressor B1 feedback alarm. This configuration must be enabled at all times.

CSB B2 Feedback Alarm (CS.B2)

This configuration is used to enable or disable the compressor B2 feedback alarm. This configuration must be enabled at all times.

Reverse Rotation Verified? (REV.R)

If this configuration is set to NO, then after a power up, in the normal run mode, the control will check the suction pressure on the first circuit that is energized after 5 seconds of run time. If the control does not see a sufficient decrease in suction pressure

over the first 5 seconds, mechanical cooling will be shut down,

Fig. 4 — Advanced Scroll Temperature

100

110

120

0 102030405060708090

Recommended Cooling Time

(Minutes)

Compressor Unloaded Run Time (Minutes)

*Times are approximate. NOTE: Various factors, including high humidity, high ambient tem-

perature, and the presence of a sound blanket will increase cooldown times.

Fig. 5 — Recommended Minimum Cool-Down

Time after Compressor is Stopped*

and an alarm will be generated (A140). This alarm requires a manual reset.

If the unit is in the Service Test mode, the test will be performed any time a compressor is energized.

Once it has been verified that power to the rooftop and compressors has been applied correctly and the compressors start up normally, this configuration can be set to YES in order to prevent the reverse rotation check from occurring.

High SST Alert Delay Time (H.SST)

This option allows the high saturated suction temperature alert timing delay to be adjusted.

Outdoor Fan VFD Enable (OV.ENA)

The optional Greenspeed

/low ambient control configuration units with additional outdoor fan speed control option is installed from the factory. For the unit with Greenspeed/low ambient option installed, the Outdoor VFD (OV.EN) configuration needs to be set to YES to fully utilize the function of the optional head pressure control for improving energy efficiencies or extended operational ambient conditions. See Head Pressure Control section, page 46, for more information.

The non-factory-installed Motormaster V speed control accessory is a completely self-contained device and is not managed by the unit's ComfortLink controller.

Low Ambient Set Point (LASP)

This is the head pressure setpoint used by the ComfortLink control during condenser fan staging and maintaining head pressure control for unit with Greenspeed/low ambient option. This configuration will have a range of 70 to 150°F and have a default of 100°F.

COMPRESSOR SAFETIES The 48/50A Series units with ComfortLink controls include a

compressor protection board (CSB) that protects the operation of each of the compressors. These boards sense the presence or absence of current to each compressor.

If there is a command for a compressor to run and there is no current, then one of the following safeties or conditions have turned the compressor off:

• Compressor overcurrent — Smaller compressors have internal line breaks and larger compressors have a dedicated circuit breaker for overcurrent protection.

• Compressor short circuit — The compressor circuit breaker that provides short circuit protection has tripped then there will not be current.

• Compressor motor over temperature — The internal linebreak or over temperature switch has opened.

• High-pressure switch trip — High-pressure switch has opened.

Alarms will also occur if the current sensor board malfunctions or is not properly connected to its assigned digital input. If the compressor is commanded OFF and the Current Sensor reads ON, an alert is generated. This will indicate that a compressor contactor has failed closed. In this case, a special mode “Compressor Stuck on Control” will be enabled and all other compressors will be turned off and an alarm enabled to indicate that service is required. Indoor and outdoor fans will continue to operate. The first outdoor fan stage is turned on immediately. The second fan stage will turn on when outdoor-air temperature (OAT) rises above 75°F or the highest active circuit saturated condensing temperature (SCT) rises above the HPSP and remains on until the condition is repaired regardless of the OAT and SCT values.

Any time the alert occurs, a strike is called out on the affected compressor. If three successive strikes occur the compressor will be locked out requiring a manual reset or power reset of

the circuit board. The clearing of strikes during compressor operation is a combination of 3 complete cycles or 15 continuous minutes of run time operation. If there are one or two strikes on the compressor and three short cycles (ON-OFF, ON-OFF, ON-OFF) less than 15 minutes each occur, the strikes are reset to zero for the affected compressor. If the compressor turns on and runs for 15 minutes straight with no compressor failure, the compressor strikes are cleared.

Additionally, some units contain Copeland compressors equipped with advanced scroll temperature protection (ASTP). A label located above the terminal box identifies Copeland Scroll compressor models that contain this technology. See Fig. 4. Advanced scroll temperature protection is a form of internal discharge temperature protection that unloads the scroll compressor when the internal temperature reaches approximately 300°F. At this temperature, an internal bi-metal disk valve opens and causes the scroll elements to separate, which stops compression. Suction and discharge pressures balance while the motor continues to run. The longer the compressor runs unloaded, the longer it must cool before the bi-metal disk resets. See Fig. 5.

o manually reset ASTP, the compressor should be stopped and allowed to cool. If the compressor is not stopped, the motor will run until the motor protector trips, which occurs up to 90 minutes later. Advanced scroll temperature protection will reset automatically before the motor protector resets, which may take up to 2 hours.

COMPRESSOR TIME GUARDS The control will not allow any output relay to come on within

3 seconds of any other output relay. For outputs connected to the compressors, the control will use a Compressor Minimum OFF Time of 2 minutes, a Compressor Minimum ON Time of 3 minutes and a Minimum Delay before turning on another compressor of 10 seconds.

COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS

Fig. 6 — VAV Occupied Period Trip Logic

L.H.OF

L.H.ON

V.C. ON

V.C. OF

OHSP

The A Series ComfortLink controls offer three distinct methods by which it may select a cooling mode.

1. Thermostat (C.TYP = 3 and 4): The thermostat does not de- pend upon the state of occupancy and the modes are called out directly by the discrete inputs from the thermostat (In-

puts



STAT



Y1 and Y2).

2. Occupied VAV cooling types (C.TYP = 1 and 2) are called out in the occupied period (Operating Modes



MODE



OCC = ON).

3. Unoccupied VAV cooling types (C.TYP = 1 and 2) are called out in the unoccupied period (Operating Modes



OCC = OFF). They are also used for space sensor control



MODE

types (C.TYP = 5 and 6) in both the occupied and unoccupied periods.

This section is devoted to the process of cooling mode determination for the three types outlined above.

VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Occupied Period (C.TYP = 1,2 and Operating Modes



MODE



OCC = ON)

There is no difference in the selection of a cooling mode for either VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT in the occupied period. The actual selection of a cool mode, for both control types, is based upon the controlling return-air temperature (Temperatures



CTRL



air temperature thermistor (Temperatures

R.TMP). Typically this is the same as the return



AIR.T



AIR.T

RAT)

except when under CCN Linkage.

VAV Occupied Cool Mode Evaluation Configuration There are VAV occupied cooling offsets under Setpoints.

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

V.C.ON VAV Occ. Cool On Delta 0 to 25 ^F VAVOCON 3.5 V.C.OF VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta 1 to 25 ^F VAVOCOFF 2

Cool Mode Determination If the machine control type (Configuration



UNIT



C.TYP) = 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAV-SPT) and the control is occupied (Operating Modes



MODE



OCC = ON), then the unit will not follow the occupied cooling setpoint (OCSP). Instead, the control will follow two offsets in the determination of an occupied VAV cooling mode (Setpoints

Setpoints



V. C . O F ), applying them to the low-heat off trip



V. C . O N and

point and comparing the resulting temperature to the return-air temperature.

The Setpoints

points



V. C . O N (VAV cool mode on offset) and Set-

V. C . O F (VAV cool mode off offset) offsets are used

in conjunction with the low heat mode off trip point to determine when to bring cooling on and off and in enforcing a true “vent” mode between heating and cooling. See Fig. 6. The occupied cooling setpoint is not used in the determination of the cool mode. The occupied cooling setpoint is used for supply air reset only.

The advantage of this offset technique is that the control can safely enforce a vent mode without worrying about crossing setpoints. Even more importantly, under CCN linkage, the occupied heating setpoint may drift up and down and this method ensures a guaranteed separation in degrees Fahrenheit between the calling out of a heating or cooling mode at all times.

NOTE: There is a sub-menu at the local display (Run Status



TRIP) that allows the user to see the exact trip points for both the heating and cooling modes without having to calculate them. Refer to the Cooling Mode Diagnostic Help section on page 42 for more information.

To enter into a VAV Occupied Cool mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus L.H.OF plus V. C . O N ].

To exit out of a VAV Occupied Cool mode, the controlling temperature must fall below [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus L.H.OF plus V. C . O N minus V. C . O F ].

NOTE: With Vent mode, it is possible to exit out of a cooling mode during the occupied period if the return-air temperature drops low enough. When supply-air temperature reset is not configured, this capability will work to prevent over-cooling the space during the occupied period.

Supply Air Setpoint Control and the Staging of Compressors

Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in effect, the cooling control point (Run Status



VIEW



CL.C.P) is calculated and is based upon the supply air setpoint (Setpoints (Inputs



SASP) plus any supply air reset being applied



RSET



SA.S.R).

Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section on page 42 for a discussion of how the A Series ComfortLink controls manage the staging of compressors to maintain supply-air temperature.

VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Unoccupied Period (C.TYP = 1,2; Operating Modes



MODE



OCC=OFF)

and Space Sensor Cool Mode Selection (C.TYP = 5 and 6)

The machine control types that use this type of mode selection are:

• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) in the unoccupied period

• C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT) in the unoccupied period

• C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI) in both the occupied and unoccupied period

• C.TYP = 6 (SPT-MULTI2) in both the occupied and unoccupied period

These particular control types operate differently than the VAV types in the occupied mode in that there is both a LOW COOL and a HIGH COOL mode. For both of these modes, the control offers two independent setpoints, Setpoints LOW COOL mode) and Setpoints



SA.HI (for HIGH COOL



SA.LO (for

mode). The occupied and unoccupied cooling setpoints can be found under Setpoints.

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS

OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint 55 to 80 dF OCSP 75

UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint 75 to 95 dF UCSP 90

CCN

POINT

DEFAULT

The heat/cool setpoint offsets are found under Configuration



D.LV.T. See Table 37.

Fig. 7 — Cool Mode Evaluation

H.C.ON

L.C. OF/2

L.C.ON

Cooling Setpoint (OCSP,UCSP)

L.C. OF

Lo Cool End

Hi Cool End

Lo Cool Start

Hi Cool Start

Table 37 — Cool/Heat Setpoint Offsets Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

D.LV.T COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS L.H.ON Dmd Level Lo Heat On -1 to 2 ^F DMDLHON 1.5 H.H.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On 0.5 to 20.0 ^F DMDHHON 0.5 L.H.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off 0.5 to 2 ^F DMDLHOFF 1 L.C.ON Dmd Level Lo Cool On -1 to 2 ^F DMDLCON 1.5 H.C.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On 0.5 to 20.0 ^F DMDHCON 0.5 L.C.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off 0.5 to 2 ^F DMDLCOFF 1 C.T.LV Cool Trend Demand Level 0.1 to 5 ^F CTRENDLV 0.1 H.T.LV Heat Trend Demand Level 0.1 to 5 ^F HTRENDLV 0.1 C.T.TM Cool Trend Time 30 to 600 sec CTRENDTM 120 H.T.TM Heat Trend Time 30 to 600 sec HTRENDTM 120



Operating modes are under Operating Modes

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT

MODE MODES CONTROLLING UNIT OCC Currently Occupied ON/OFF MODEOCCP T.C.ST Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF MODETCST

MODE.

Cool Mode Evaluation Logic

The first thing the control determines is whether the unit is in the occupied mode (OCC) or is in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C .S T). If the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode, the occupied cooling setpoint (OCSP) is used. For all other modes, the unoccupied cooling setpoint (UCSP) is used. For further discussion and simplification this will be referred to as the “cooling setpoint.” See Fig. 7.

Demand Level Low Cool On Offset (L.C.ON)

This is the cooling setpoint offset added to the cooling setpoint at which point a Low Cool mode starts.

Demand Level High Cool On Offset (H.C.ON)

This is the cooling setpoint offset added to the “cooling setpoint plus L.C.ON” at which point a High Cool mode begins.

Demand Level Low Cool Off Offset (L.C.OF)

This is the cooling setpoint offset subtracted from “cooling setpoint plus L.C.ON” at which point a Low Cool mode ends.

NOTE: The “high cool end” trip point uses the “low cool off” (L.C.OF) offset divided by 2.

To enter into a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temperature must rise above the cooling setpoint plus L.C.ON.

To enter into a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temperature must rise above the cooling setpoint plus L.C.ON plus H.C.ON.

To exit out of a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temperature must fall below the cooling setpoint plus L.C.ON minus L.C.OF.

To exit out of a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temperature must fall below the cooling setpoint plus L.C.ON minus

L.C.OF/2. Comfort Trending

In addition to the setpoints and offsets which determine the trip points for bringing on and off cool modes, there are 2 configurations which work to hold off the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool mode if the space is cooling down quickly enough. This method is referred to as Comfort Trending. The comfort trending configurations are C.T.LV and C.T.TM.

Cool Trend Demand Level (C.T.LV)

This is the change in demand that must occur within the time period specified by C.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH COOL mode regardless of demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP = 1 and 2) in the occupied period. As long as a LOW COOL mode is making progress in cooling the space, the control will hold off on the HIGH COOL mode. This is especially true for the space sensor machine control types (C.TYP = 5 and 6), because they may transition into the occupied mode and see an immediate large cooling demand when the setpoints change.

Cool Trend Time (C.T.TM)

This is the time period upon which the cool trend demand level (C.T.LV) operates and may hold off staging or a HIGH COOL mode. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP = 1 and 2) in the occupied period. See the Cool Trend Demand Level section for more details.

Timeguards

In addition to the setpoints and offsets which determine the trip points for bringing on and off cool modes there is a timeguard of 8 minutes which enforces a time delay between the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool mode. There is a timeguard of 5 minutes which enforces a time delay between the transitioning from a heat mode to a cool mode.

Supply Air Setpoint Control

Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in effect, the cooling control point (Run Status culated and is based upon either Setpoints



SA.LO, depending on whether a high or a low cooling mode is



VIEW



CL.C.P) is cal-



SA.HI or Setpoints

in effect, respectively. In addition, if supply air reset is configured, it will also be added to the cooling control point.

Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for a discussion of how the A Series ComfortLink controls manage supply-air temperature and the staging of compressors for these control types.

Thermostat Cool Mode Selection (C.TYP = 3 and 4)

When a thermostat type is selected, the decision making process involved in determining the mode is straightforward. Upon energizing the Y1 input only, the unit HVAC mode will be LOW COOL. Upon the energizing of both Y1 and Y2 inputs, the unit HVAC mode will be HIGH COOL. If just input G is energized the unit HVAC mode will be VENT and the supply fan will run.

Selecting the C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI) or C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT – MULTI2) control type will cause the control to do the following:

• The control will read the Configuration



UNIT

configuration parameter to determine the number of cooling stages and the pattern for each stage.

• An HVAC mode equal to LOW COOL will cause the unit to select the Setpoints



SA.LO setpoint to control to. An HVAC mode equal to HIGH COOL will cause the unit to select the Setpoints



SA.HI setpoint to control to. Supply air reset (if configured) will be added to either the low or high cool setpoint.

• The control will utilize the SumZ cooling algorithm and control cooling to a supply air setpoint. See the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for information on controlling to a supply air setpoint and compressor staging.



SIZE

Staging of compressors is shown in Tables 38-45.

EDT Low Override

There is an override if EDT drops too low based on an alert limit that will lock out cooling. If the supply air/evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) falls below the alert limit (Configu-

ration



ALLMSA.L.O) cooling will be inhibited. There is a

20-minute hold off on starting cooling again once the following statement is true: EDT minus (Run Status



COOL



SUMZADD.R) has risen above SA.L.O. The variable ADD.R is one of the SumZ cooling algorithm control variables

dedicated mainly for multi-stage control.

Cooling Control and the Economizer TRIM For SUMZ = NO

ECON



E.TRM = NO

Cooling control will first check for the availability of the economizer. If free cooling can be used, then the control will first attempt to use the free cooling.

If no mechanical cooling is active, and the economizer is active, the economizer will first attempt to control to a cooling control point of either the supply air setpoint high (SA.HI) or supply air

If one stage of mechanical cooling is on, and the economizer is active, then the economizer will attempt to control to 53°F. Also If HVAC mode = LOW COOL, the second stage of mechanical cooling will be locked out.

If the setpoint cannot be satisfied or the economizer is not active, then cooling will be brought on one stage at a time when the evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) is greater the

1.5°F above the current cooling control point. A start-up time delay of 10 minutes and steady state delay after a compressor is energized of 5 minutes is enforced.

If both circuits of mechanical cooling are running, then the economizer will attempt to control to 48°F. If the economizer is active and the outside-air temperature (OAT) is less than the cooling control point + 0.5°F, the compressors will be locked off. When mechanical cooling is on, the control may also use the economizer to trim the leaving-air temperature to prevent unnecessary cycles of the compressor stages.

See “ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH MECHANICAL COOLING” on page 50 for more information on the holding off of mechanical cooling as well as the economizer control point.

setpoint low (SA.LO) plus any reset applied, depending on whether High Cool or Low Cool mode is in effect, respectively.

Table 38 — Capacity Control Staging Options —

48/50A020-027 Units VAV and Adaptive CV/SAV Staging Sequence with Variable Capacity Compressor

COMP Compressor Status

A1 OFF OFF ON ON A2 OFF OFF OFF ON

B1* OFFONONON

UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A

020 0% 20 to 40% 50 to 70% 80 to 100% 025 0% 17 to 33% 50 to 66% 83 to 100%

*On units with optional digital scroll compressor, compressor B1 modulates from minimum to maximum capacity to provide increased stages.

027 0% 17 to 33% 50 to 66% 83 to 100%

0123

STAGE

Table 39 — 48/50A030-060 Units VAV and Adaptive CV/SAV Staging Sequence with

Variable Capacity Compressor

STAGE

COMP Compressor Status

A1* OFFONONONON

A2 OFF OFF ON ON ON B1 OFF OFF OFF ON ON B2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON

UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A

030 0% 12.5% to 25% 37.5% to 50% 62.5% to 75% 87.5% to 100% 035 0% 9.8% to 19.6% 29.4% to 29.4% 59.8% to 69.6% 90.2% to 100% 040 0% 12.5% to 25% 37.5% to 50% 62.5% to 75% 87.5% to 100% 050 0% 12.5% to 25% 37.5% to 50% 62.5% to 75% 87.5% to 100% 060 0% 12.5% to 25% 37.5% to 50% 62.5% to 75% 87.5% to 100%

*With minimum load valve ON.

01234

SEQUENCE 1

Table 40 — 2-Stage Sequence —

48/50A2,A4,A6,A8020-027

STAGE

Y1 OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED Y2 OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED

COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status

A1 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON A2 OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON B1 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON

UNIT Unit Capacity Unit Capacity

020 0% 30% 100% 0% 30% 100% 025 0% 33% 100% 0% 33% 100% 027 0% 33% 100% 0% 33% 100%

SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2

01 201 2

Thermostat Inputs Thermostat Inputs

Table 42 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —

48/50A3,A5,A7,A9020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4,A6,A8020-027

Table 41 — 2-Stage Sequence —

48/50A2,A4,A6,A8030-060

STAGE

Y1 OPEN CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED Y2 OPEN OPEN CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED

COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status

A1 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON A2 OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON B1 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON B2 OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON

UNIT Unit Capacity Unit Capacity

030 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100% 035 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100% 040 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100% 050 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100% 060 0% 50% 100% 0% 50% 100%

SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2

01 201 2

Thermostat Inputs Thermostat Inputs

STAGE

012 3 012 3

SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2

COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status

A1 OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON A2 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON B1 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON

UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A

020 0% 30% 70% 100% 0% 30% 70% 100% 025 0% 33% 67% 100% 0% 33% 67% 100% 027 0% 33% 67% 100% 0% 33% 67% 100%

Table 43 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass —

48/50A3,A5,A7,A9020-027 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4,A6,A8020-027

STAGE

COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status

A1 OFF ON* ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON A2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON* ON ON ON B1 OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON

UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A

020 0% 10% 30% 70% 100% 0% 10% 30% 70% 100% 025 0% 17% 33% 67% 100% 0% 17% 33% 67% 100% 027 0% 17% 33% 67% 100% 0% 17% 33% 67% 100%

0123401234

*With minimum load valve ON.

SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2

Table 44 — Staging Sequence without Hot Gas Bypass —

48/50A3,A5,A7,A9030-060 and Multi-Stage 48/50A2,A4,A6,A8030-060

STAGE

COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status

A1 OFFONONON ON OFFOFFONOFF ON A2 OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON B1 OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON B2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON

UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A

030 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 035 0% 20% 50% 80% 100% 0% 20% 50% 70% 100% 040 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 050 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 060 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 25% 50% 75% 100%

0123 4 0123 4

SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2

Table 45 — Staging Sequence with Hot Gas Bypass — 48/50A3,A5,A7,A9030-060

STAGE

COMP Compressor Status Compressor Status

A1 OFF ON* ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON A2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON* ON ON ON ON B1 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON B2 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON

UNIT Unit Capacity 48/50A Unit Capacity 48/50A

030 0% 10% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 10% 25% 50% 75% 100% 035 0% 7% 20% 50% 80% 100% 0% 7% 20% 50% 70% 100% 040 0% 14% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 14% 25% 50% 75% 100% 050 0% 16% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 16% 25% 50% 75% 100% 060 0% 18% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0% 18% 25% 50% 75% 100%

*With minimum load valve ON.

01234 5 01234 5

SEQUENCE 1 SEQUENCE 2

COOLING MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP To quickly determine the current trip points for the cooling

modes, the Run Status sub-menu at the local display allows the user to view the calculated start and stop points for both the cooling and heating trip points. The following sub-menu can be found at the local display under Run Status



TRIP. See

Table 46. The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle of

the table for easy reference. The HVAC mode can also be viewed at the bottom of the table.

Table 46 — Run Status Mode Trip Helper

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS

TRIP MODE TRIP HELPER UN.C.S Unoccup. Cool Mode Start dF UCCLSTRT UN.C.E Unoccup. Cool Mode End dF UCCL_END OC.C.S Occupied Cool Mode Start dF OCCLSTRT OC.C.E Occupied Cool Mode End dF OCCL_END TEMP Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone dF CTRLTEMP OC.H.E Occupied Heat Mode End dF OCHT_END OC.H.S Occupied Heat Mode Start dF OCHTSTRT UN.H.E Unoccup. Heat Mode End dF UCHT_END UN.H.S Unoccup. Heat Mode Start dF UCHTSTRT HVAC The current HVAC MODE String

CCN

POINT

SUMZ COOLING ALGORITHM The SumZ cooling algorithm is an adaptive PID which is used

by the control whenever more than 2 stages of cooling are present (C.TYP = 1,2,3, and 5). This section will describe its operation and define its parameters. It is generally not necessary to modify parameters in this section. The information is presented primarily for reference and may be helpful for troubleshooting complex operational problems.

The only configuration parameter for the SumZ algorithm is located at the local display under Configuration



COOL



Z.GN. See Table 36. Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN)

This configuration is used on units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity control (Configuration



UNIT



C.TYP = 1, 2, 3 and 5). It affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by raising or lowering the threshold that capacity must overcome in order to add or subtract a stage of cooling.

The cooling algorithm’s run-time variables are located at the local display under Run Status



COOL. See Table 47.

Table 47 — Run Status Cool Display

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS

COOL COOLING INFORMATION C.CAP Current Running Capacity % CAPTOTAL CUR.S Current Cool Stage COOL_STG MAX.S Maximum Cool Stages CLMAXSTG DEM.L Active Demand Limit % DEM_LIM forcible SUMZ COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL SMZ Capacity Load Factor -100 – +100 SMZ ADD.R Next Stage EDT Decrease ^F ADDRISE SUB.R Next Stage EDT Increase ^F SUBRISE R.PCT Rise Per Percent Capacity RISE_PCT Y.MIN Cap Deadband Subtracting Y_MINUS Y.PLU Cap Deadband Adding Y_PLUS Z.MIN Cap Threshold Subtracting Z_MINUS Z.PLU Cap Threshold Adding Z_PLUS H.TMP High Temp Cap Override HI_TEMP L.TMP Low Temp Cap Override LOW_TEMP PULL Pull Down Cap Override PULLDOWN SLOW Slow Change Cap Override SLO_CHNG HMZR HUMIDIMIZER CAPC Humidimizer Capacity HMZRCAPC C.EXV Condenser EXV Position COND_EXV B.EXV Bypass EXV Position BYP_EXV RHV Humidimizer 3-Way Valve HUM3WVAL C.CPT Cooling Control Point COOLCPNT EDT Evaporator Discharge Tmp EDT H.CPT Heating Control Point HEATCPNT LAT Leaving Air Temperature LAT

Current Running Capacity (C.CAP)

This variable represents the amount of capacity in percent that is currently running.

Current Cool Stage (CUR.S)

This variable represents the cool stage currently running.

Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S)

This variable is the maximum number of cooling stages the control is configured for and capable of controlling.

Active Demand Limit (DEM.L)

If demand limit is active, this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the control is currently limited to.

Capacity Load Factor (SMZ)

This factor builds up or down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of adding or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a normalized representation of the relationship between “Sum” and “Z.”

Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R)

This variable represents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation and exactly how much additional capacity is to be added.

ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after adding a cooling stage)

For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up, 0.2 times 20 = 4°F (ADD.R).

Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R)

This variable represents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation and exactly how much capacity is to be subtracted.

SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after subtracting a cooling stage)

For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be subtracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down, 0.2 times –30 = –6°F (SUB.R).

Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT)

This is a real time calculation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running capacity.

R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/ C.CAP Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN)

This is a control variable used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change Override (SLOW).

Y.MIN = -SUB.R*0.4375 Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU)

This is a control variable used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change Override (SLOW).

Y.PLU = -ADD.R*0.4375 Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN)

This parameter is used in the calculation of SumZ and is calculated as follows:

Z.MIN = Configuration



COOL



(-SUB.R))) * 0.6 Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU)

This parameter is used in the calculation of SumZ and is calculated as follows:

Z.PLU = Configuration



COOL



(-ADD.R))) * 0.6 High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP)

If stages of mechanical cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU, and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5F per minute, then a stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 seconds. This override is intended to react to situations where the load rapidly increases.

Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP)

If the error is less than twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than –0.5F per minute, then a mechanical stage will be removed every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to situations where the load is rapidly reduced.

Pull Down Cap Override (PULL)

If the error from setpoint is above 4F, and the rate of change is less than –1F per minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the error is very large, but there is no load in

Z.GN * (–10 + (4*

Z.GN * (10 + (4*

the space. Pulldown for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccupied mode).

Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW)

With a rooftop unit, the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around 30F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about 7.5F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at very fast rates, the setpoint could be maintained very precisely. Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cycles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the PID under control when “relatively” close to setpoint.

SumZ Operation

The SumZ algorithm is an adaptive PID style of control. The PID is programmed within the control and the relative speed of staging can only be influenced by the user through the adjustment of the Z.GN configuration. The capacity control algorithm uses a modified PID algorithm, with a self adjusting gain which compensates for varying conditions, including changing flow rates across the evaporator coil.

Previous implementations of SumZ made static assumptions about the actual size of the next capacity jump up or down. This control uses a “rise per percent capacity” technique in the calculation of SumZ, instead of the previous “rise per stage” method. For each jump, up or down in capacity, the control will know beforehand the exact capacity change brought on. Better overall staging control can be realized with this technique.

SUM Calculation — The PID calculation of the “SUM” is evaluated once every 80 seconds.

SUM = Error + “SUM last time through” + (3 * Error Rate) Where: SUM = the PID calculation, Error = EDT – Cooling Control

Point, Error Rate = Error – “Error last time through” NOTE: “Error” is limited to between –50 and +50 and “Error

rate” is limited to between –20 and +20. This “SUM” will be compared against the “Z” calculations in de-

termining whether cooling stages should be added or subtracted. Z Calculation — For the “Z” calculation, the control attempts

to determine the entering and the leaving-air temperature of the evaporator coil and based upon the difference between the two during mechanical cooling, and then determines whether to add or subtract a stage of cooling. This is the adaptive element.

The entering-air temperature is referred to as MAT (mixed-air temperature) and the leaving-air temperature of the evaporator coil is referred to as EDT (evaporator discharge temperature). They are found at the local display under the Temperatures



CTRL sub-menu. The main elements to be calculated and used in the calculation

of SumZ are:

1) the rise per percent capacity (R.PCT)

2) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage addition

3) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage subtraction

The calculation of “Z” requires two variables, Z.PLU used when adding a stage and Z.MIN used when subtracting a stage. They are calculated with the following formulas:

Z.PLU = Z.GN * (10 + (4*(–ADD.R))) * 0.6 Z.MIN = Z.GN * (–10 + (4*(–SUB.R))) * 0.6

Where: Z.GN = configuration used to modify the threshold levels used

for staging (Configuration



COOL



Z.GN)

ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling

stage) SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a cool-

ing stage) Both of these terms, Z.PLU and Z.MIN, represent a threshold

both positive and negative to which the “SUM” calculation must build up to cause the compressor to stage up or down.

Comparing SUM and Z — The “SUM” calculation is compared against Z.PLU and Z.MIN.

• If “SUM” rises above Z.PLU, a cooling stage is added.

• If “SUM” falls below Z.MIN, a cooling stage is subtracted.

There is a variable called SMZ which is described in the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section and which can simplify the task of watching the demand build up or down over time. It is calculated as follows:

If SUM is positive: SMZ = 100*(SUM/Z.PLU) If SUM is negative: SMZ = –100*(SUM/Z.MIN)

Mixed Air Temperature Calculation (MAT)

The mixed-air temperature is calculated and is a function of the economizer position. Additionally there are some calculations in the control which can zero in over time on the relationship of return and outside air as a function of economizer position. There are two configurations which relate to the calculation of “MAT.” These configurations can be located at the local display under Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE

UNIT UNIT CONFIGURATION MAT.S MAT Calc Config 0 to 2 MAT_SEL 1 MAT.R Reset MAT Table Entries? Yes/No MATRESET No



UNIT.

CCN

POINT

DEFAULTS

MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the user two options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature (MAT) calculation:

• MAT.S = 0

There will be no MAT calculation.

• MAT.S = 1

The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a particular position for long enough, MAT = EDT. Using this method, the control has an internal table whereby it can more closely determine the true MAT value.

• MAT.S = 2 The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time. To calculate MAT linearly, the user should reset the MAT table

entries by setting MAT.R to YES. Then set MAT.S = 2. The control will calculate MAT based on the position of the economizer and outside air and return air temperature.

To freeze the MAT table entries, let the unit run with MAT.S = 1. Once sufficient data has been collected, change MAT.S = 2. Do not reset the MAT table.

Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration al- lows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are set to a linear relationship between the economizer damper position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.

SumZ Overrides

There are a number of overrides to the SumZ algorithm which may add or subtract stages of cooling.

• High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP)

• Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP)

• Pull Down Cap Override (PULL)

• Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW)

Economizer Trim Override

The unit may drop stages of cooling when the economizer is performing free cooling and the configuration Configuration

ECON



E.TRM is set to Yes. The economizer controls to the



same supply air setpoint as mechanical cooling does for SumZ when E.TRM = Yes. This allows for much tighter temperature control as well as cutting down on the cycling of compressors.

For a long cooling session where the outside-air temperature may drop over time, there may be a point at which the economizer has closed down far enough were the unit could remove a cooling stage and open up the economizer further to make up the difference.

Mechanical Cooling Lockout (Configuration



COOL



MC.LO)

This configuration allows a configurable outside-air temperature setpoint below which mechanical cooling will be completely locked out.

DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL Demand Limit Control may override the cooling algorithm to

limit or reduce cooling capacity during run time. The term Demand Limit Control refers to the restriction of machine capacity to control the amount of power that a machine will use. This can save the owner money by limiting peaks in the power supply. Demand limit control is intended to interface with an external Loadshed Device either through CCN communications, external switches, or 4 to 20 mA input.

The control has the capability of loadshedding and limiting in 3 ways:

• Two discrete inputs tied to configurable demand limit setpoint percentages.

• An external 4 to 20 mA input that can reset capacity back linearly to a setpoint percentage.

• CCN loadshed functionality.

NOTE: It is also possible to force the demand limit variable (Run

Status



COOL



DEM.L).

To use Demand Limiting, select the type of demand limiting to use. This is done with the Demand Limit Select configuration (Configuration



DMD.L



DM.L.S).

To view the current demand limiting currently in effect, look at

Run Status



COOL



DEM.L.

The configurations associated with demand limiting can be viewed at the local display at Configuration



DMD.L. See

Table 48.

Demand Limit Select (DM.L.S)

This configuration determines the type of demand limiting.

• 0 = NONE — Demand Limiting not configured.

• 1 = 2 SWITCHES — This will enable switch input demand limiting using the switch inputs connected to the CEM board. Connections should be made to TB6-4, 5, 6.

• 2 = 4 to 20 mA — This will enable the use of a remote 4 to 20 mA demand limit signal. The CEM module must be used. The 4 to 20 mA signal must come from an externally sourced controller and should be connected to TB6-7, 8.

• 3 = CCN LOADSHED — This will allow for loadshed and red lining through CCN communications.

Two-Switch Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 1) — This type of demand limiting utilizes two discrete inputs:

Demand Limit Switch 1 Setpoint (D.L.S1) — Dmd Limit Switch Setpoint 1 (0 to 100% total capacity)

Demand Limit 2 Setpoint (D.L.S2) — Dmd Limit Switch Set- point 2 (0 to 100% total capacity)

The state of the discrete switch inputs can be found at the local display:

Inputs



GEN.I



DL.S1

Inputs



GEN.I



DL.S2

The following table illustrates the demand limiting (Run Status



COOLDEM.L) that will be in effect based on the log-

ic of the applied switches:

Switch Status Run StatusCOOLDEM.L = 1 Inputs



Inputs Inputs

InputsGEN.IDL.S2 = ON

GEN.IDL.S1 = OFF



GEN.IDL.S2 = OFF



GEN.IDL.S1= ON



GEN.IDL.S2 = OFF



GEN.IDL.S1= ON



GEN.IDL.S2 = ON



GEN.IDL.S1= OFF

100%

Configuration

ConfigurationDMD.LD.L.S2



DMD.LD.L.S1



DMD.LD.L.S2

4-20 mA Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 2) — If the unit has been configured for 4 to 20 mA demand limiting, then the In-

puts



4-20



DML.M value is used to determine the amount

of demand limiting in effect (Run Status



COOL



DEM.L). The Demand Limit at 20 mA (D.L.20) configuration must be set. This is the configured demand limit corresponding to a 20 mA input (0 to 100%).

The value of percentage reset is determined by a linear interpolation from 0% to “D.L.20”% based on the Inputs



4-20



DML.M input value. The following examples illustrate the demand limiting (Run

Status



COOL



DEM.L) that will be in effect based on

amount of current seen at the 4 to 20 mA input, DML.M.

D.L.20 = 80% D.L.20 = 80% D.L.20 = 80% DML.M = 4mA DML.M = 12 mA DML.M = 20mA DEM.L = 100% DEM.L = 90% DEM.L = 80%

CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 3) — If the unit has been configured for CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting, then the demand limiting variable (Run Status



COOL



DEM.L) is controlled via CCN commands. The relevant configurations for this type of demand limiting are: Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) — CCN Loadshed Group

number Loadshed Demand Delta (SH.DL) — CCN Loadshed Demand

Delta Maximum Loadshed Time (SH.TM) — CCN Maximum Load-

shed time

Table 48 — Demand Limit Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

DMD.L DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG. DM.L.S Demand Limit Select 0 to 3 DMD_CTRL 0 D.L.20 Demand Limit at 20 ma 0 to 100 % DMT20MA 100 SH.NM Loadshed Group Number 0 to 99 SHED_NUM 0 SH.DL Loadshed Demand Delta 0 to 60 % SHED_DEL 0 SH.TM Maximum Loadshed Time 0 to 120 min SHED_TIM 60 D.L.S1 Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt. 0 to 100 % DLSWSP1 80 D.L.S2 Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt. 0 to 100 % DLSWSP2 50

The Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) corresponds to the loadshed supervisory device that resides elsewhere on the CCN network and broadcasts loadshed and redline commands to its associated equipment parts. The SH.NM variable will default to zero which is an invalid group number. This allows the loadshed function to be disabled until configured.

Upon reception of a redline command, the machine will be prevented from starting if it is not running. If it is running, then

DEM.L is set equal to the current running cooling capacity (Run Status



COOL



C.CAP).

Upon reception of a loadshed command, the DEM.L variable is set to the current running cooling capacity (Run Status

COOL



C.CAP) minus the configured Loadshed Demand

Delta (SH.DL). A redline command or loadshed command will stay in effect

until a Cancel redline or Cancel loadshed command is received, or until the configurable Maximum Loadshed time (SH.TM) has elapsed.

HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL Head pressure refers to the refrigerant pressure at the discharge

side of the compressor. Thus it is sometimes refers to as “discharge pressure.” Head pressure control for will be managed directly by the ComfortLink controls (no third party control).

The head pressure control stages fixed speed fans and modulating fans, if available, to maintain the head pressures of circuit A and circuit B within acceptable ranges. For controls purpose, the head pressures are converted to saturated condensing temperatures (SCTs) as the feedback information to the condenser fans (also referred to as “outdoor fans”). SCT.A is the saturated condensing temperature for refrigeration Circuit A, and SCT.B is the saturated condensing temperature for refrigeration Circuit B. There are a total of up to 6 condenser fans (depending on unit size and installed options) for controlling the head pressures of the 2 refrigeration circuits, of which up to 3 fans can be controlled by each VFD (variable frequency drive) upon installation option.

The control described in this document is also referred to as condenser fan control. Where Greenspeed it may also be referred to as low ambient control.

The Greenspeed/low ambient or the factory-installed Motormaster control will be directly implemented in the ComfortLink software. It is not compatible with the field-installed Motormaster V control as found in CESR131343-07-xx and earlier software versions that used an accessory with part numbers CRLOWAMB018A00 through CRLOWAMB026A00. These field-installed accessory Motormaster V speed controls are completely self-contained control units and are not controlled by the unit’s ComfortLink controller. On 48/50A 060 RTPF units with 6 fan motors, the Motormaster control configuration (M.M.) must be set to YES for this field-installed option.

Head Pressure Control Operation

Condenser head pressure control for the 48/50A Series rooftops is controlled discretely by the unit, except when the unit is equipped and configured for Greenspeed/low ambient or factory-installed Motormaster Option control where head pressures would be controlled via factory-installed VFDs. For a unit with the factory-installed Motormaster option, the control would be able to cycle up to three stages of outdoor fans (see Table 49) to maintain acceptable head pressure.

For 48/50A units, fan stages react to discharge pressure transducers (DPT) (Pressures connected to the compressor discharge piping in circuit A and B. The control converts the pressures to the corresponding saturated condensing temperatures (Te mp e ra t ur e s SCT.B).

Unit size (Configuration (Configuration changer type (Configuration



UNIT

REF.P



UNIT



RFG.T), and condenser heat ex-



UNIT

control is involved,

DP.A and DP.B) which are



REF.T



SIZE), refrigerant type



CND.T) are used to



SCT.A and

determine if the second stage fans are configured to respond to a particular refrigerant circuit (independent control) or both refrigerant circuits (common control). The 48/50A 060 units with microchannel (MCHX) condenser heat exchangers are the only units that utilize independent fan controls.

If the unit is equipped with the optional Greenspeed / low ambient control, the Outdoor VFD installed configuration (Configu-

ration



COOL



head pressure control function for optimal operations. The SCT.A and SCT.B sensors, which are connected to the

condenser coils in circuit A and B, will be used to measure the saturated condensing temperature and may be used to control head pressure. The saturated condensing temperatures can be viewed in the Temperatures lent refrigerant pressure values, DP.A and DP.B, can be viewed under the Pressures

Head Pressure Configurations

There are two configurations provided for head pressure control that can be found at the local display based on the option being installed in the factory:

Configuration

and Configuration speed/low ambient option

Configuration Head Pressure Outputs

There are two condenser fan relays used to control head pressure for standard non-outdoor VFD option units:

Condenser Fan A (Outputs Condenser Fan B (Outputs For units with Greenspeed/low ambient option, the head pres-

sure would be controlled by the Outdoor Fan VFD A and B (Outputs

For units with factory installed Motormaster option, the head pressure would be controlled by the Motormaster VFD:

MotorMastr Fan Circuit A (Outputs

MotorMastr Fan Circuit B (Outputs

MotorMastr Fan Command A (Outputs

Head Pressure Algorithm

The following logic will describe the head pressure control routine when any compressor has been commanded on:

• CD.F.A = ON

• If the highest active circuit SCT is above the HPSP:

• If OAT is above 75°F: CD.F.A = ON and CD.F.B = ON

• If the SCT on an active circuit drops 20°F below the HPSP

The details of fan staging are summarized in Fig. 8 and 9 for each scenario.



FA NS

CD.F.B = ON

(until OAT temperature drops below 73°F or the compressors are turned off)

for 2 minutes: CD.FB = OFF*

* For 60 ton size units not configured for Greenspeed/low

ambient control or factory-installed Motormaster option, the control stages down differently than the other units. Because the condenser fan relays each turn on a different number of outdoor fans, the control, when staging down will first turn off condenser fan relay A and then in 2 more minutes will turn off relay B and turn back on relay A.

OV.EN) must be set to YES, to fully utilize



REF.T submenu. The equiva-



REF.P submenu.



COOL



OV.EN (Outdoor VFD Enabled)

COOL



LASP for units with Green-



HPSP (Head Pressure Setpoint)



FA NS



CD.F.A)



FAN S



CD.F.B)

OV.A / OV.B).



FA NS



FAN S



FAN S



FAN S



COOL



MM.F.A)



MM.F.B)

 

A.VFD)

B.VFD)

Fig. 8 — Outdoor Fan Staging Sequence for Design Series 4 units

WITHOUT OPTION

20-35 Ton

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled Common CONDFANA MBB Rly 6 OFC1 OFM1 Any compressor ON Common CONDFANB MBB Rly 5 OFC2 OFM2

# of Fans ON

Fans ON

Stage 1 OFC1 1 OFM1 Stage 2 OFC1,2 2 OFM1,2

Stage 2 if OAT > 75 Stage 2 if SCTA or STCB > HPSP Stage down if SCTA/B < HPSP - 20 for two minutes and OAT < 73

WITH GREENSPEED/LOWAMBIENT OPTION

20-35 Ton

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled Common OV_ENA LEN n/a OFM1 & 2 Any compressor ON, speed via GS_A_VFD

# of Fans ON

Fans ON

Stage GS 2 OFM1,2

Start with GS_VFD at 50% when OAT<70F , otherwise at 100% Stage 1 if OAT > 60F, Follows equation; SCT set point = C1 + C2

* circuit capacity percent + C3 * OAT

Stage 2 if OAT < 60F, Maintains SCT at 100°F or User input (LAS

Circuit

Controlling Output

Logic

Circuit A & B

If either of the SCT sensors has failed, then the control defaults to control based on the OAT sensor and set GS_VFD at 100% when the ambient is above 65°F and set GS_VFD at 50% when

the ambient temperature is below 50°F. Set a linear function of SCT between 50 and 65°F OAT. If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control run

GS_VFD @ 100% when any compressor is on.

If either of the SCT sensors has failed, then the control defau

lts to control based on the OAT sensor and turns on CONDFANB when the ambient is above 65 dF and off when the ambient temperature is below 50 dF. If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control turns on CONDFANB when any compressor is on.

LogicCircuit

Controlling Output

Circuit A & B

OFM

OFM_B

OFM_B4

GS_B

WITHOUT OPTION

36-50 Ton

OFM_A

Circuit Common Common CONDFANB MBB Rly 5 OFC2 OFM3,4

Stage 1 OFC1 2 OFM1,2 Stage 1 OFC1 2 OFM1,2 Stage 2 OFC1,2 4 OFM1,2,3,4 Stage 2 OFC1,2 4 OFM1,2,3,4

Stage 2 if OAT > 75 Stage 2 if SCTA or STCB > HPSP Stage down if SCTA/B < HPSP - 20 for two minutes and OAT < 73

If either of the SCT sensors has failed, then the control defaults to control based on the OAT sensor and turns on CONDFANB when the ambient is above 65 dF and off when the ambient temperature is below 50 dF. If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control turns on CONDFANB when any compressor is on.

Controlling Output

Software Board Conrolled Controlled

CONDFANA MBB Rly 6 OFC1 OFM1,2

Circuit A

# of Fans ON

Contactor OFM(s)

Any compressor ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Circuit B

GS_A

WITH GREENSPEED/LOWAMBIENT OPTION

36-50 Ton

Controlling Output

Circuit

Stage GS 2 OFM1,3 Stage GS 2 OFM2,4

Start with GS_VFD at 50% when OAT<70F , otherwise at 100% Stage 1 if OAT > 60F, Follows equation; SCT set point = C1 + C2 * circuit capacity percent + C3 * OAT Stage 2 if OAT < 60F, Maintains SCT at 100°F or User input (LAS

Software Board Conrolled Controlled A OV_ENA LEN n/a OFM 1 & 3 Any Circuit A compressor ON, speed via G B OV_ENA LEN n/a OFM 2 & 4 Any Circuit B compressor ON, speed via GS_B_VFD

Circuit A

# of Fans ON

If the SCT sensor has failed, then the control defaults to control based on the OAT sensor and set corresponding circuit GS_VFD at 100% when the ambient is above 65°F and set GS_VFD at 50% when SCT between 50 and 65°F OAT. If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control run the corresponding GS_VFD @ 100% when any compressor is on th specific circuit.

Contactor OFM(s)

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Circuit B

the ambient temperature is below 50°F. Set a linear function o

Logic

S_A_VFD

Fig. 8 — Outdoor Fan Staging Sequence for Design Series 4 units (cont)

WITHOUT OPTION

60 Ton RTPF

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled

Common

CONDFANA MBB Rly 6 OFC1 OFM1,2

Common CONDFANB MBB Rly 5 OFC2 OFM3,4,5,6

# of Fans ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Stage 1 OFC1 2 OFM1,2 Stage 1 OFC1 2 OFM1,2 Stage 2 OFC2 4 OFM3,4,5,6 Stage 2 OFC2 4 OFM3,4,5,6 Stage 3 OFC1,2 6 OFM1,2,3,4,5,6 Stage 3 OFC1,2 6 OFM1,2,3,4,5,6

Stage 3 if OAT > 75 Stage 3 if SCTA or STCB > HPSP Stage down if SCTA/B < HPSP - 20

for two minutes and OAT < 73 (stage 2 can only occur when staging down)

WITH GREENSPEED/LOW AMBIENT OPTION

60 Ton RTPF

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled A OV_ENA LEN n/a OFM 1, 3, 5 Any Circuit A compressor ON, speed via GS_A_VFD B OV_ENA LEN n/a OFM 2, 4, 6 Any Circuit B compressor ON, speed via GS_B_VFD

# of Fans ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Stage GS_A 3 OFM1,3,5 Stage GS_B 3 OFM 2,4,6

If the SCT sensor has failed, then the control defaults to control based on the OAT sensor and set corresponding circuit GS_VFD at 100% when the ambient is above 65°F and set GS_VFD at 50% when

the ambient temperature is below 50°F. Set a linear function of SCT between 50 and 65°F OAT. If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control run the corresponding GS_VFD @ 100% when any compressor is on the specific circuit.

Circuit

Controlling Output

Logic

Circuit A

Circuit B

Any Compressor ON

Circuit

Controlling Output

Logic

Circuit A

Circuit B

GS_A

GS_B

GS_A

GS_B

OFM_A

OFM_

OFM_B

OFM_

WITHOUT OPTION

60 Ton MCH

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled

A CONDFANA MBB Rly 6 OFC4 OFM4 A CMPA1/A2 MBB Rly 3/4 OFC3 OFM3 B CONDFANB MBB Rly 5 OFC2 OFM2 B CMPB1/B2 MBB Rly 1/2 OFC1 OFM1

# of Fans ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Stage 1 OFC3 1 OFM3 Stage 1 OFC1 1 OFM1 Stage 2 OFC3,4 2 OFM3,4 Stage 2 OFC1,2 2 OFM1,2

WITH GREENSPEED/LOW AMBIENT OPTION

60 Ton MCH

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled A OV_ENA LEN n/a OFM 3 & 4 Any Circuit A compressor ON, speed via GS_A_VFD B OV_ENB LEN n/a OFM 1 & 2 Any Circuit B compressor ON, speed via GS_B_VFD

# of Fans ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Stage GS_A 2 OFM 3 & 4 Stage GS_B 2 OFM 1 & 2

If the SCT sensor has failed, then the control defaults to control based on the OAT sensor and set corresponding circuit GS_VFD at 100% when the ambient is above 65°F and set GS_VFD at 50% when the ambient temperature is below 50°F. Set a linear function of SCT between 50 and 65°F OAT. If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control run

the corresponding GS_VFD @ 100% when any compressor is on the

specific circuit.

Circuit

Controlling Output

Logic

Circuit A

Circuit B

Circuit

Controlling Output

Logic

Comp A1 or A2 ON (Compressor AUX contactor)

If the SCTB sensor has failed, then the control defaults to control based on the OAT sensor and turns on CONDFANB when the ambient is above 65 dF and off when the ambient temperature is below 50 dF. If the SCTB and OAT sensors have all failed then the control turns on CONDFANB when any compressor is on.

Comp B1 or B2 ON (Compressor AUX contactor)

Circuit A

Circuit B

When CMPA1 or CMPA2 staged ON, OFC3 on due to AUX contactor

Stage down occurs if SCTA < HPSP - 20 for two minutes and OAT < 73

When CMPB1 or CMPB2 staged ON, OFC1 on due to AUX contactor

Stage down occurs if SCTB < HPSP - 20 for two minutes and OAT < 73

Stage up occurs if SCTA > HPSP or OAT > 75 Stage up occurs if SCTB > HPSP or OAT > 75

If the SCTA sensor has failed, then the control defaults to control based on the OAT sensor and turns on CONDFANA when the ambient is above 65 dF and off when the ambient temperature is below 50 dF. If the SCTA and OAT sensors have all failed then the control turns on CONDFANA when any compressor is on.

OFM

GS_B

GS_A

GS_B

GS_A

WITH MOTORMASTER OPTION

20-35 Ton

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled Common MM_A_RUN SCB Relay 1 n/a OFM1 Any compressor ON, speed via MM_A_VFD Common CONDFANB MBB Rly 5 OFC2 OFM2

# of Fans ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Stage 1 MM1 1 OFM1 Stage 1 MM1 1 OFM1

Stage 2 MM1, OFC2 2 OFM1,2 Stage 2 MM1, OFC2 2 OFM1,2

Stages 1 and 2 start with MM_A_VFD at 50%, then modulates to control HP setpoint Stage 2 if OAT > 75 Stage 2 if SCTA or STCB > HPSP Stage down if SCTA/B < HPSP - 40 for two minutes and OAT < 73 Stage down starts with MM_A_VFD at 50%, then modulates to control HP setpoint

WITH MOTORMASTER OPTION

40-50 Ton

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled Common

MM_A_RUN SCB Relay 1 n/a OFM1,2

Common CONDFANB MBB Rly 5 OFC2 OFM3,4

# of Fans ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Stage 1 MM1,2 2 OFM1,2 Stage 1 MM1,2 2 OFM1,2 Stage 2 MM1,2, OFC2 4 OFM1,2,3,4 Stage 2 MM1,2, OFC2 4 OFM1,2,3,4

Stages 1 & 2 start with MM_A_VFD at 50%, then modulates to control HP setpoint Stage 2 if OAT > 75 Stage 2 if SCTA or STCB > HPSP Stage down if SCTA/B < HPSP - 40 for two minutes and OAT < 73 Stage down starts with MM_A_VFD at 50%, then modulates to control HP setpoint

WITH MOTORMASTER OPTION

60 Ton RTPF

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled Common

MM_A_RUN SCB Relay 1 n/a OFM1,2

Common CONDFANB MBB Rly 5 OFC2 OFM3,4,5,6

# of Fans ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Stage 1 MM1,2 2 OFM1,2 Stage 1 MM1,2 2 OFM1,2 Stage 2 MM1,2,OFC2 6 OFM1,2,3,4,5,6 Stage 2 MM1,2,OFC2 6

FM1,2,3,4,5,6

Stage 2 starts with MM_A_VFD at 50%, then modulates to control HP setpoint Stage 2 if OAT > 75 Stage 2 if SCTA or STCB > HPSP Stage down if SCTA/B < HPSP - 40 for two minutes and OAT < 73 Stage down starts with MM_A_VFD at 50%, then modulates to control HP setpoint

WITH MOTORMASTER OPTION

60 Ton MCHX

Contactor OFM(s)

Software Board Conrolled Controlled

A CONDFANA MBB Rly 6 OFC4 OFM4 A MM_A_RUN SCB Relay 1 n/a OFM3 B CONDFANB MBB Rly 5 OFC2 OFM2 B MM_B_RUN SCB Relay 2 n/a OFM1

# of Fans ON

Fans ON # of Fans ON Fans ON

Stage 1 MM3 1 OFM3 Stage 1 MM1 1 OFM1 Stage 2 MM3, OFC4 2 OFM3,4 Stage 2 MM1, OFC2 2 OFM1,2

Stage 2 starts with MM_A_VFD / MM_B_VFD at 50%, then modulates to control HP setpoint

Stage down starts with MM_A_VFD at 50%, then modulates to control HP setpoint

LogicCircuit

Controlling Output

Circuit A

Circuit B

Circuit

Controlling Output

Logic

Any compressor ON, speed via MM_A_VFD

Circuit A

Circuit B

Circuit

Controlling Output

Logic

Any Compressor ON, speed via MM_A_VFD

Circuit A

Circuit B

Circuit

Controlling Output

Logic

Comp A1 or A2 ON, speed Via MM_A_VFD

Comp B1 or B2 ON, speed Via MM_B_VFD

Circuit A

Circuit B

Stage up occurs if SCTA > HPSP or OAT > 75 Stage up occurs if SCTB > HPSP or OAT > 75

OAT < 73

Fig. 9 — Outdoor Fan Staging Sequence for Factory-Installed Motormaster Option Units

Failure Mode Operation

If either of the SCT sensors has failed, then the control defaults to control based on the OAT sensor and turns on CD.F.B when the ambient is above 65°F and off when the ambient temperature is below 50°F. If the SCT and OAT sensors have all failed then the control turns on CD.F.B when compressors are on.

ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH MECHANICAL COOLING

When the economizer is able to provide free cooling (Run Status



ECON



or even held off indefinitely. NOTE: Once mechanical cooling has started, this delay logic is no

longer relevant.

Configuration Factory-Installed Motormaster Option Unit

If the unit is equipped with the factory-installed Motormaster V control, the Motormaster installed configuration (Configuration



COOL

60 tons. This is because “Condenser fan relay A” must be energized to enable Motormaster V control, and the 60 ton offers 3 stages of head pressure control in the case where “Condenser fan relay A” may be requested off during head pressure control operation. By configuring M.M to “YES”, the control would be instructed not to turn off the relay to attempt 3 stages of head pressure control.

Economizer Mechanical Cooling Delay

This type of mechanical cooling delay is relevant to the all machine control types.

If the economizer is able to provide free cooling at the start of a cooling session, the mechanical cooling algorithm checks the economizer’s current position (Run Status ECN.P) and compares it to the economizer’s maximum position (Configuration mizer has opened beyond this point a 2.5-minute timer starts. If the economizer stays beyond this point for 2.5 minutes continuously, the mechanical cooling algorithm is allowed to start computing demand and stage compressors.

Economizer Control Point (Run Status

There are 4 different ways to determine the economizer control point when the economizer is able to provide free cooling:

• If no mechanical cooling is active and HVAC mode = LOW COOL

EC.C.P = Setpoints

• If no mechanical cooling is active and HVAC mode = HIGH COOL

EC.C.P = Setpoints

• When the first stage of mechanical cooling has started

EC.C.P = 53°F plus any economizer suction pressure reset applied

• When the second stage of mechanical cooling has started

EC.C.P = 48°F plus any economizer suction pressure reset applied

ACTV = YES), mechanical cooling may be delayed



COOL



M.M. (Motormaster Control) for



M.M.) must be set to YES, if the unit size (SIZE) =



ECON



ECON



EC.MX) – 5%. Once the econo-



VIEW



SA.LO + Inputs



SA.HI + Inputs



RSET



SA.S.R



EC.C.P)

Heating Control

The A Series ComfortLink control system offers control for 3 different types of heating systems to satisfy general space heating requirements: 2-stage gas heat, 2-stage electric heat and multiple-stage (staged) gas heat.

Variable air volume (VAV) type applications (C.TYP = 1, 2, 3, or 5) require that the space terminal positions be commanded to open to Minimum Heating positions when gas or electric heat systems are active, to provide for the unit heating system’s Minimum Heating Airflow rate.

For VAV applications, the heat interlock relay (HIR) function provides the switching of a control signal intended for use by the VAV terminals. This signal must be used to command the terminals to open to their Heating Open positions. The HIR is energized whenever the Heating mode is active, an IAQ preoccupied force is active, or if fire smoke modes, pressurization, or smoke purge modes are active.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM The heating configurations are located at the local display un-

der Configuration

Heating Control Type (HT.CF)

The heating control types available are selected with this variable. 0 = No Heat 1 = Electric Heat 2 = 2 Stage Gas Heat 3 = Staged Gas Heat

Heating Supply Air Setpoint (HT.SP)

In a low heat mode for staged gas heat, this is the supply air setpoint for heating.

Occupied Heating Enable (OC.EN) This configuration only applies when the unit’s control type (Con-

figuration

2 (VAV-SPT). If the user wants to have the capability of performing heating throughout the entire occupied period, then this configuration needs to be set to “YES.” Most installations do not require this capability, and if heating is installed, it is used to heat the building in the morning. In this case set OC.EN to “NO.”

NOTE: This unit does not support simultaneous heating and cooling. If significant simultaneous heating and cooling demand is expected, it may be necessary to provide additional heating or cooling equipment and a control system to provide occupants with proper comfort.

MBB Sensor Heat Relocate (LAT.M)

This option allows the user additional performance benefit when under CCN Linkage for the 2-stage electric and gas heating types. As two-stage heating types do not “modulate” to a supply air setpoint, no leaving air thermistor is required and none is provided. The evaporator discharge thermistor, which is initially installed upstream of the heater, can be repositioned downstream and the control can expect to sense this heat. While the control does not need this to energize stages of heat, the control can wait for a sufficient temperature rise before announcing a heating mode to a CCN linkage system (ComfortID™). For units with Humidi-MiZer option: either 1 or 4 thermistors can be repositioned downstream.

If the sensor is relocated, the user will now have the capability to view the leaving-air temperature at all times at Temp er a-

tures

NOTE: If the user does not relocate this sensor for the 2-stage electric or gas heating types and is connected with CCN Linkage, then the control will send a heating mode (if present) unconditionally to the linkage coordinator in the CCN zoning system regardless of the leaving-air temperature.



AIR.T

UNIT



HEAT. See Table 49.



C.TYP) is configured for 1 (VAV-RAT) or

CTRL



LAT.

Table 49 — Heating Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

HEAT HEATING CONFIGURATION HT.CF Heating Control Type 0 to 3 HEATTYPE 0* HT.SP Heating Supply Air Setpt 80 to 120 dF SASPHEAT 85 OC.EN Occupied Heating Enabled Yes/No HTOCCENA No LAT.M MBB Sensor Heat Relocate Yes/No HTLATMON No G.FOD Fan Off Delay, Gas Heat 45 to 600 sec GAS_FOD 45 E.FOD Fan Off Delay, Elec Heat 10 to 600 sec ELEC_FOD 30

SG.CF STAGED GAS CONFIGS HT.ST Staged Gas Heat Type 0 to 4 HTSTGTYP 0* CAP.M Max Cap Change per Cycle 5 to 45 HTCAPMAX 45* M.R.DB S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate 0 to 5 HT_MR_DB 0.5 S.G.DB St.Gas Temp. Dead Band 0 to 5 ^F HT_SG_DB 2 RISE Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp 0.05 to 0.2 HTSGRISE 0.06 LAT.L LAT Limit Config 0 to 20 ^F HTLATLIM 10 LIM.M Limit Switch Monitoring? Yes/No HTLIMMON Yes SW.H.T Limit Switch High Temp 110 to 180 dF HT_LIMHI 170* SW.L.T Limit Switch Low Temp 100 to 170 dF HT_LIMLO 160* HT.P Heat Control Prop. Gain 0 to 1.5 HT_PGAIN 1 HT.D Heat Control Derv. Gain 0 to 1.5 HT_DGAIN 1 HT.TM Heat PID Rate Config 60 to 300 sec HTSGPIDR 90

*Some defaults are model number dependent.

Fan-Off Delay, Gas Heat (G.FOD)

This configuration is the delay in seconds, after a gas heat mode has ended (HT.CF=2,3) that the control will continue to energize the supply fan.

Fan-Off Delay, Elec Heat (E.FOD)

This configuration is the delay in seconds, after an electric heat mode has ended (HT.CF=1) that the control will continue to energize the supply fan.

HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS There are two possible heat modes that the control will call out

for heating control: HVAC Mode = LOW HEAT and HVAC Mode = HIGH HEAT. These modes will be called out based on control type (C.TYP).

VAV-RAT (C.TYP = 1) and VAV-SPT (C.TYP = 2)

There is no difference in the selection of a heating mode for either VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT, except that for VAV-SPT, space temperature is used in the unoccupied period to turn on the supply fan for 10 minutes before checking return-air temperature. The actual se-

SPT Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 5) and SPT Multi-Stage2 (C.TYP = 6)

There is no difference in the selection of a heat mode between the control types SPT Multi-Stage2 or SPT multi-stage. For a valid heating type selected (HT.CF not equal to zero) the unit is free to select a heating mode based on space temperature (SPT).

If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next step is an evaluation of demand versus setpoint. At this point, the logic is the same as for control types VAV-RAT and VAV-SPT (C.TYP = 1,2), except for the actual temperature compared against setpoint. See Temperature Driven Heat Mode Evaluation section.

TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE EVALUATION This section discusses the control method for selecting a heating

mode based on temperature. Regardless of whether the unit is configured for return air or space temperature, the logic is exactly the same. For the rest of this discussion, the temperature in question will be referred to as the “controlling temperature.”

First, the occupied and unoccupied heating setpoints under Set- points must be configured.

lection of a heat mode, LOW or HIGH for both control types, will be based upon the controlling return-air temperature.

With sufficient heating demand, there are still conditions that will prevent the unit from selecting a heat mode. First, the unit must be configured for a heat type (Configuration



HT.CF not equal to “NONE”). Second, the unit has a con-



HEAT

figuration which can enable or disable heating in the occupied period except for a standard morning warm-up cycle (Configu-

ration



HEAT



OC.EN). (Morning warm up is a Linkage function.) See descriptions in the Setting Up the System section for more information.

If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next step is an evaluation of demand versus setpoint. At this point, the logic is the same as for control types SPT Multi-Stage and SPT-2 Stage, (C.TYP = 5,6) except for the actual temperature compared against setpoint. See Temperature Driven Heat Mode Evaluation section.

Tstat-Multi-Stage (C.TYP=3) and Tstat-Multi-Stage2 (C.TYP=4)

There is no difference in the selection of a heat mode between the control types TSTAT multi-stage2 or TSTAT multi-stage. These selections only refer to how cooling will be handled. With thermostat control the W1 and W2 inputs determine whether the HVAC Mode is LOW or HIGH HEAT.

With thermostat control the W1 and W2 inputs determine whether the HVAC Mode is LOW or HIGH HEAT.

W1 = ON, W2 = OFF: HVAC MODE = LOW HEAT* W2 = ON, W2 = ON: HVAC MODE = HIGH HEAT

* If W2 = ON and W1 is OFF, a “HIGH HEAT” HVAC Mode will be called

out but an alert (T422) will be generated. See Alarms and Alerts on page 101.

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS

OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint 55 to 80 dF OHSP 68

Unoccupied Heat Set-

UHSP

point

40 to 80 dF UHSP 55

Then, the heat/cool setpoint offsets under Configuration D.LV.T should be set. See Table 50.

Related operating modes are under Operating Modes

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT

MODE MODES CONTROLLING UNIT

OCC Currently Occupied ON/OFF MODEOCCP

T.C.ST Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF MODETCST

The first thing the control determines is whether the unit is in the occupied mode (OCC) or in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C .S T). If the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode, the occupied heating setpoint (OHSP) is used. In all other cases, the unoccupied heating setpoint (UHSP) is used.

The control will call out a low or high heat mode by comparing the controlling temperature to the heating setpoint and the heating setpoint offset. The setpoint offsets are used as additional help in customizing and tweaking comfort into the building space.

Demand Level Low Heat on Offset (L.H.ON)

This is the heating setpoint offset below the heating setpoint at which point Low Heat starts.

CCN

POINT

DEFAULT



MODE



Table 50 — Heat/Cool Setpoint Offsets

Fig. 10 — Heating Offsets

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

D.LV.T COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS

L.H.ON Dmd Level Lo Heat On -1 to 2 ^F DMDLHON 1.5 H.H.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On 0.5 to 20.0 ^F DMDHHON 0.5

L.H.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off 0.5 to 2 ^F DMDLHOFF 1 L.C.ON Dmd Level Lo Cool On -1 to 2 ^F DMDLCON 1.5 H.C.ON Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On 0.5 to 20.0 ^F DMDHCON 0.5

L.C.OF Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off 0.5 to 2 ^F DMDLCOFF 1

C.T.LV Cool Trend Demand Level 0.1 to 5 ^F CTRENDLV 0.1 H.T.LV Heat Trend Demand Level 0.1 to 5 ^F HTRENDLV 0.1 C.T.TM Cool Trend Time 30 to 600 sec CTRENDTM 120 H.T.TM Heat Trend Time 30 to 600 sec HTRENDTM 120

Demand Level High Heat on Offset (H.H.ON)

This is the heating setpoint offset below the heating setpoint minus L.H.ON at which point high heat starts.

Demand Level Low Heat Off Offset (L.H.OF)

This is the heating setpoint offset above the heating setpoint minus L.H.ON at which point the Low Heat mode ends.

See Fig. 10 for an example of offsets. To enter into a LOW HEAT mode, if the controlling tempera-

ture falls below the heating setpoint minus L.H.ON, then HVAC mode = LOW HEAT.

To enter into a HIGH HEAT mode, if the controlling temperature falls below the heating setpoint minus L.H.ON minus H.H.ON, then HVAC mode = HIGH HEAT.

To get out of a LOW HEAT mode, the controlling temperature must rise above the heating setpoint minus L.H.ON plus L.H.OF.

To get out of a HIGH HEAT mode, the controlling temperature must rise above the heating setpoint minus L.H.ON plus L.H.OF/2.

The Run Status table in the local display allows the user to see the exact trip points for both the heating and cooling modes without doing the calculations.

the "Heating Setpoint"

L.H.ON

L.H.OF

H.H.ON

L.H.OF/2

Heat Trend Demand Level (H.T.LV)

This is the change in demand that must be seen within the time period specified by H.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH HEAT mode regardless of demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period. This method of operation has been referred to as “Comfort Trending.” As long as a LOW HEAT mode is making progress in warming the space, the control will hold off on a HIGH HEAT mode. This is relevant for the space sensor machine control types (C.TYP = 5 and 6) because they may transition into the occupied mode and see an immediate and large heating demand when the setpoints change.

Heat Trend Time (H.T.TM)

This is the time period upon which the heat trend demand level (H.T.LV) operates and may work to hold off staging or a HIGH HEAT mode. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period. See Heat Trend Demand Level section for more details.

HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP To quickly determine the current trip points for the low and

high heat modes, there is a menu in the local display which lets the user quickly view the state of the system. This menu also contains the cool trip points as well. See Table 51 at the local display under Run Status



TRIP.

The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle of the table for easy reference. Also, the “HVAC” mode can be viewed at the bottom of the table.

Table 51 — Mode Trip Helper Table

ITEM EXPANSION UNITS CCN POINT

Two-Stage Gas and Electric Heat Control (HT.CF=1,2)

If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:

• If Electric Heat is configured, then the control will request the supply fan ON

• If Gas Heat is configured, then the IGC indoor fan input controls the supply fan request

• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)

• If Evaporator Discharge Temperature is less than 50°F, then the control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)*

*The logic for this “low heat” override is that one stage of heating will not be able to raise the temperature of the supply airstream sufficient to heat the space.

If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:

• If Electric Heat is configured, then the control will request the supply fan ON

• If Gas Heat is configured, then the IGC indoor fan input controls the supply fan request

• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)

• The control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)

HT.CF = 3 (Staged Gas Heating Control)

As an option, the units with gas heat can be equipped with staged gas heat controls that will provide from 5 to 11 stages of heat capacity. This is intended for tempering mode and tempering economizer air when in a cooling mode and the dampers are fully closed. Tempering can also be used during a pre-occupancy purge to prevent low temperature air from being delivered to the space. Tempering for staged gas will be discussed in its own section. This section will focus on heat mode control, which ultimately is relevant to tempering, minus the consideration of the supply air heating control point.

The staged gas configurations are located at the local display under Configuration



HEAT



SG.CF. See Table 52.

Staged Gas Heat Type (HT.ST)

This configuration sets the number of stages and the order that are they staged.

Max Cap Change per Cycle (CAP.M)

This configuration limits the maximum change in capacity per PID run time cycle.

S.Gas DB Min.dF/PID Rate (M.R.DB)

This configuration is a deadband minimum temperature per second rate. See Staged Gas Heating logic below for more details.

St.Gas Temp.Dead Band (S.G.DB)

This configuration is a deadband delta temperature. See Staged Gas Heating Logic below for more details.

Heat Rise in dF/Sec Clamp (RISE)

This configuration prevents the heat from staging up when the leaving-air temperature is rising too fast.

LAT Limit Config (LAT.L)

This configuration senses when leaving-air temperature is outside a delta temperature band around setpoint and allows staging to react quicker.

Limit Switch Monitoring? (LIM.M)

This configuration allows the operation of the limit switch monitoring routine. This should be set to NO as a limit switch temperature sensor is not used with A Series units.

Limit Switch High Temp (SW.H.T)

This configuration is the temperature limit above which stages of heat will be removed.

Limit Switch Low Temp (SW.L.T)

This configuration is the temperature limit above which no additional stages of heat will be allowed.

Heat Control Prop. Gain (HT.P)

This configuration is the proportional term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode LOW HEAT.

Heat Control Derv. Gain (HT.D)

This configuration is the derivative term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode LOW HEAT.

Heat PID Rate Config (HT.TM)

This configuration is the PID run time rate.

Staged Gas Heating Logic

If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:

• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the integrated gas control (IGC) boards and, unless the supply fan is on for a different reason, it will be controlled by the IGC indoor fan input.

• Command all stages of heat ON.

If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:

• The unit will control stages of heat to the heating control point (Run Status



VIEW



HT.C.P). The heating control point in a LOW HEAT HVAC mode for staged gas is the heating supply air setpoint (Setpoints



SA.HT).

Staged Gas Heating PID Logic

The heat control loop is a PID (proportional/integral/derivative) design with exceptions, overrides, and clamps. Capacity rises and falls based on setpoint and supply-air temperature. When the staged gas control is in Low Heat or Tempering Mode (HVAC mode), the algorithm calculates the desired heat capacity.

The basic factors that govern the controlling method are:

• how fast the algorithm is run.

• the amount of proportional and derivative gain applied.

• the maximum allowed capacity change each time this algorithm is run.

• deadband hold-off range when rate is low.

This routine is run once every HT.TM seconds. Every time the routine is run, the calculated sum is added to the control output value. In this manner, integral effect is achieved. Every time this algorithm is run, the following calculation is performed:

Error = HT.C.P – LAT Error_last = error calculated previous time P = HT.P*(Error) D = HT.D*(Error - Error_last) The P and D terms are overridden to zero if: Error < S.G.DB AND Error > - S.G.DB AND D < M.R.DB AND

D > - M.R.DB. “P + D” are then clamped based on CAP.M. This sum can be no larger or no smaller than +CAP.M or –CAP.M.

Table 52 — Staged Gas Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULTS

*Some configurations are model number dependent.

Finally, the desired capacity is calculated: Staged Gas Capacity Calculation = “P + D” + old Staged Gas

Capacity Calculation NOTE: The PID values should not be modified without approval

from Carrier.

IMPORTANT: When gas or electric heat is used in a VAV application with third party terminals, the HIR relay output must be connected to the VAV terminals in the system in order to enforce a minimum heating airflow rate. The installer is responsible to ensure the total minimum heating cfm is not below limits set for the equipment. Failure to do so will result in limit switch tripping and may void warranty.

Staged Gas Heat Staging

Different unit sizes will control heat stages differently based on the amount of heating capacity included. These staging patterns are selected based on the model number. The selection of a set of staging patterns is controlled via the heat stage type configuration parameter (HT.ST). As the heating capacity rises and falls based on demand, the staged gas control logic will stage the heat relay patterns up and down, respectively. The Heat Stage Type configuration selects one of 4 staging patterns

Table 53 — Staged Gas Heat — 48A Units

UNIT SIZE HEAT CAPACITY

020-030

035-050

060

Low S 1 = 5 STAGE

High T 2 = 7 STAGE

Low S 1 = 5 STAGE

High T 1 = 5 STAGE

Low S 4 = 11 STAGE

High T 3 = 9 STAGE

UNIT MODEL NO.

POSITION NO. 5

that the stage gas control will use. In addition to the staging patterns, the capacity for each stage is also determined by the staged gas heating PID control. Therefore, choosing the heat relay outputs is a function of the capacity desired, the heat staging patterns based on the heat stage type (HT.ST) and the capacity presented by each staging pattern. As the staged gas control desired capacity rises, it is continually checked against the capacity of the next staging pattern.

When the desired capacity is greater than or equal to the capacity of the next staging pattern, the next heat stage is selected (Run

Status



VIEW



HT.ST = Run Status



VIEW



HT.ST +

1). Similarly, as the capacity of the control drops, the desired capacity is continually checked against the next lower stage. When the desired capacity is less than or equal to the next lower staging pattern, the next lower heat stage pattern is selected (Run Status



VIEW



HT.ST = Run Status



VIEW HT.ST - 1). The

first two staged gas heat outputs are located on the MBB board and outputs 3, 4, 5, and 6 are located on the SCB board. These outputs are used to produce 5 to 11 stages as shown in Table 53. The heat stage selected (Run Status



VIEW



HT.ST) is clamped

between 0 and the maximum number of stages possible (Run Sta-

tus



VIEW



H.MAX) for the chosen set of staging patterns.

See Tables 53-57.

ConfigurationHEATSG.CF HT.ST

ENTRY VALUE



Table 54 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration

RELAY OUTPUT

STAGE

0 OFFOFFOFFOFFOFFOFF 0 1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 37 2 ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 50 3 ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 75 4 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 87 5 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 100

Heat 1 Heat 2 Heat 3 Heat 4 Heat 5 Heat 6

MBB-RLY8 MBB-RLY7 SCB-RLY1 SCB-RLY2 SCB-RLY3 SCB-RLY4

IGC1 MGV1 IGC2 MGV2 IGC3 MGV3

Table 55 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration

RELAY OUTPUT

STAGE

0 OFFOFFOFFOFFOFFOFF 0 1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 25 2 ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 33 3 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 50 4 OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 67 5 ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 75 6 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 83 7 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 100

Heat 1 Heat 2 Heat 3 Heat 4 Heat 5 Heat 6

MBB-RLY8 MBB-RLY7 SCB-RLY1 SCB-RLY2 SCB-RLY3 SCB-RLY4

IGC1 MGV1 IGC2 MGV2 IGC3 MGV3

HEATSG.CFHT.ST = 1)



HEATSG.CTHT.ST = 2)

CAPACITY

Table 56 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration

RELAY OUTPUT

STAGE

0 OFFOFFOFFOFFOFFOFF 0 1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 25 2 ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 33 3 ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 50 4 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 58 5 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 67 6 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 75 7 ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 83 8 ON ON ON ON ON OFF 92 9 ON ON ON ON ON ON 100

Heat 1 Heat 2 Heat 3 Heat 4 Heat 5 Heat 6

MBB-RLY8 MBB-RLY7 SCB-RLY1 SCB-RLY2 SCB-RLY3 SCB-RLY4

IGC1 MGV1 IGC2 MGV2 IGC3 MGV3

Table 57 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (Configuration

STAGE

0 OFFOFFOFFOFFOFFOFF 0 1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 19 2 ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 25 3 ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 38 4 ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF 44 5 ON ON OFF OFF ON ON 50 6 ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 57 7 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 63 8 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 76

9 ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 88 10 ON ON ON ON ON OFF 94 11 ON ON ON ON ON ON 100

Heat 1 Heat 2 Heat 3 Heat 4 Heat 5 Heat 6

MBB-RLY8 MBB-RLY7 SCB-RLY1 SCB-RLY2 SCB-RLY3 SCB-RLY4

IGC1 MGV1 IGC2 MGV2 IGC3 MGV3

RELAY OUTPUT

INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC All gas heat units are equipped with one or more integrated gas

control (IGC) boards. This board provides control for the ignition system for the gas heat sections. On size 020-050 low heat units there will be one IGC board. On size 020-050 high heat units and 060 low heat units there are two IGC boards. On size 060 high heat units there are three IGC boards. When a call for gas heat is initiated, power is sent to W on the IGC boards. For standard 2-stage heat, all boards are wired in parallel. For staged gas heat, each board is controlled separately. When energized, an LED on the IGC board will be turned on. See Table 58 for LED explanations. Each board will ensure that the rollout switch and limit switch are closed. The induced-draft motor is then energized. When the speed of the motor is proven with the Hall Effect sensor on the motor, the ignition activation period begins. The burners ignite within 5 seconds. If the burners do not light, there is a 22-second delay before another 5second attempt is made. If the burners still do not light, this sequence is repeated for 15 minutes. After 15 minutes have elapsed and the burners have not ignited then heating is locked out. The control will reset when the request for W (heat) is temporarily removed. When ignition occurs, the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout switch, limit switches, Hall Effect sensor, and the flame sensor. Fortyfive seconds after ignition has occurred, the IGC will request that the indoor fan be turned on. The IGC fan output (IFO) is connected to the indoor fan input on the MBB which will indicate to the controls that the indoor fan should be turned on (if not already on). If for some reason the overtemperature limit switch trips prior to the start of the indoor fan blower, on the next attempt the 45-second delay will be shortened by 5 seconds. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heating will continue. Once modified, the fan delay will not change back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. The IGC boards only control the first stage of gas heat on each gas valve. The second stages are controlled directly from the MBB



HEATSG.CTHT.ST = 3)

CAPACITY



HEATSG.CTHT.ST = 4)

CAPACITY

board. The IGC board has a minimum on-time of 1 minute. In modes such as Service Test where long minimum on times are not enforced, the 1-minute timer on the IGC will still be followed and the gas will remain on for a minimum of 1 minute.

Table 58 — IGC LED Indicators

LED INDICATION ERROR CODE On Normal Operation Off Hardware Failure 1 Flash Fan On/Off Delay Modified 2 Flashes Limit Switch Fault 3 Flashes Fame Sense Fault 4 Flashes Five Consecutive Limit Switch Faults 5 Flashes Ignition Lockout Fault 6 Flashes Ignition Switch Fault 7 Flashes Rollout Switch Fault 8 Flashes Internal Control Fault 9 Flashes Software Lockout

NOTES:

1. There is a 3-second pause between error code displays.

2. If more than one error code exists, all applicable error codes will be displayed in numerical sequence.

3. Error codes on the IGC will be lost if power to the unit is interrupted.

RELOCATE SAT (SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE) SENSOR FOR HEATING IN LINKAGE APPLICATIONS

On CCN installations employing ComfortID™ terminals, the factory SAT location must be changed to a new location downstream of the unit’s heating system. The ComfortID terminal controls read the SAT value for their “proof-of-heat” sequence before terminals open to Minimum Heating positions during unit heating sequence.

Determine a location in the supply duct that will provide a fairly uniform airflow. Typically this would be a minimum of

5 equivalent duct diameters downstream of the unit. Also, care should be taken to avoid placing the thermistor within a direct line-of-sight of the heating element to avoid radiant effects.

Run a new two-wire conductor cable from the control box through the low voltage conduit into the space inside the building and route the cable to the new sensor location.

Installing a New Sensor

A field-provided duct-mount temperature sensor (Carrier P/N 33ZCSENPAT or equivalent 10,000 ohms at 25°C NTC [negative temperature coefficient] sensor) is required. Install the sensor through the side wall of the duct and secure.

Re-Using the Factory SAT Sensor

The factory sensor is attached to one of the supply fan housings. Disconnect the sensor from the factory harness. Drill a hole insert the sensor through the duct wall and secure in place.

Attach the new conductor cable to the sensor leads and terminate in an appropriate junction box. Connect the opposite end inside the unit control box at the factory leads from MBB J8 terminals 11 and 12 (PNK) leads. Secure the unattached PNK leads from the factory harness to ensure no accidental contact with other terminals inside the control box.

MORNING WARM UP Morning Warm Up, a Linkage mode, is a period of time that

assists CCN linkage in opening up downstream zone dampers for the first heating cycle of a day.

The Morning Warm Up Period is CCN linkage mode “2” and is relayed in the following conditions:

• Temperature Compensated Start Mode is active AND Heat Mode in effect AND LAT is warm enough or is to be ignored due to placement.

• The unit just went into occupied mode and there has been no cooling mode yet and a heat cycle occurs or was in progress when the unit went occupied.

In both cases, if and when the heat mode terminates, a heat cycle has occurred and any subsequent heat cycles will not be treated as a morning warm up period.

TEMPERING MODE In a vent or cooling mode, the rooftop may encounter a situa-

tion where the economizer at minimum position is sending cold outside air down the ductwork of the building. Therefore, it may be necessary to bring heat on to counter-effect this low supply-air temperature. This is referred to as the tempering mode.

Setting up the System

The relevant setpoints for Tempering are located at the local display under Setpoints:

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS

T.PRG

T.CL

T.V.OC

T.V.UN

Tempering Purge SASP

Tempering in Cool SASP

Tempering Vent Occ SASP

Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP

–20 to 80 dF TEMPPURG 50

5 to 75 dF TEMPCOOL 5

–20 to 80 dF TEMPVOCC 65

–20 to 80 dF TEMPVUNC 50

CCN

POINT

DEFAULT

Operation

First, the unit must be in a vent mode, a low cool mode, or a high cool HVAC mode to be considered for a tempering mode. Secondly, the tempering mode is only allowed when the rooftop is configured for staged gas (Configuration



HEAT



HT.CF=3). If the control is configured for staged gas, the control is in a vent,

low cool, or high cool HVAC mode, and the rooftop control is in

a situation where the economizer must maintain a minimum position, then the evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) will be monitored. If the EDT falls below a particular trip point then the tempering mode may be called out:

HVAC mode = “Tempering Vent” HVAC mode = “Tempering LoCool” HVAC mode = “Tempering HiCool”

The decision making/selection process for the tempering trip setpoint is as follows:

• If an HVAC cool mode is in effect, then the vent trip point is T. CL .

• If in a pre-occupied purge mode (Operating Modes

MODE



IAQ.P=ON), then the trip point is T. PR G.

• If in an occupied mode (Operating Modes



MODE



IAQ.P=ON), then the trip point is T. V. O C.

• For all other cases, the trip point is T.V.U N.

NOTE: The unoccupied economizer free cooling mode does not qualify as a HVAC cool mode as it is an energy saving feature and has its own OAT lockout already. The unoccupied free cooling mode (HVAC mode = Unocc. Free Cool) will override any unoccupied vent mode from triggering a tempering mode.

If OAT is above the chosen tempering setpoint, tempering will not be allowed. Additionally, tempering mode is locked out if any stages of mechanical cooling are present.

A minimum amount of time must pass before calling out any tempering mode. In effect, the EDT must fall below the trip point value –1°F continuously for a minimum of 2 minutes. Also, at the end of a mechanical cooling cycle, there must be a minimum 10 minutes of delay allowed before considering tempering during vent mode in order to allow any residual cooling to dissipate from the evaporator coil.

If the above conditions are met, the algorithm is free to select the tempering mode (MODETEMP). If a tempering mode becomes active, the modulating heat source (staged gas) will attempt to maintain leaving-air temperature (LAT) at the tempering setpoint used to trigger the tempering mode. The technique for modulation of setpoint for staged gas and hydronic heat is the same as in a heat mode. More information regarding the operation of heating can be referenced in the Heating Control section.

Recovery from a tempering mode (MODETEMP) will occur when the EDT rises above the trip point. On any change in HVACMODE, the tempering routine will re-assess the tempering setpoint which may cause the control to continue or exit tempering mode.

Static Pressure Control

Variable air volume (VAV) air-conditioning systems must provide varying amounts of air to the conditioned space. As air terminals downstream of the unit modulate their flows, the unit must maintain control over the duct static pressure in order to accommodate the needs of the terminals and meet the varying combined airflow requirement.

The static pressure control routine is also used on CV units with VFD for staged air volume. The fan is controlled at discrete speeds through the VFD by the unit ComfortLink controls based on the operating mode of the unit.

A 48/50A3,A5 unit equipped with a duct pressure control system is provided with a variable frequency drive (VFD) for the supply fan. The speed of the fan can be controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls. A transducer is used to measure duct static pressure. The signal from the transducer is received by the ECB-2 board and is then used in a PID control routine that outputs a 4 to 20 mA signal to the VFD.

Generally, only VAV systems utilize static pressure control. It is required because as the system VAV terminals modulate closed when less air is required, there must be a means of controlling

airflow from the unit, thereby effectively preventing overpressurization and its accompanying problems.

A 48/50A2,A4 unit can be equipped with a VFD for staged air volume control. The speed of the fan is controlled directly by the ComfortLink controls based on the operating mode of the unit. A 4 to 20 mA signal is sent to the VFD to control the fan speed.

The four most fundamental configurations for most applications are Configuration pressure control type, Configuration

SP

SP.CF, which is the static

SP

CV.FD, used to

indicate CV unit with VFD (staged air volume). Configuration

SP

Configuration

SP.S, used to enable the static pressure sensor, and

SP

SP.SP, the static pressure setpoint to

be maintained. OPERATION

On VAV units equipped with a VFD and a proper static pressure sensor, when SP.CF, SP.S and SP.SP are configured, a PID routine periodically measures the duct static pressure and calculates the error from setpoint. This error is simply the duct static pressure setpoint minus the measured duct static pressure. The error becomes the basis for the proportional term of the PID. The routine also calculates the integral of the error over time, and the derivative (rate of change) of the error. A value is calculated as a result of this PID routine, and this value is then used to create an output signal used to adjust the VFD to maintain the static pressure setpoint.

Static pressure reset is the ability to force a lowering of the static pressure setpoint through an external control signal. The unit controls support this in two separate ways, through a 4 to 20 mA signal input wired to the unit’s isolator board input terminals (third party control) or via CCN.

When employing the CCN, this feature uses the communications capabilities of VAV systems with ComfortID™ terminals under linkage. The system dynamically determines and maintains an optimal duct static pressure setpoint based on the actual load conditions in the space. This can result in a significant reduction in required fan energy by lowering the setpoint

to only the level required to maintain adequate airflow throughout the system.

OPERATION On CV units equipped with a VFD (Staged Air Volume) when

SP.CF, CV.FD, SP.FN are configured, the ComfortLink con- trols will control the speed of the supply fan based on the operating mode of the unit. The VFD speed setting points are SP.MN, SP.MX, HT.VM. When in LOW COOL mode and the compressor stage less than 50%, fan will be as SP.MN mini- mum speed. When in HIGH COOL, the fan will be at SP.MX maximum speed. In heating mode, the fan will operate at SP.MX maximum speed when the heating stage is 75% or greater and at HT.VM heating minimum speed when the heat- ing stage is less than 75%. On units configured for two-stage thermostat operation, the fan will be at SP.MX on a call for W2 and at HT.VM on a call for only W1.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM The options for static pressure control are found under the Lo-

cal Display Mode Configuration



SP. See Table 59.

CAUTION

Failure to correctly configure SP.CF and SP.FN when oper- ating in VFD Bypass mode will result in the indoor fan motor running continuously. Damage to unit could result.

Static Pressure Configuration (SP.CF)

This variable is used to configure the use of ComfortLink controls for static pressure control. There are the following options:

0 (None)

There will be no static pressure control by ComfortLink controls. This setting would be used for a constant volume (CV) application when static pressure control is not required or for a VAV application if there will be third-party control of the VFD. In this latter case, a suitable means of control must be field installed. This setting must be used on CV units with VFD (staged air volume).

Table 59 — Static Pressure Control Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

SP SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.

SP.CF Static Pres. VFD Control? 0, 1 STATICFG 0*

CV.FD Constant VOL IDF is VFD Yes/No CVIDFVFD No

SP.FN Static Pres. Fan Control? Yes/No STATPFAN Yes* SP.S Static Pressure Sensor Enable/Disable SPSENS Disable* SP.LO Static Press. Low Range –10 to 0 in. W.C. SP_LOW 0 SP.HI Static Press. High Range 0 to 10 in. W.C. SP_HIGH 5 SP.SP Static Pressure Setpoint 0 to 5 in. W.C. SPSP 1.5 SP.MN VFD Minimum Speed 0 to 100 % STATPMIN 20† SP.MX VFD Maximum Speed 0 to 100 % STATPMAX 100 SP.FS VFD Fire Speed Override 0 to 100 % STATPFSO 100

HT.V.M VFD Heating Minimum Speed 75 to 100 % VFDHTMIN 75

SP.RS Stat. Pres. Reset Config 0 to 4 SPRSTCFG 0 SP.RT SP Reset Ratio (/dF) 0 to 2.00 SPRRATIO 0.2 SP.LM SP Reset Limit in iwc () 0 to 2.00 SPRLIMIT 0.75 SP.EC SP Reset Econo.Position 0 to 100 % ECONOSPR 5 S.PID STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS

SP.TM Static Press. PID Run Rate 1 to 200 sec SPIDRATE 2 SP.P Static Press. Prop. Gain 0 to 100 STATP_PG 20 SP.I Static Press. Intg. Gain 0 to 50 STATP_IG 2 SP.D Static Press. Derv. Gain 0 to 50 STATP_DG 0 SP.SG Static Press. System Gain 0 to 50 STATP_SG 1.0

* Some defaults are model number dependent. † 67 when CV.FD = Yes.

Additionally, SP.CF must be set to 0 (None) when a unit is equipped with optional VFD bypass and is operating in Bypass mode. Failure to change this configuration in Bypass mode will result in the indoor fan motor running continuously.

1 (VFD Control)

This will enable the use of ComfortLink controls for static pressure control via a supply fan VFD.

Constant Vol IDF ia VFD? (CV.FD)

This variable enables the use of a CV unit with VFD for staged air volume control.

Static Pressure Fan Control? (SP.FN) This is automatically set to Yes when SP.CF = 1 or when

CV.FD is set to Yes. When the user would like the 4 to 20 mA

output to energize the VFD, as opposed to the fan relay, SP.FN may be set to Yes when SP.CF = 0. When the control turns the fan ON, the control will send the SP.MX value of the 4 to 20 mA signal to the third party VFD control.

Additionally, SP.FN must be set to NO when the unit is equipped with optional VFD bypass and is operating in Bypass mode. Failure to change this configuration in bypass mode will result in the indoor fan motor running continuously.

Static Pressure Sensor (SP.S)

This variable enables the use of a supply duct static pressure sensor. This must be enabled to use ComfortLink controls for static pressure control. If using a third-party control for the VFD, this should be disabled. This is not used when CV.FD is set to Yes.

Static Pressure Low Range (SP.LO)

This is the minimum static pressure that the sensor will measure. For most sensors this will be 0 in. wg. The ComfortLink controls will map this value to a 4 mA sensor input.

Static Pressure High Range (SP.HI)

This is the maximum static pressure that the sensor will measure. Commonly this will be 5 in. wg. The ComfortLink controls will map this value to a 20 mA sensor input.

Static Pressure Setpoint (SP.SP)

This is the static pressure control point. It is the point against which the ComfortLink controls compare the actual measured supply duct pressure for determination of the error that is used for PID control. Generally one would set SP.SP to the mini- mum value necessary for proper operation of air terminals in the conditioned space at all load conditions. Too high of a value will cause unnecessary fan motor power consumption at part load conditions and/or noise problems. Too low a value will result in insufficient airflow.

VFD Minimum Speed (SP.MN)

This is the minimum speed for the supply fan VFD. Typically the value is chosen to maintain a minimum level of ventilation. When CV.FD = Yes, the range is 0 to 100% still with the default setting of 67%.

VFD Heating Minimum Speed (HT.V.M)

This is the low speed setting for units in heating mode. The range is 75 to 100% with the default setting of 75%.

NOTE: Most VFDs have a built-in minimum speed adjustment which must be configured for 0% when using ComfortLink controls for static pressure control.

VFD Maximum Speed (SP.MX)

This is the maximum speed for the supply fan VFD. This is usually set to 100%.

VFD Fire Speed Override (SP.FS)

This is the speed that the supply fan VFD will use during the pressurization, evacuation and purge fire modes. This is usually set to 100%.

Static Pressure Reset Configuration (SP.RS)

This option is used to configure the static pressure reset function. When SP.RS = 0, there is no static pressure reset via an analog input. If the outdoor air quality sensor is not configured (Configuration possible to use the outdoor air quality sensor location on the CEM board to perform static pressure reset via an external 4 to 20 mA input.

Configuring SP.RS = 1 provides static pressure reset based on this CEM 4 to 20 mA input and ranges from 0 to 3 in. wg. Wire the input to the CEM using TB6-11 and 12. When SP.RS = 2, there is static pressure reset based on RAT and defined by SP.RT and SP.LM. When SP.RS = 3, there is static pressure reset based on SPT and defined by SP.RT and SP.LM.

Setting SP.RS to 1, 2 or 3 will give the user the ability to reset from 0 to 3 in. wg of static pressure. The reset will apply to the supply static pressure setpoint. The static pressure reset function will only act to reduce the static pressure control point.

As an example, the static pressure reset input is measuring 6 mA, and is therefore resetting 2 mA (6 mA – 4 mA) of its 16 mA control range. The 4 to 20 mA range corresponds directly to the 0 to 3 in. wg of reset. Therefore 2 mA reset is 2/16 * 3 in. wg = 0.375 in. wg of reset. If the static pressure setpoint (SP.SP) = 1.5 in. wg, then the static pressure control point for the system will be reset to 1.5 – 0.375 = 1.125 in. wg.

When SP.RS = 4, the static pressure reset function acts to pro- vide direct VFD speed control where 4 mA = 0% speed and 20 mA = 100% (SP.MN and SP.MX will override). Note that

SP.CF must be set to 1 (VFD Control), prior to configuring SP.RS = 4. Failure to do so could result in damage to ductwork

due to overpressurization. This is the recommended approach if a third party wishes to control the variable speed supply fan. In effect, this represents a speed control signal “pass through” under normal operating circumstances. The ComfortLink control system overrides the third party signal for critical operation situations, most notably smoke and fire control.

Static Pressure Reset Ratio (SP.RT)

This option defines the reset ratio in terms of static pressure versus temperature. The reset ratio determines how much is the static pressure reduced for every degree below setpoint for RAT or SPT.

Static Pressure Reset Limit (SP.LM)

This option defines the maximum amount of static pressure reset that is allowed. This is sometimes called a “clamp.”

NOTE: Resetting static pressure via RAT and SPT is primarily a constant volume application which utilizes a VFD. The reasoning is that there is significant energy savings in slowing down a supply fan as opposed to running full speed with supply air reset. Maintaining the supply air setpoint and slowing down the fan has the additional benefit of working around dehumidification concerns.

Static Pressure Reset Economizer Position (SP.EC)

This option effectively resets ECONOMIN to fully occupied ventilation position, to account for the drop in static pressure during static pressure reset control. The static pressure reset for the calculation cannot be larger than the supply air static setpoint (SPSP).

The calculation is as follows: (Static Pressure Reset/SP.LM) x (ECONOSPR – ECONOMIN) As an example, the static pressure reset limit (SP.LM) = 0.75

in. wg. The current static pressure reset is set to 0.5 in. wg. The settings for ECONOSPR = 50% and ECONOMIN = 20%.



IAQ



IAQ.CF



OQ.A.C = 0), then it is

Therefore, the amount to add to the economizer’s ECONOMIN configuration is: (0.5/0.75) x (50-20) = 20%. In effect, for the positioning of the economizer, ECONOMIN would now be replaced by ECONOMIN + 10%.

Static Pressure PID Config (S.PID)

Static pressure PID configuration can be accessed under this heading in the Configuration erating conditions the control PID factors will not require any adjustment and the factory defaults should be used. If persistent static pressure fluctuations are detected, small changes to these factors may improve performance. Decreasing the factors generally reduces the responsiveness of the control loop, while increasing the factors increases its responsiveness. Note the existing settings before making changes, and seek technical assistance from Carrier before making significant changes to these factors.

Static Pressure PID Run Rate (S.PID

number of seconds between duct static pressure readings taken by the ComfortLink PID routine.

Static Pressure Proportional Gain (S.PID

the proportional gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.

Static Pressure Integral Gain (S.PID

tegral gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.

Static Pressure Derivative Gain (S.PID

derivative gain for the static pressure control PID control loop. Static Pressure System Gain (S.PID

system gain for the static pressure control PID control loop. STATIC PRESSURE RESET OPERATION

The ComfortLink controls support the use of static pressure re- set. The Linkage Master terminal monitors the primary air damper position of all the terminals in the system (done through LINKAGE with the new ComfortID™ air terminals).

The Linkage Master then calculates the amount of supply static pressure reduction necessary to cause the most open damper in the system to open more than the minimum value (60%) but not more than the maximum value (90% or negligible static pressure drop). This is a dynamic calculation, which occurs every two minutes whenever the system is operating. The calculation ensures that the supply static pressure is always enough to supply the required airflow at the worst case terminal but never more than necessary, so that the primary air dampers do not have to operate with an excessive pressure drop (more than required to maintain the airflow setpoint of each individual terminal in the system).

As the system operates, if the most open damper opens more than 90%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction variable and the value is reduced. Because the reset value is subtracted from the controlling setpoint at the equipment, the pressure setpoint increases and the primary-air dampers close a little (to less than 90%). If the most open damper closes to less than 60%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction variable and the value is increased. This results in a decrease in the controlling setpoint at the equipment, which causes the primary-air dampers to open a little more (to greater than 60%).

The rooftop unit has the static pressure setpoint programmed into the CCN control. This is the maximum setpoint that could ever be achieved under any condition. To simplify the installation and commissioning process for the field, this system control is designed so that the installer only needs to enter a maximum duct design pressure or maximum equipment pressure, whichever is less. There is no longer a need to calculate the worst case pressure drop at design conditions and then hope that some intermediate condition does not require a higher supply static pressure to meet the load conditions. For example, a system design requirement may be 1.2 in. wg, the equipment may be capable of providing 3.0 in. wg and the supply duct is



SP submenu. Under most op-



SP.TM) — This is the



SP.P) — This is



SP.I) — This is the in-



SP.D) — This is the



SP.SG) — This is the

designed for 5.0 in. wg. In this case, the installer could enter

3.0 in. wg as the supply static pressure setpoint and allow the air terminal system to dynamically adjust the supply duct static pressure setpoint as required.

The system will determine the actual setpoint required delivering the required airflow at every terminal under the current load conditions. The setpoint will always be the lowest value under the given conditions. As the conditions and airflow setpoints at each terminal change throughout the operating period, the equipment static pressure setpoint will also change.

The CCN system must have access to a CCN variable (SPRESET which is part of the equipment controller). In the algorithm for static pressure control, the SPRESET value is always subtracted from the configured static pressure setpoint by the equipment controller. The SPRESET variable is always checked to be a positive value or zero only (negative values are limited to zero). The result of the subtraction of the SPRESET variable from the configured setpoint is limited so that it cannot be less than zero. The result is that the system will dynamically determine the required duct static pressure based on the actual load conditions currently in the space. This eliminates the need to calculate the design supply static pressure setpoint. This also saves the energy difference between the design static pressure setpoint and the required static pressure.

Third Party 4 to 20 mA Input

It is also possible to perform static pressure reset via an external 4 to 20 mA signal connected to the CEM board where 4 mA corresponds to 0 in. wg of reset and 20 mA corresponds to 3 in. wg of reset. The static pressure 4 to 20 mA input shares the same input as the analog OAQ sensor. Therefore, both sensors cannot be used at the same time. To enable the static pressure reset 4 to 20 mA sensor, set (Configuration SP.RS) to Enabled.

RELATED POINTS These points represent static pressure control and static pres-

sure reset inputs and outputs. See Table 60.

Static Pressure mA (SP.M)

This variable reflects the value of the static pressure sensor signal received by the ComfortLink controls. The value may be helpful in troubleshooting.

Static Pressure mA Trim (SP.M.T)

This input allows a modest amount of trim to the 4 to 20 mA static pressure transducer signal, and can be used to calibrate a transducer.

Static Pressure Reset mA (SP.R.M)

This input reflects the value of a 4 to 20 mA static pressure reset signal applied to TB6 terminals 11 and 12 on the CEM board, from a third party control system.

Static Pressure Reset (SP.RS)

This variable reflects the value of a static pressure reset signal applied from a CCN system. The means of applying this reset is by forcing the value of the variable SPRESET through CCN.

Supply Fan VFD Speed (S.VFD)

This output can be used to check on the actual speed of the VFD. This may be helpful in some cases for troubleshooting.

SP

Table 60 — Static Pressure Reset Related Points

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

Inputs

 4-20  SP.M Static Pressure mA 4 to 20 mA SP_MA  4-20  SP.M.T Static Pressure mA Trim -2.0 to +2.0 mA SPMATRIM  4-20 SP.R.M Static Pressure Reset mA 4 to 20 mA SPRST_MA 0.0  RSET SP.RS Static Pressure Reset 0.0 to 3.0 in. wg SPRESET 0.0

Outputs  Fans  S.VFD Supply Fan VFD Speed 0 to 100 % SFAN_VFD

Fan Status Monitoring

GENERAL The A Series ComfortLink controls offer the capability to de-

tect a failed supply fan through either a duct static pressure transducer or an accessory discrete switch. The fan status switch is an accessory that allows for the monitoring of a discrete switch, which trips above a differential pressure drop across the supply fan. For any unit with a factory-installed duct static pressure sensor, it is possible to measure duct pressure rise directly, which removes the need for a differential switch. All 48/50A3,A5,A7,A9 units with a factory-installed supply fan VFD will have the duct static pressure sensor as standard.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM The fan status monitoring configurations are located in Config-

uration

Fan Stat Monitoring Type (SFS.M)

This configuration selects the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.

0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring 1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch 2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.

Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit (SFS.S)



UNIT. See Table 61.

Table 61 — Fan Status Monitoring Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT

SFS.S Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No SFS_SHUT

SFS.M Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 to 2 SFS_MON

• If the supply fan is requested OFF and the static pressure reading is not less than 0.2 in. wg for 3 continuous minutes, a fan failure has occurred.

Dirty Filter Switch

The unit can be equipped with a field-installed accessory dirty filter switch. The switch is located in the filter section. If a dirty filter switch is not installed, the switch input is configured to read “clean” all the time.

To enable the sensor for dirty filter monitoring set Configura-

tion



UNIT



SENS



FLT.S to ENABLE. The state of the filter status switch can be read at Inputs FLT.S. See Table 62.

Table 62 — Dirty Filter Switch Points

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE

ConfigurationUNIT

SENSFLT.S

InputsGEN.I

FLT.S

Monitoring of the filter status switch is disabled in the Service Test mode and when the supply fan is not commanded on. If the fan is on and the unit is not in a test mode and the filter status switch reads “dirty” for 2 continuous minutes, an alert is generated. Recovery from this alert is done through a clearing of all alarms or after cleaning the filter and the switch reads “clean” for 30 seconds.

NOTE: The filter switch should be adjusted to allow for the operating cfm and the type of filter. Refer to the accessory installation instructions for information on adjusting the switch.

Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Enable/

Filter Status Input DRTY/CLN FLTS

Disable

This configuration will configure the unit to shut down on a supply fan status fail or simply alert the condition and continue to run. When configured to YES, the control will shut down the unit if supply fan status monitoring fails and the control will also send out an alarm. If set to NO, the control will not shut down the unit if supply fan status monitoring fails but will send out an alert.

SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC Regardless of whether the user is monitoring a discrete switch

or is monitoring static pressure, the timing for both methods is the same and rely upon the configuration of static pressure control. The configuration that determines static pressure control is

Configuration

SP

SP.CF. If this configuration is set to 0 (none), a fan failure condition must wait 60 continuous seconds before taking action. If this configuration is 1 (VFD), a fan failure condition must wait 3 continuous minutes before taking action.

If the unit is configured to monitor a fan status switch (SFS.M = 1), and if the supply fan commanded state does not match the supply fan status switch for 3 continuous minutes, then a fan status failure has occurred.

If the unit is configured for supply duct pressure monitoring (SFS.M = 2), then

• If the supply fan is requested ON and the static pressure reading is not greater than 0.2 in. wg for 3 continuous minutes, a fan failure has occurred.

Economizer

The economizer control is used to manage the outside and return air dampers of the unit to provide ventilation air as well as free cooling based on several configuration options. This section contains a description of the economizer and its ability to provide free cooling. See the section on Indoor Air Quality Control on page 69 for more information on setting up and using the economizer to perform demand controlled ventilation (DCV). See the Third Party Control section on page 25 for a description on how to take over the operation of the economizer through external control.

The economizer system also permits this unit to perform smoke control functions based on external control switch inputs. Refer to the Smoke Control Modes section on page 68 for detailed discussions.

Economizer control can be based on automatic control algorithms using unit-based setpoints and sensor inputs. This economizer control system can also be managed through external logic systems.

The economizer system is a factory-installed option. This unit can also have the following devices installed to enhance economizer control:

• Outside air humidity sensor

• Return air humidity sensor

NOTE: All these options require the controls expansion module (CEM).



GEN.I



CCN

POINT

FLTS_ENA

ECONOMIZER FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTICS (FDD) CONTROL

The Economizer Fault Detection and Diagnostics control can be divided into two tests:

• Test for mechanically disconnected actuator

• Test for stuck/jammed actuator

Mechanically Disconnected Actuator

The test for a mechanically disconnected actuator will be performed by monitoring SAT as the actuator position changes and the damper blades modulate. As the damper opens, it is expected SAT will drop and approach OAT when the damper is at 100%. As the damper closes, it is expected SAT will rise and approach RAT when the damper is at 0%. The basic test will be as follows:

1. With supply fan running take a sample of SAT at current ac-

tuator position.

2. Modulate actuator to new position.

3. Allow time for SAT to stabilize at new position.

4. Take sample of SAT at the new actuator position and deter-

mine if the damper has opened or closed. If damper has opened, SAT should have decreased. If damper has closed, SAT should have increased.

5. Use current SAT and actuator position as samples for next

comparison after next actuator move.

The control will test for a mechanically disconnected damper if all the following conditions are true:

1. An economizer is installed.

2. The supply fan is running.

3. Conditions are good for economizing.

4. The difference between RAT and OAT is greater than

T24RATDF. It is necessary for there to be a large enough difference between RAT and OAT in order to measure a change in SAT as the damper modulates.

5. The actuator has moved at least T24ECSTS %. A very small

change in damper position may result in a very small (or non-measurable) change in SAT.

6. At least part of the economizer movement is within the range

T24TSTMN% to T24TSTMX%. Because the mixing of outside air and return air is not linear over the entire range of damper position, near the ends of the range even a large change in damper position may result in a very small (or non-measurable) change in SAT.

Furthermore, the control will test for a mechanically disconnected actuator after T24CHDLY minutes have expired when any of the following occur (this is to allow the heat/cool cycle to dissipate and not influence SAT):

1. The supply fans switches from OFF to ON.

2. Mechanical cooling switches from ON to OFF.

3. Reheat switches from ON to OFF.

4. The SAT sensor has been relocated downstream of the heat-

ing section and heat switches from ON to OFF.

The economizer will be considered moving if the reported position has changed at least ± T24ECMDB %. A very small change in position will not be considered movement.

The determination of whether the economizer is mechanically disconnected will occur SAT_SEC/2 seconds after the economizer has stopped moving.

The control will log a “damper not modulating” alert if:

1. SAT has not decreased by T24SATMD degrees F SAT_SET/

2 seconds after opening the economizer at least T24ECSTS%, taking into account whether the entire movement has occurred within the range 0 to T24TSTMN%.

2. SAT has not increased by T24SATMD degrees F SAT_SET/ 2 seconds after closing the economizer at least T24ECSTS%, taking into account whether the entire movement has occurred within the range T24TSTMX to 100%.

3. Economizer reported position 5% and SAT is not approximately equal to RAT. SAT not approximately equal to RAT will be determined as follows:

a. SAT<RAT-(2*2(thermistor accuracy) + 2 (SAT

increase due to fan)) or

b. SAT>RAT+(2*2(thermistor accuracy) + 2 (SAT

increase due to fan))

4. Economizer reported position 95% and SAT is not approximately equal to OAT. SAT not approximately equal to OAT will be determined as follows:

a. SAT<OAT-(2*2(thermistor accuracy) + 2 (SAT

increase due to fan)) or

b. SAT>OAT+(2*2(thermistor accuracy) + 2 (SAT

increase due to fan))

The control will test for a jammed actuator as follows:

• If the actuator has stopped moving and the reported position (ECONOPOS) is not within ± 3% of the commanded position (ECONOCMD) after 20 seconds, a “damper stuck or jammed” alert will be logged.

• If the actuator jammed while opening (i.e., reported position is less than the commanded position), a “not economizing when it should” alert will be logged.

• If the actuator jammed while closing (i.e., reported position is greater than the command position), the “economizing when it should not” and “too much outside air” alerts will be logged.

The control will automatically clear the jammed actuator alerts as follows:

• If the actuator jammed while opening, when ECONOPOS is greater than the jammed position the alerts will be cleared.

• If the actuator jammed while closing, when ECONOPOS < jammed position the alerts will be cleared.

DIFFERENTIAL DRY BULB CUTOFF CONTROL (DIFFERENTIAL DRY BULB CHANGEOVER)

As both return air and outside air temperature sensors are installed as standard on these units, select this option, E.SEL = 1, to perform a qualification of return and outside-air in the enabling/disabling of free cooling. If this option is selected the outside-air temperature will be compared to the return-air temperature to disallow free cooling as shown below:

E.SEL

(ECON_SEL)

NONE,

OUTDR.ENTH,

DIF.ENTHALPY

DIFF.DRY BULB

DDB.C

(EC_DDBCO

N/A N/A NO

0 deg F OAT>RAT YES

–2 deg F OAT>RAT-2 YES

–4 deg F OAT>RAT-4 YES

–6 deg F OAT>RAT-6 YES

OAT/RAT

Comparison

OATRAT NO

OATRAT-2 NO

OATRAT-4 NO

OATRAT-6 NO

(DDBCSTAT)

DDBC

The status of differential dry bulb cutoff will be visible under

Run Status



ECON



DISA



DDBC.

There will be hysteresis where OAT must fall 1°F lower than the comparison temperature when transitioning from DDBCSTAT=YES to DDBSTAT=NO.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM The economizer configuration options are under the Local Dis-

play Mode Configuration



ECON. See Table 63.

Economizer Installed? (EC.EN)

If an economizer is not installed or is to be completely disabled then the configuration option EC.EN should be set to No. Otherwise in the case of an installed economizer, this value must be set to Yes.

Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN)

The configuration option EC.MN is the economizer minimum position. See the section on indoor air quality for further information on how to reset the economizer further to gain energy savings and to more carefully monitor IAQ problems.

Economizer Maximum Position (EC.MX)

The upper limit of the economizer may be limited by setting EC.MX. This value defaults to 98% to avoid problems associated with slight changes in the economizer damper’s end stop over time. Typically this will not need to be adjusted.

Economizer Position at Minimum VFD Speed (EP.MS)

The configuration option EP.MS is the economizer command- ed position at SP.MN (STATPMIN), which is the minimum speed for the supply fan VFD. Typically the value is chosen to maintain a minimum level of ventilation. See the section on indoor air quality for further information on how to reset the economizer further to gain energy savings and to more carefully monitor IAQ problems.

Economizer Position at Maximum VFD Speed (EP.XS)

The configuration option EP.XS is the economizer commanded position at SP.MX (STATPMAX), which is the maximum speed for the supply fan VFD. This is usually set to 100% when CV.FD = Yes, the range is 33 to 67% with the default set- ting of 67%. See the section on indoor air quality for further information on how to reset the economizer further to gain energy savings and to more carefully monitor IAQ problems.

Economizer Trim for Sum Z? (E.TRM)

Sum Z is the adaptive cooling control algorithm used for multiple stages of mechanical cooling capacity. The configuration option, E.TRM is typically set to Yes, and allows the econo-

mizer to modulate to the same control point (Sum Z) that is used to control capacity staging. The advantage is lower compressor cycling coupled with tighter temperature control. Setting this option to No will cause the economizer, if it is able to provide free cooling, to open to the Economizer Max. Position (EC.MX) during mechanical cooling.

ECONOMIZER OPERATION There are four potential elements which are considered concur-

rently which determine whether the economizer is able to provide free cooling:

1. Dry bulb changeover (outside-air temperature qualification)

2. Economizer switch (discrete control input monitoring)

3. Economizer changeover select (E.SEL economizer changeover select configuration option)

4. Outdoor dewpoint limit check (requires an installed outdoor relative humidity sensor installed)

Dry Bulb Changeover (OAT.L) Outside-air temperature may be viewed under Temperatures



AIR.T



OAT. The control constantly compares its outsideair temperature reading against the high temperature OAT lockout (OAT.L). If the temperature reads above OAT.L, the economizer will not be allowed to perform free cooling.

Economizer Switch (EC.SW) The function of this switch is determined by Configuration

ECON



EC.SW. The state of the corresponding economizer

input can be viewed under Inputs



GEN.I



E.SW.



When set to EC.SW = 0, the switch is disabled. When set to EC.SW = 1, the economizer switch functions to enable/disable

the economizer. When set to EC.SW = 2, the switch functions as an IAQ override switch. This functions just like the discrete IAQ input Inputs

IAQ



AQ.CF



AIR.Q



IAQ.I when Configuration



IQ.I.C=2 (IAQ Discrete Override). See the



Indoor Air Quality Control section for more information. When Configuration

GEN.I



E.SW = No, free cooling will not be allowed.



ECON



EC.SW=1 and Inputs



Economizer Control Type (E.TYP)

This configuration should not be changed.

Table 63 — Economizer Configuration Table

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

EC.EN Economizer Installed? Yes/No ECON_ENA Yes EC.MN Economizer Min.Position 0 to 100 % ECONOMIN 5 EC.MX Economizer Max.Position 0 to 100 % ECONOMAX 98 EP.MS Economizer Position at Minimum VFD Speed 0 to 100 % EPOSMNFS 5 EP.XS Economizer Position at Maximum VFD Speed 0 to 100 % EPOSMXFS 5 E.TRM Economzr Trim For SumZ ? Yes/No ECONTRIM Yes E.SEL

DDB.C OA.E.C OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct 1 to 5 OAEC_SEL 4 OA.EN Outdr.Enth Compare Value 18 to 32 OAEN_CFG 24 OAT.L High OAT Lockout Temp -40 to 120 dF OAT_LOCK 60 O.DEW OA Dewpoint Temp Limit 50 to 62 dF OADEWCFG 55 ORH.S Outside Air RH Sensor Enable/Disable OARHSENS Disable E.TYP Economizer Control Type 1 to 3 ECON_CTL 1 EC.SW Economizer Switch Config 0 to 2 ECOSWCFG 0 E.CFG ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS E.P.GN Economizer Prop.Gain 0.7 to 3.0 EC_PGAIN 1 E.RNG Economizer Range Adjust 0.5 to 5 ^F EC_RANGE 2.5 E.SPD Economizer Speed Adjust 0.1 to 10 EC_SPEED 0.75 E.DBD Economizer Deadband 0.1 to 2 ^F EC_DBAND 0.5 UEFC UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING FC.CF Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg 0 to 2 UEFC_CFG 0 FC.TM Unoc Econ Free Cool Time 0 to 720 min UEFCTIME 120 FC.L.O Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock 40 to 70 dF UEFCNTLO 50 T.24.C TITLE 24 FDD

LOG.F Log Title 24 Faults Yes/No T24LOGFL No EC.MD T24 Econ Move Detect 1 to 10 dF T24ECMDB 1 EC.ST T24 Econ Move SAT Test 10 to 20 % T24ECSTS 10 S.CHG T24 Econ Move SAT Change 0 to 5 dF T24SATMD 0.2 E.SOD T24 Econ RAT-OAT Diff 5 to 20 dF T24RATDF 15 E.CHD T24 Heat/Cool End Delay 0 to 60 min T24CHDLY 25 ET.MN T24 Test Minimum Pos. 0 to 50 % T24TSTMN 15 ET.MX T24 Test Maximum Pos. 50 to 100 % T24TSTMX 85 SAT.T SAT Settling Time 10 to 900 sec SAT_SET 240

Econ ChangeOver Select 0 to 3 ECON_SEL 0 Diff Dry Bulb RAT Offset 0 to 3

EC_DDBCO 0

Economizer Changeover Select (E.SEL)

Fig. 11 — Psychrometric Chart for

Enthalpy Control

CONTROL CURVE

CONTROL POINT

(approx Deg) AT 50% RH A 73 B 68 C 63 D 58

The control is capable of performing any one of the following changeover types in addition to both the dry bulb lockout and the external switch enable input:

E.SEL = 0 none E.SEL = 1 Differential Dry Bulb Changeover E.SEL = 2 Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover E.SEL = 3 Differential Enthalpy Changeover Differential Dry Bulb Changeover

As both return air and outside air temperature sensors are installed as standard on these units, the user may select this option, E.SEL = 1, to perform a qualification of return and out- side air in the enabling and disabling of free cooling. If this option is selected and outside-air temperature is greater than return-air temperature, free cooling will not be allowed.

Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover

This option should be used in climates with higher humidity conditions. The A Series control can use an enthalpy switch or enthalpy sensor, or the standard installed outdoor dry bulb sensor and an accessory relative humidity sensor to calculate the enthalpy of the air.

Setting Configuration the user configure Configuration



ECON



E.SEL = 2 requires that



ECON



OA.E.C, the Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover Select, and install an outdoor relative humidity sensor. Once the sensor is installed, enable

Configuration



ECON



ORH.S, the outdoor relative hu-

midity sensor configuration option. If the user selects one of the Honeywell curves, A,B,C or D,

then OA.E.C options 1 to 4 should be selected. See Fig. 11 for a diagram of these curves on a psychrometric chart.

OA.E.C = 1 Honeywell A Curve OA.E.C = 2 Honeywell B Curve OA.E.C = 3 Honeywell C Curve OA.E.C = 4 Honeywell D Curve OA.E.C = 5 custom enthalpy curve

If the user selects OA.E.C = 5, a direct comparison of outdoor enthalpy versus an enthalpy setpoint is done. This outdoor enthalpy setpoint limit is configurable, and is called Configuration



ECON



OA.EN.

Depending on what Configuration



ECON



OA.E.C is configured for, if the outdoor enthalpy exceeds the Honeywell curves or the outdoor enthalpy compare value (Configuration



ECON



OA.EN), then free cooling will not be allowed.

Differential Enthalpy Changeover

This option compares the outdoor-air enthalpy to the return air enthalpy and chooses the option with the lowest enthalpy. This option should be used in climates with high humidity conditions. This option uses both humidity sensors and dry bulb sensors to calculate the enthalpy of the outdoor and return air. An accessory outdoor air humidity sensor (ORH.S) and return air humidity sensor (RRH.S) are used. The outdoor air relative humidity sensor configuration (ORH.S) and return air humidity sensor configuration (Configuration



UNIT



SENS

RRH.S) must be enabled. Outdoor Dewpoint Limit Check

If an outdoor relative humidity sensor is installed, then the control is able to calculate the outdoor air dewpoint temperature and will compare this temperature against the outside air dewpoint temperature limit configuration (Configuration

ECON



O.DEW). If the outdoor air dewpoint temperature is greater than O.DEW, then free cooling will not be allowed. Figure 12 shows a horizontal limit line in the custom curve of the psychrometric chart. This is the outdoor air dewpoint limit boundary.

Custom Psychrometric Curves

Refer to the psychrometric chart and the standard Honeywell A-D curves in Fig. 11. The curves start from the bottom and rise vertically, angle to the left and then fold over. This corresponds to the limits imposed by dry bulb changeover, outdoor enthalpy changeover and outdoor dewpoint limiting respectively. Therefore, it is now possible to create any curve desired with the addition of one outdoor relative humidity sensor and the options for changeover now available. See Fig. 12 for an example of a custom curve constructed on a psychrometric chart.



Fig. 12 — Custom Changeover Curve Example

UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING This Free Cooling function is used to start the supply fan and

use the economizer to bring in outside air when the outside temperature is cool enough to pre-cool the space. This is done to delay the need for mechanical cooling when the system enters the occupied period. This function requires the use of a space temperature sensor.

When configured, the economizer will modulate during an unoccupied period and attempt to maintain space temperature to the occupied cooling setpoint. Once the need for cooling has been satisfied during this cycle, the fan will be stopped.

Configuring the economizer for Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling is done in the UEFC group. There are three configuration options, FC.CF, FC.TM and FC.LO.

Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Configuration (FC.CF)

This option is used to configure the type of unoccupied economizer free cooling control that is desired.

0 = disable unoccupied economizer free cooling 1 = perform unoccupied economizer free cooling as available

during the entire unoccupied period. 2 = perform unoccupied economizer free cooling as available,

FC.TM minutes before the next occupied period. Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Time Configuration

(FC.TM)

This option is a configurable time period, prior to the next occupied period, that the control will allow unoccupied economizer free cooling to operate. This option is only applicable when FC.CF = 2.

Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Outside Lockout Temperature (FC.L.O)

This configuration option allows the user to select an outsideair temperature below which unoccupied free cooling is not allowed. This is further explained in the logic section.

Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Logic

The following qualifications that must be true for unoccupied free cooling to operate:

• Unit configured for an economizer

• Space temperature sensor enabled and sensor reading within limits

• Unit is in the unoccupied mode

• FC.CF set to 1 or FC.CF set to 2 and control is within FC.TM minutes of the next occupied period

• Not in the Temperature Compensated Start Mode

• Not in a cooling mode

• Not in a heating mode

• Not in a tempering mode

• Outside-air temperature sensor reading within limits

• Economizer would be allowed to cool if the fan were requested and in a cool mode

•OAT > FC.L.O (1.0°F hysteresis applied)

• Unit not in a fire smoke mode

• No fan failure when configured to for unit to shut down on a fan failure

If all of the above conditions are satisfied: Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling will start when both of

the following conditions are true: {SPT > (OCSP + 2)} AND {SPT > (OAT + 8)} The Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Mode will stop

when either of the following conditions are true: {SPT < OCSP} OR {SPT < (OAT + 3)} where SPT = Space

Temperature and OCSP = Occupied Cooling Setpoint.

When the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling mode is active, the supply fan is turned on and the economizer damper modulated to control to the supply air setpoint (Setpoints

SASP) plus any supply air reset that may be applied (Inputs RSET



SA.S.R).

FDD CONFIGURATIONS

Log Title 24 Faults (LOG.F)

Enables Title 24 detection and logging of mechanically disconnected actuator faults.

T24 Econ Move Detect (EC.MD)

Detects the amount of change required in the reported position before economizer is detected as moving.

T24 Econ Move SAT Test (EC.ST)

The minimum amount the economizer must move in order to trigger the test for a change in SAT. The economizer must move at least EC.ST % before the control will attempt to determine whether the actuator is mechanically disconnected.

T24 Econ Move SAT Change (S.CHG)

The minimum amount (in degrees F) SAT is expected to change based on economizer position change of EC.ST.

T24 Econ RAT-OAT Diff (E.SOD)

The minimum amount (in degrees F) between RAT (if available) or SAT (with economizer closed and fan on) and OAT to perform mechanically disconnected actuator testing.

T24 Heat/Cool End Delay (E.CHD)

The amount of time (in minutes) to wait before mechanical cooling or heating has ended before testing for mechanically disconnected actuator. This is to allow SAT to stabilize at conclusion of mechanical cooling or heating.

T24 Test Minimum Position (ET.MN)

The minimum position below which tests for a mechanically disconnected actuator will not be performed. For example, if the actuator moves entirely within the range 0 to ET.MN a de- termination of whether the actuator is mechanically disconnected will not be made. This is due to the fact that at the extreme ends of the actuator movement, a change in position may not result in a detectable change in temperature. When the actuator stops in the range 0 to 2% (the actuator is considered to be closed), a test will be performed where SAT is expected to be approximately equal to RAT. If SAT is not determined to be approximately equal to RAT, a “damper not modulating” alert will be logged.

T24 Test Maximum Position (ET.MX)

The maximum position above which tests for a mechanically disconnected actuator will not be performed. For example, if the actuator moves entirely within the range ET.MX to 100 a determination of whether the actuator is mechanically disconnected will not be made. This is due to the fact that at the extreme ends of the actuator movement, a change in position may not result in a detectable change in temperature. When the actuator stops in the range 98 to 100% (the actuator is considered to be open), a test will be performed where SAT is expected to be approximately equal to OAT. If SAT is not determined to be approximately equal to OAT, a “damper not modulating” alert will be logged.

SAT Settling Time (SAT.T)

The amount of time (in seconds) the economizer reported position must remain unchanged (± EC.MD) before the control will attempt to detect a mechanically disconnected actuator. This is to allow SAT to stabilize at the current economizer position. This configuration sets the settling time of the supply-air temperature (SAT). This typically tells the control how long to wait after a stage change before trusting the SAT reading, and has been reused for Title 24 purposes.



ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION The configuration items in the E.CFG menu group affect how

the economizer modulates when attempting to follow an economizer cooling setpoint. Typically, they will not need adjustment. In fact, it is strongly advised not to adjust these configuration items from their default settings without first consulting a service engineering representative.

In addition, the economizer cooling algorithm is designed to automatically slow down the economizer actuator’s rate of travel as outside air temperature decreases.

ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP Because there are so many conditions which might disable the

economizer from being able to provide free cooling, the control has a display table to identify these potentially disabling sources. The user can check ACTV, the “Economizer Active” flag. If this flag is set to Yes there is no reason to check DISA (Economizer Disabling Conditions). If the flag is set to No, this means that at least one or more of the flags under the group DISA are set to Yes and the user can discover what is preventing the economizer from performing free cooling by checking the table.

The economizer’s reported and commanded positions are also viewable, as well as outside air temperature, relative humidity, enthalpy and dew point temperature.

The following information can be found under the Local Display Mode Run Status



ECON. See Table 64.

Economizer Control Point Determination Logic

Once the economizer is allowed to provide free cooling, the economizer must determine exactly what setpoint it should try to maintain. The setpoint the economizer attempts to maintain when “free cooling” is located at Run Status



VIEW



EC.C.P. This is the economizer control point. The control selects setpoints differently, based on the control

type of the unit. This control type can be found at Configuration



UNIT



C.TYP. There are 6 types of control. C.TYP = 1 VAV- RAT C.TYP = 2 VAV- SP T C.TYP = 3 TSTAT Multi-Staging C.TYP = 4 TSTAT 2 Stage C.TYP = 5 SPT Multi-Staging C.TYP = 6 SPT 2 Stage

If the economizer is not allowed to do free cooling, then EC.C.P = 0.

If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the Unoccupied Free Cooling Mode is ON, then EC.C.P = Setpoints

SASP + Inputs



RSET



SA.S.R.



If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the Dehumidification mode is ON, then EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run Status



VIEW



CL.C.P). If the C.TYP is either 4 or 6, and the unit is in a cool mode, then If Stage = 0 EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run Status



VIEW



CL.C.P)

If Stage = 1 53.0 + economizer suction pressure reset (see

below)

If Stage = 2 48.0 + economizer suction pressure reset (see

below)

NOTE: To check the current cooling stage go to Run Status

Cool



CUR.S.



If the C.TYP is either 1,2,3, or 5, and the unit is in a cool mode, then EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run Status

VIEW



CL.C.P).



Economizer Suction Pressure Reset for Two-Stage Cooling

If the unit’s control type is set to either 2-stage thermostat or 2stage space temperature control, then there is no cooling control point. Stages 1 and 2 are brought on based on demand, irrespective of the evaporator discharge temperature. In this case, the economizer monitors suction pressure and resets the economizer control point accordingly in order to protect the unit from freezing. For those conditions when the economizer opens up fully but is not able to make setpoint, and then a compressor comes on, it is conceivable that the coil might freeze. This can be indirectly monitored by checking suction pressure. Rather than fail a circuit, the control will attempt to protect the unit by resetting the economizer control point until the suction pressure rises out of freezing conditions.

If either circuit’s suction pressure drops to within 5 psig of the low suction pressure trip point, the control will start adding reset to the economizer control point if it is active. It will be possible to reset the control point upwards, 10 degrees (2 degrees per psig), between the low suction pressure trip point of 93 psig. If this does not work, and if the suction pressure drops below the trip point, then the control will further reset the control point 1 degree every 15 seconds up to a maximum of 10 degrees. The resulting effect will be to warm up the mixed air entering the evaporator, thereby raising the suction pressure.

Table 64 — Economizer Run Status Table

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT WRITE STATUS

ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0 to 100 % ECONOPOS ECN.C Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. 0 to 100 % ECONOCMD forcible ACTV Economizer Active ? YES/NO ECACTIVE DISA ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS UNAV Econ Act. Unavailable? YES/NO ECONUNAV R.EC.D Remote Econ. Disabled? YES/NO ECONDISA DBC DBC - OAT Lockout? YES/NO DBC_STAT DEW DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout? YES/NO DEW_STAT DDBC DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout? YES/NO DDBCSTAT OAEC OAEC- OA Enth Lockout? YES/NO OAECSTAT DEC DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout? YES/NO DEC_STAT EDT EDT Sensor Bad? YES/NO EDT_STAT OAT OAT Sensor Bad ? YES/NO OAT_STAT FORC Economizer Forced ? YES/NO ECONFORC SFON Supply Fan Not On 30s ? YES/NO SFONSTAT CLOF Cool Mode Not In Effect? YES/NO COOL_OFF OAQL OAQ Lockout in Effect ? YES/NO OAQLOCKD HELD Econ Recovery Hold Off? YES/NO ECONHELD DH.DS Dehumid. Disabled Econ.? YES/NO DHDISABL O.AIR OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION OAT Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible OA.RH Outside Air Rel. Humidity % OARH forcible OA.E Outside Air Enthalpy OAE OA.D.T Outside Air Dewpoint Temp dF OADEWTMP

Building Pressure Control

The building pressure control sequence provides control of pressure in the building through the modulating flow rate function of the modulating power exhaust option. This function also provides control of the constant volume 2-stage power exhaust option.

BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION The building pressure configurations are found at the local dis-

play under Configuration

Building Pressure Config (BP.CF)

This configuration selects the type of building pressure control.

• BP.CF = 0, No building pressure control

• BP.CF = 1, constant volume two-stage power exhaust based on economizer position

• BP.CF = 2, multiple stage building pressure control based on a building pressure sensor

• BP.CF = 3, VFD building pressure control based on a building pressure sensor

Building Pressure PID Run Rate (BP.RT)

This configuration selects the run time of the PID algorithm. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recom- mended that this value not be changed without guidance from Service Engineering.

Building Pressure Proportional Gain (BP.P)

This configuration selects the proportional gain of the PID algorithm. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended that this value not be changed without guidance from Service Engineering.

Building Pressure Integral Gain (BP.I)

This configuration selects the integral gain of the PID algorithm. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended that this value not be changed without guidance from Service Engineering.

Building Pressure Derivative Gain (BP.D)

This configuration selects the derivative gain of the PID algorithm. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3. It is recommended that this value not be changed without guidance from Service Engineering.



BP. See Table 65.

Building Pressure Setpoint Offset (BP.SO)

This configuration is the value below the building pressure setpoint to which the building pressure must fall in order to turn off power exhaust control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3.

Building Pressure Minimum Speed (BP.MN)

This configuration is the minimum allowed VFD speed during building pressure control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3.

Building Pressure Maximum Speed (BP.MX)

This configuration is the maximum allowed VFD speed during building pressure control. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3.

VFD Fire Speed (BP.FS)

This configuration is the VFD speed override when the control is in the purge or evacuation smoke control modes. This configuration is only active when BP.CF = 3.

Power Exhaust Motors (BP.MT)

This configuration is machine dependent and instructs the building pressure control algorithm whether the unit has 4 or 6 motors to control. The motors are controlled by three power exhaust relays A, B, and C. These relay outputs are located at the local display under Outputs



FAN S



PE.A,B,C.

The following table illustrates the number of motors each relay is in control of based on BP.MT:

BP.MT PE_A Relay PE_B Relay PE_C Relay 1 (4 motors) 1 Motor 2 Motors 1 Motor 2 (6 motors) 1 Motor 2 Motors 3 Motors

Building Pressure Sensor (BP.S)

This configuration allows the reading of a building pressure sensor when enabled. This is automatically enabled when

BP.CF = 2 or 3. Building Pressure (+/–) Range (BP.R)

This configuration establishes the range in in. wg that a 4 to 20 mA sensor will be scaled to. The control only allows sensors that measure both positive and negative pressure.

Table 65 — Building Pressure Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

BP BUILDING PRESS. CONFIG BP.CF Building Press. Config 0 to 3 BLDG_CFG 0*



BP.RT Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate 5 to 120 sec BPIDRATE 10



BP.P Bldg. Press. Prop. Gain 0 to 5 BLDGP_PG 0.5



BP.I Bldg.Press.Integ.Gain 0 to 2 BLDGP_IG 0.5



BP.D Bldg.Press.Deriv.Gain 0 to 5 BLDGP_DG 0.3



BP.SO BP Setpoint Offset 0.0 to 0.5 " H2O BPSO 0.05



BP.MN BP VFD Minimum Speed 0 to 100 % BLDGPMIN 10



BP.MX BP VFD Maximum Speed 0 to 100 % BLDGPMAX 100



BP.FS VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos. 0 to 100 % BLDGPFSO 100 BP.MT Power Exhaust Motors 1 to 2 PWRM 1* BP.S Building Pressure Sensor Enable/Dsable BPSENS Dsable* BP.R Bldg Press (+/–) Range 0 to 1.00 " H2O BP_RANGE 0.25 BP.SP Building Pressure Setp. -0.25 -> 0.25 " H2O BPSP 0.05 BP.P1 Power Exhaust On Setp.1 0 to 100 % PES1 35 BP.P2 Power Exhaust On Setp.2 0 to 100 % PES2 75 B.CFG BP ALGORITHM CONFIGS BP.SL Modulating PE Alg. Slct. 1 to 3 BPSELECT 1 BP.TM BP PID Evaluation Time 0 to 10 min BPPERIOD 1 BP.ZG BP Threshold Adjustment 0.1 to 10.0 " H2O BPZ_GAIN 1 BP.HP High BP Level 0 to 1.000 " H2O BPHPLVL 0.05 BP.LP Low BP Level 0 to 1.000 " H2O BPLPLVL 0.04

*Some configurations are machine dependent.

Building Pressure SETP (BP.SP)

This setpoint is the building pressure control setpoint. If the unit is configured for modulating building pressure control, then this is the setpoint that the control will control to.

Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P1)

When configured for building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume two-stage control), the control will turn on the first power exhaust fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this setpoint.

Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P2)

When configured for building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume two-stage control), the control will turn on the second power exhaust fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this setpoint.

Modulating PE Algorithm Select (BP.SL)

This configuration selects the algorithm used to step the power exhaust stages. This must be set to 1 at all times. The other selections are not used.

Building Pressure PID Evaluation Time (BP.TM)

This configuration is the run time rate of the multiple stage (modulating) power exhaust algorithm (BP.CF=2).

Building Pressure Threshold Adjustment (BP.ZG)

This configuration is not used. It currently has no effect on building pressure control.

High Building Pressure Level (BP.HP)

This configuration is the threshold level above the building pressure setpoint used to control stages of power exhaust when

BP.SL=1. Low Building Pressure Level (BP.LP)

This configuration is the threshold level below the building pressure setpoint used to control stages of power exhaust when BP.SL=1.

CONSTANT VOLUME 2-STAGE CONTROL (BP.CF = 1) OPERATION

Two exhaust fan relays will be turned on and off based on economizer position. The two trip setpoints are BP.P1 and BP.P2. If the economizer is greater than or equal to BP.P1, then power exhaust stage 1 is requested and a 60-second timer is initialized. If the economizer is 5% below BP.P1, then power exhaust stage 1 is turned off. Also, if the economizer position is less than BP.P1 and the 60-second timer has expired, power exhaust stage 1 is turned off. The same logic applies to the second power exhaust stage, except the BP.P2 trip point is moni- tored. If the economizer position is greater than or equal to BP.P2, then power exhaust stage 2 is energized and a 60-second timer is initialized. If the economizer is 5% below BP.P2 the second power exhaust stage turned off. If the economizer is less than BP.P2 and the 60-second timer has expired, second stage power exhaust is turned off. For BP.CF=1, Table 66 illus- trates the power exhaust stages 1 and 2, relay combinations based upon Configuration

MULTIPLE POWER EXHAUST STAGE BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL (BP.CF = 2) OPERATION

Building pressure control is active whenever the supply fan is running. The control algorithm to be used (BP.SL=1) is a timed



BP.MT (4 or 6 motors).

threshold technique for bringing stages of power exhaust on and off.

The number of power exhaust stages available for this control algorithm is a function of the number of motors it supports. This number of motors is defined by the Configuration



BP.MT configuration. Table 67 illustrates the staging tables

for this control algorithm based on BP.MT. The following configurations are used in the controlling of

building pressure with this algorithm:

• Configuration sure high threshold level)

• Configuration sure low threshold level)

• Configuration sure timer)

This control function is allowed to add or select power exhaust stages at any time, except that a delay time must expire after a stage is added or subtracted. Any time a stage change is made, a timer is started which delays staging for 10 * BP.TM sec- onds. The default for BP.TM is 1, therefore the delay between stage changes is set to 10 seconds.

The logic to add or subtract a stage of power exhaust is as follows:

• If building pressure (Pressures than the building pressure setpoint (Configuration



BPSP) plus the building pressure high threshold level (Configuration of power exhaust.

• If building pressure (Pressures the building pressure setpoint (Configuration

SP) minus the building pressure low threshold level (Configuration

BP

power exhaust.

VFD POWER EXHAUST BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL (BP.CF = 3)

A 4 to 20 mA analog output from Economizer Control Board 1 (ECB-1, AO1) is provided as a speed reference for a field-installed VFD power exhaust accessory. If building pressure (Pressures setpoint (BP.SP) and the supply fan is on, then building pres- sure control is initialized. Thereafter, if the supply fan relay goes off or if the building pressure drops below the BP.SP mi- nus the building pressure setpoint offset (BP.SO) for 5 continu- ous minutes, building pressure control will be stopped. The 5minute timer will continue to reinitialize if the VFD is still commanded to a speed > 0%. If the building pressure falls below the setpoint, the VFD will slow down automatically. Control is performed with a PID loop where:

Error = BP – BP.SP K = 1000 * BP.RT/60 (normalize the PID control for run rate) P = K * BP.P * (error) I = K * BP.I * (error) + “I” calculated last time through the PID D = K * BP.D * (error – error computed last time through the

PID) VFD speed reference (clamped between BP.MN and BP.MX%)

= P + I + D



BP

AIR.P

B.CFG



BP.HP (building pres-

B.CFG



BP.LP (building pres-

B.CFG



BP.TM (building pres-



AIR.P



BP

B.CFG



BP.HP) add a stage

AIR.P



BP) is less than

BP

B.CFG



BP.LP), subtract a stage of



BP) rises above the building pressure



BP) is greater



BP-

Table 66 — Power Exhaust Staging (BP.CF = 1)

BP.MT = 1 (4 motors) PE.A PE.B PE.C

Power Exhaust Stage 0 OFF OFF OFF Power Exhaust Stage 1 OFF ON OFF Power Exhaust Stage 2 ON ON ON

BP.MT = 2 (6 motors) PE.A PE.B PE.C Power Exhaust Stage 0 OFF OFF OFF Power Exhaust Stage 1 OFF OFF ON Power Exhaust Stage 2 ON ON ON

Table 67 — Power Exhaust Staging (BP.CF = 2)

BP.MT = 1 (4 motors) PE.A PE.B PE.C Power Exhaust Stage 0 OFF OFF OFF Power Exhaust Stage 1 ON OFF OFF Power Exhaust Stage 2 OFF ON OFF Power Exhaust Stage 3 ON ON OFF Power Exhaust Stage 4 ON ON ON

BP.MT = 2 (6 motors) PE.A PE.B PE.C Power Exhaust Stage 0 OFF OFF OFF Power Exhaust Stage 1 ON OFF OFF Power Exhaust Stage 2 OFF ON OFF Power Exhaust Stage 3 ON ON OFF Power Exhaust Stage 4 ON OFF ON Power Exhaust Stage 5 OFF ON ON Power Exhaust Stage 6 ON ON ON

Smoke Control Modes

There are four smoke control modes that can be used to control smoke within areas serviced by the unit: Pressurization mode, Evacuation mode, Smoke Purge mode, and Fire Shutdown. Evacuation, Pressurization and Smoke Purge modes require the controls expansion module (CEM). The Fire Shutdown input is located on the main base board (MBB) on terminals TB5-10 and 11. The unit may also be equipped with a factory-installed return air smoke detector that is wired to TB5-10 and 11 and will shut the unit down if a smoke condition is determined. Field-monitoring wiring can be connected to terminal TB5-8 and 9 to monitor the smoke detector. Inputs on the CEM board can be used to put the unit in the Pressurization, Evacuation, and Smoke Purge modes. These switches or inputs are connected to TB6 as shown below. Refer to Major System Components section on page 110 for wiring diagrams.

Pressurization — TB5-12 and 13 Evacuation — TB5-12 and 14 Smoke Purge — TB5-12 and 15 Each mode must be energized individually on discrete inputs

and the corresponding alarm is initiated when a mode is activated. The fire system provides a normally closed dry contact closure. Multiple smoke control inputs, sensed by the control will force the unit into a Fire Shutdown mode.

FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS These discrete inputs can be found on the local display under

Inputs



FIRE.

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE

FIRE FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS FSD Fire Shutdown Input ALRM/NORM FSD forcible PRES Pressurization Input ALRM/NORM PRES forcible EVAC Evacuation Input ALRM/NORM EVAC forcible PURG Smoke Purge Input ALRM/NORM PURG forcible

CCN

POINT

Fire Shutdown Mode

This mode will cause an immediate and complete shutdown of the unit.

WRITE

STATUS

Pressurization Mode

This mode attempts to raise the pressure of a space to prevent smoke infiltration from an adjacent space. Opening the economizer (thereby closing the return air damper), shutting down power exhaust and turning the indoor fan on will increase pressure in the space.

Evacuation Mode

This mode attempts to lower the pressure of the space to prevent infiltrating an adjacent space with its smoke. Closing the economizer (thereby opening the return-air damper), turning on the power exhaust and shutting down the indoor fan decrease pressure in the space.

Smoke Purge Mode

This mode attempts to draw out smoke from the space after the emergency condition. Opening the economizer (thereby closing the return-air damper), turning on both the power exhaust and indoor fan will evacuate smoke and bring in fresh air.

AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE FIRE-SMOKE MODES

All non-smoke related control outputs will get shut down in the fire-smoke modes. Those related to airflow will be controlled as explained below. The following matrix specifies all actions the control will undertake when each mode occurs (outputs are forced internally with CCN priority number 1 - “Fire”).

DEVICE PRESSURIZATION PURGE EVACUATION

Economizer 100% 100% 0% 0% Indoor Fan — VFD ON/FSO* ON/FSO* OFF OFF Power Exhaust OFF ON/FSO* ON/FSO* OFF Heat Interlock

Relay

*“FSO” refers to the supply VFD fire speed override configurable speed.

ON ON OFF OFF

FIRE

SHUTDOWN

RELEVANT ITEMS The economizer’s commanded output can be found in Outputs



ECON



ECN.C.

Fig. 13 — IAQ Control

100 500

700

1000

INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO

DIFFERENTIAL

INSIDE CO

CONCENTRATION

AQ DIFFERENTIAL LOW (DAQ.L)

AQ DIFFERENTIAL HIGH (DAQ.H)

MINIMUM IAQ DAMPER POSITION

ECONOMIZER MINIMUM DAMPER POSITION

INCREASING VENTILATION

VENTILATION FOR PEOPLE

VENTILATION FOR SOURCES

The configurable fire speed override for supply fan VFD is in

Configuration

SP

SP.FS.

The supply fan relay’s commanded output can be found in Out-

puts



FA NS



S.FAN.

The supply fan VFD’s commanded speed can be found in Out-

puts



FA NS



S.VFD.

Indoor Air Quality Control

The indoor air quality (IAQ) function will admit fresh air into the space whenever space air quality sensors detect high levels of CO

When a space or return air CO control, the unit’s IAQ routine allows a demand-based control for ventilation air quantity, by providing a modulating outside air damper position that is proportional to CO tilation damper position is varied between a minimum ventilation level (based on internal sources of contaminants and CO levels other than from the effect of people) and the maximum design ventilation level (determined at maximum populated status in the building). Demand controlled ventilation (DCV) is also available when the ComfortLink unit is connected to a CCN system using ComfortID™ terminal controls.

This function also provides alternative control methods for controlling the amount of ventilation air being admitted, including fixed outdoor air ventilation rates (measured as cfm), external discrete sensor switch input and externally generated proportional signal controls.

The IAQ function requires the installation of the factory- option economizer system. The DCV sequences also require the connection of accessory (or field-supplied) space or return air CO

sensors. Fixed cfm rate control requires the factory- in-

stalled outdoor air cfm option. External control of the ventilation position requires supplemental devices, including a 4 to 20 mA signal, a 10,000 ohms potentiometer, or a discrete switch input, depending on the method selected. Outside air CO els may also be monitored directly and high CO2 economizer restriction applied when an outdoor air CO ed. (The outdoor CO

sensor connection requires installation of

the CEM.) The ComfortLink control system has the capability of DCV using

an IAQ sensor. The indoor air quality (IAQ) is measured using a CO

sensor whose measurements are displayed in parts per mil-

lion (ppm). The IAQ sensor can be field-installed in the return duct. There is also an accessory space IAQ sensor that can be installed directly in the occupied space. The sensor must provide a 4 to 20 mA output signal and must include its own 24-v supply. The sensor connects to terminal TB5-6 and 7. Be sure to leave the 182-ohm resistor in place on terminals 6 and 7.

OPERATION The unit’s indoor air quality algorithm modulates the position

of the economizer damper between two user configurations depending upon the relationship between the IAQ and the outdoor air quality (OAQ). Both of these values can be read at the

Inputs



AIR.Q submenu. The lower of these two configurable positions is referred to as the IAQ Demand Vent Min Position (IAQ.M), while the higher is referred to as Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN). The IAQ.M should be set to an economizer position that brings in enough fresh air to remove contaminants and CO

generated by sources other than people.

The EC.MN value should be set to an economizer position that brings in enough fresh air to remove contaminants and CO

sensor is connected to the unit

level. The ven-

lev-

sensor is connect-

generated by all sources including people. The EC.MN value is the design value for maximum occupancy.

The logic that is used to control the dampers in response to IAQ conditions is shown in Fig. 13. The ComfortLink controls will begin to open the damper from the IAQ.M position when the IAQ level begins to exceed the OAQ level by a configurable amount, which is referred to as Differential Air Quality Low Limit (DAQ.L).

If OAQ is not being measured, OAQ can be manually configured. It should be set at around 400 to 450 ppm or measured with a handheld sensor during the commissioning of the unit. The OAQ reference level can be set using the OAQ Reference Setpoint (OAQ.U). When the differential between IAQ and OAQ reaches the configurable Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit (DAQ.H), then the economizer position will be EC.MN.

When the IAQ–OAQ differential is between DAQ.L and DAQ.H, the control will modulate the damper between IAQ.M

and EC.MN as shown in Fig. 13. The relationship is a linear relationship but other non-linear options can be used. The damper position will never exceed the bounds specified by IAQ.M and EC.MN during IAQ control.

If the building is occupied and the indoor fan is running and the differential between IAQ and OAQ is less than DAQ.L, the economizer will remain at IAQ.M. The economizer will not close completely. The damper position will be 0 when the fan is not running or the building is unoccupied. The damper position may exceed EC.MN in order to provide free cooling.

The ComfortLink controller is configured for air quality sensors which provide 4 mA at 0 ppm and 20 mA at 2000 ppm. If a sensor has a different range, these bounds must be reconfigured. These pertinent configurations for ranging the air quality sensors are IQ.R.L, IQ.R.H, OQ.R.L and OQ.R.H. The bounds represent the PPM corresponding to 4 mA (low) and 20 mA (high) for IAQ and OAQ, respectively.

If OAQ exceeds the OAQ Lockout Value (OAQ.L), then the economizer will remain at IAQ.M. This is used to limit the use of outside air which outdoor air CO

levels are above the

OAQ.L limit. Normally a linear control of the damper vs. the IAQ control signal can be used, but the control also supports non-linear control. Different curves can be used based on the

Diff.AQ Responsiveness Variable (IAQ.R). See Fig. 14.

To comply Title 24 regulations, a dual minimum setpoint algo-

NOTE: Calculating the IAQ.M and EC.MN damper position based on differential IAQ measurement.

Based on the configuration parameter IAQREACT, the reaction to damper positioning based on differential air quality ppm can be adjusted.

IAQREACT = 1 to 5 (more responsive) IAQREACT = 0 (linear) IAQREACT = –1 to –5 (less responsive)

Fig. 14 — IAQ Response Curve

rithm is required to commend the economizer position. The ComfortLink controller would calculate the minimum economizer opening (CALCECMN) based on the settings of SP.MN, EP.MS, SP.MX, and EP.XS. The economizer will be commanded to the same position for all fans speeds if EP.MS=EP.XS. This is how the current EC.MN/ECONOMIN point works and how the dual minimum setpoint design would function by default. If configured for static pressure control and IAQ, the control will calculate the economizer position between IAQ.M [IAQMINP] and CALCECMN (not IAQ.M [IAQMINP] and EC.MN [ECONOMIN] as is currently done). If configured for static pressure control and IAQ, the controller will calculate the economizer position between IAQ.M [IAQMINP] and CALCECMN (not IAQ.M [IAQMINP] and EC.MN [ECONOMIN] as is shown in Fig. 13). When configured for static pressure reset, the calculated offset will be added to CALCECMN. This performs the function of shifting the interpolated line based on the amount of static pressure reset required.

The following example illustrates how the ComfortLink software would work. The installer would have to calculate the economizer positions at minimum and maximum supply fan speeds and enter this data into the unit.

Using the following settings:

• EP.MS=20 (economizer commanded to 20% when SFAN_VFD=SP.MN)

• EP.XS=5 (economizer commanded to 5% when SFAN_VFD=SP.MX)

• SP.MN=20 (minimum SFAN_VFD speed)

• SP.MX=100 (maximum SFAN_VFD speed)

The economizer position would be command based on the supply fan speed by interpolation between the (20,20) and (100,5) coordinates: The results are shown in Fig. 15. The comparison between the Dual Setpoint and Fixed Minimum configurations is shown in the following example as in Fig. 16.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM The IAQ configuration options are under the Local Display

Mode Configuration

Economizer Min Position (Configuration



EC.MN)



IAQ. See Table 68.



IAQ



This is the fully occupied minimum economizer position.

IAQ Demand Vent Min Pos. (Configuration



IAQ.M)



IAQ



This configuration will be used to set the minimum damper position in the occupied period when there is no IAQ demand.

IAQ Analog Sensor Config (Configuration



IQ.A.C)



IAQ



This is used to configure the type of IAQ position control. It has the following options:

• IQ.A.C = 0 (No analog input). If there is no other minimum position control, the economizer minimum position will be Configuration



IAQ



DCV.C



EC.MN and

there will be no IAQ control.

• IQ.A.C = 1 (IAQ analog input). An indoor air (space or return air) CO

sensor is installed. If an outdoor air CO2 sen-

sor is also installed, or OAQ is broadcast on the CCN, or if a default OAQ value is used, then the unit can perform IAQ control.

• IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ analog input with minimum position override) — If the differential between IAQ and OAQ is above Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP



DAQ.H, the economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override position (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP



IQ.O.P).

• IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA minimum position) — With a 4 to 20 mA signal connected to TB5-6 and 7, the economizer minimum position will be scaled linearly from 0% (4 mA) to EC.MX (20 mA).

• IQ.A.C = 4 (10K potentiometer minimum position) — With a 10K linear potentiometer connected to TB5-6 and 7, the economizer minimum position will be scaled linearly from 0% (0 ohms) to EC.MX (10,000 ohms).

IAQ Analog Fan Config (Configuration



IAQ



IQ.A.F)

This configuration is used to configure the control of the indoor fan. If this option is used then the IAQ sensor must be in the space and not in the return duct. It has the following configurations:

• IQ.A.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or unoccupied period and turn it on.

• IQ.A.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with automatic fan).

• IQ.A.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ demand will always override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied and unoccupied period. For IQ.A.F = 1 or 2, the fan will be turned on when DAQ is above the DAQ Fan On Setpoint (Configuration

AQ.SP



D.F.ON). The fan will be turned off when DAQ is

below the DAQ Fan Off Setpoint (Configuration

AQ.SP



D.F.OF). The control can also be set up to respond



to a discrete IAQ input. The discrete input is connected to TB5-6 and 7.

DCV.C

AQ.CF

IAQ



ECONOPOS %

105

SFAN_VFD %

Fig. 15 — Example of Economizer Position of Dual Setpoint Configuration

10 20

30 40

50 60 70 80

70 80

FIXED MIN WITH OFFSET

FIXED MINIMUM

DUAL SETPOINT WITH OFFSET

DUAL SETPOINT

ECONOPOS %

SFAN_VFD %

Fig. 16 — Example of Dual Setpoint Versus Fixed Minimum Economizer Position

Table 68 — Indoor Air Quality Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

DCV.C DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS EC.MN Economizer Min.Position 0 to 100 % ECONOMIN 5 IAQ.M IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos. 0 to 100 % IAQMINP 0 AQ.CF AIR QUALITY CONFIGS IQ.A.C IAQ Analog Sensor Config 0 to 4 IAQANCFG 0 IQ.A.F IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config 0 to 2 IAQANFAN 0 IQ.I.C IAQ Discrete Input Config 0 to 2 IAQINCFG 0 IQ.I.F IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config 0 to 2 IAQINFAN 0 OQ.A.C OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config 0 to 2 OAQANCFG 0 AQ.SP AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS IQ.O.P IAQ Econo Override Pos. 0 to 100 % IAQOVPOS 100 DAQ.L Diff.Air Quality LoLimit 0 to 1000 DAQ_LOW 100 DAQ.H Diff. Air Quality HiLimit 100 to 2000 DAQ_HIGH 700 D.F.OF DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint 0 to 2000 DAQFNOFF 200 D.F.ON DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint 0 to 2000 DAQFNON 400 IAQ.R Diff. AQ Responsiveness -5 to 5 IAQREACT 0 OAQ.L OAQ Lockout Value 0 to 2000 OAQLOCK 0 OAQ.U User Determined OAQ 0 to 5000 OAQ_USER 400 AQ.S.R AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE IQ.R.L IAQ Low Reference 0 to 5000 IAQREFL 0 IQ.R.H IAQ High Reference 0 to 5000 IAQREFH 2000 OQ.R.L OAQ Low Reference 0 to 5000 OAQREFL 0 OQ.R.H OAQ High Reference 0 to 5000 OAQREFH 2000 IAQ.P IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE IQ.PG IAQ Purge Yes/No IAQPURGE No IQ.P.T IAQ Purge Duration 5 to 60 min IAQPTIME 15 IQ.P.L IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos 0 to 100 % IAQPLTMP 10 IQ.P.H IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos 0 to 100 % IAQPHTMP 35 IQ.L.O IAQ Purge OAT Lockout 35 to 70 dF IAQPNTLO 50

IAQ Discrete Input Config (Configuration



IQ.I.C)



IAQ



AQ.CF

This configuration is used to set the type of IAQ sensor. The following are the options:

• IQ.I.C = 0 (No Discrete Input) — This is used to indicate that no discrete input will be used and the standard IAQ sensor input will be used.

• IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete Input) — This will indicate that the IAQ level (high or low) will be indicated by the discrete input. When the IAQ level is low, the economizer minimum position will be Configuration

DCV.C



IAQ.M.



IAQ



• IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Input with Minimum Position Override) — This will indicate that the IAQ level (high or low) will be indicated by the discrete input and the economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override position, IQ.O.P (when high).

It is also necessary to configure how the fan operates when using the IAQ discrete input.

IAQ Discrete Fan Config (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.CF



IQ.I.F)

This is used to configure the operation of the fan during an IAQ demand condition. It has the following configurations:

• IQ.I.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or unoccupied period and turn it on.

• IQ.I.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with automatic fan).

• IQ.I.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ demand will always override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied and unoccupied period.

OAQ 4-20 mA Sensor Config (Configuration



OQ.A.C)



IAQ



AQ.CF

This is used to configure the type of outdoor sensor that will be used for OAQ levels. It has the following configuration options:

• OQ.A.C = 0 (No Sensor) — No sensor will be used and the internal software reference setting will be used.

• OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ Sensor with DAQ) — An outdoor CO sensor will be used.

• OQ.A.C = 2 (4 to 20 mA Sensor without DAQ).

IAQ Econo Override Pos (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP



IQ.O.P)

This configuration is the position that the economizer goes to when override is in effect.

Diff. Air Quality Lo Limit (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP



DAQ.L)

This is the differential CO

level at which IAQ control of the

dampers will be initiated.

Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP



DAQ.H)

This is the differential CO

level at which IAQ control of the

dampers will be at maximum and the dampers will be at the

Configuration DAQ ppm Fan Off Setpoint (Configuration



D.F.OF)

This is the CO

DAQ ppm Fan On Setpoint (Configuration



D.F.ON)

This is the CO

Diff. IAQ Responsiveness (Configuration



IAQ



DCV.C



EC.MN.



IAQ



AQ.SP

level at which the indoor fan will be turned off.



IAQ



AQ.SP

level at which the indoor fan will be turned on.



IAQ



AQ.SP



IAQ.R)

This is the configuration that is used to select the IAQ response curves as shown in Fig. 14.

OAQ Lockout Value (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP



OAQ.L)

This is the maximum OAQ level above which demand ventilation will be disabled.

User Determined OAQ (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.SP



OAQ.U)

If an OAQ sensor is unavailable, the user can manually set the OAQ reading.

IAQ Low Reference (Configuration



IAQ



AQ.S.R



IQ.R.L)

This is the reference that will be used with a non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic curve. It represents the CO

IAQ High Reference (Configuration

level at 4 mA.



IAQ



AQ.S.R



IQ.R.H)

This is the reference that will be used with a non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic curve. It represents the CO

OAQ Low Reference (Configuration

level at 20 mA.



IAQ



AQ.S.R



OQ.R.L)

This is the reference that will be used with a non-Carrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic curve. It represents the CO

OAQ High Reference (Configuration

level at 4 mA.



IAQ



AQ.S.R



OQ.R.H)

This is the reference that will be used with a non-Carrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic curve. It represents the CO

level at 20 mA.

PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE The control has the option for a pre-occupancy purge to refresh

the air in the space prior to occupancy. This feature is enabled by setting Configuration

IAQ.P



IQ.PG to Yes.



IAQ



The IAQ purge will operate under the following conditions:

• IQ.PG is enabled

• the unit is in the unoccupied state

• Current Time is valid

• Next Occupied Time is valid

• time is within two hours of the next occupied period

• time is within the purge duration (Configuration



IAQ.P



IQ.P.T)



IAQ

If all of the above conditions are met, the following logic is used: If OAT  IQ.L.O and OAT  OCSP and economizer is avail-

able then purge will be enabled and the economizer will be commanded to 100%.

If OAT < IQ.L.O then the economizer will be positioned to the IAQ Purge LO Temp Min Pos (Configuration

IAQ.P



IQ.P.L)



IAQ



If neither of the above is true then the dampers will be positioned to the IAQ Purge HI Temp Min Pos (Configuration

IAQ



IAQ.P



IQ.P.H)



If this mode is enabled the indoor fan and heat interlock relay (VAV) will be energized.

IAQ Purge (Configuration



IAQ



IAQ.P



IQ.PG)

This is used to enable IAQ pre-occupancy purge.

IAQ Purge Duration (Configuration



IAQ



IAQ.P



IQ.P.T)

This is the maximum amount of time that a purge can occur.

IAQ Purge Lo Temp Min Pos (Configuration IAQ.P



IQ.P.L)



IAQ



This is used to configure a low limit for damper position to be used during the purge mode.

IAQ Purge Hi Temp Min Pos (Configuration IAQ.P



IQ.P.H)



IAQ



This is used to configure a maximum position for the dampers to be used during the purge cycle.

IAQ Purge OAT Lockout Temp (Configuration IAQ.P



IQ.L.O)



IAQ



Nighttime lockout temperature below which the purge cycle will be disabled.

Dehumidification and Reheat

The Dehumidification function will override cooling staging setpoint and deliver cooler air to the Fan Section in order to satisfy a humidity setpoint at the space or return air humidity sensor. The Reheat function will activate a suitable heating system concurrent with dehumidification sequence should the dehumidification operation result in excessive cooling at the Evaporator Dewpoint sensor.

The dehumidification sequence requires the installation of a space or return air humidity sensor or a discrete switch input. An ECB option is required to accommodate an RH (relative humidity) sensor connection. A CEM (option or accessory) is required to accommodate an RH switch. Reheat is possible when multiple-step staged gas control option or hydronic heat field-installed coil is installed. Reheat is also possible using a heat reclaim coil (field-supplied and installed) or a DX (direct expansion) reheat coil. The alarm relay may also be used to enable an external reheat device.

Dehumidification and reheat control are allowed during Cooling, Heating, and Vent modes in the Occupied period. Any RH sensor or a switch may be used.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM The settings for dehumidification can be found at the local dis-

play at Configuration

Dehumidification Configuration (D.SEL)

The dehumidification configuration can be set for the following settings:

• D.SEL = 0 – (NO DEHUMIDIFY) – No dehumidification and reheat; this is the default.

• D.SEL = 1 – (DH - ST.GAS) – The control will perform dehumidification and reheat with staged gas only.

• D.SEL = 2 – (DH - RELAY) – The control will perform both dehumidification and reheat with third party heat via an alarm relay. In the case of D.SEL=2, during dehumidification, the alarm relay will close to convey the need for “re-heat.” A typical application might be to energize a 3-way valve to perform DX reheat.

• D.SEL = 3 – (DH - HUMDZR) – The control will use the Humidi-MiZer system has Staged Gas Heat and Humidi-MiZer is selected, then only when Dehumidification results in Heating demand will Supplemental Staged Gas heat come on, until the heating demand is satisfied.

Dehumidification Sensor (D.SEN)

The sensor can be configured for the following settings:

• D.SEN = 1 — Initiated by return air relative humidity sensor.

• D.SEN = 2 — Initiated by discrete input.

Economizer Disable in Dehum Mode (D.EC.D)

This configuration determines economizer operation during Dehumidification mode. This configuration will have a range of 1 to 2 with default of 1.

The RARH Sensor and discrete input utilized must be compatible with the ComfortLINK hardware and software.

• D.EC.D = YES — Economizer disabled during dehumidification (default).

• D.EC.D = NO — Economizer not disabled during dehumidification.



DEHU. See Table 69.

adaptive dehumidification system. If the

Vent Reheat Setpoint Select (D.V.CF)

This configuration determines how the vent reheat setpoint is selected.

• D.V.CF = 0 — Reheat follows an offset subtracted from return air temperature (D.V.RA).

• D.V.CF = 1 — Reheat follows a dehumidification heat set- point (D.V.HT).

Vent Reheat RAT Offset (D.V.RA)

Setpoint offset used only during the vent mode. The air will be reheated to return-air temperature less this offset. This configuration will have a range of 0 to 8°F with default of 0°F.

Vent Reheat Setpoint (D.V.HT)

Setpoint used only during the vent mode. The air will be reheated to this setpoint. This configuration will have a range of 55 to 95°F with default of 70°F.

Dehumidify Cool Setpoint (D.C.SP)

This is the dehumidification cooling setpoint. This configuration will have a range of 40 to 55°F with default of 45°F.

Dehumidify RH Setpoint (D.RH.S)

This is the dehumidification relative humidity trip point. This configuration will have a range of 10 to 90°F with default of 55°F.

Enable Hmzr St Oil Ret (HZ.OR)

[ENHORTST] This configuration can enable or disable the Humidi-MiZer oil return during service test. It is recommended leaving this configuration enabled. This configuration will have a range of DSLB/ENBL with default of ENBL.

OPERATION Dehumidification and reheat can only occur if the unit is

equipped with staged gas, or hydronic heat, or Humidimizer, or an external heat source via the alarm relay. Dehumidification without reheat can be done on any unit but Configuration

DEHU



D.SEL must be set to 0 or 2.

If the machine’s control type is a TSTAT type (Configuration

UNIT



C.TYP=3 or 4) and the economizer is able to provide



cooling, a dehumidification mode may be called out, but the control will not request mechanical cooling and D.EC.D=NO.

NOTE:

• Configuring Configuration



DEHU



D.SEN to 1 (RARH or SPRH SENSOR) will enable the ECB1 board along with the sensor selected for control.

• Configuring Configuration



DEHU



D.SEN to 2 (DISCR.INPUT) will enable the CEM board along with the switch input for control.

• Configuring Configuration



DEHU



D.SEL to 3 (DH-HMZR) will enable the EXB2/RXB board with the CCT input and three-way valve in addition to the EXV board with the modulating valves.

If an associated RARH sensor responsible for dehumidification fails, dehumidification will not be attempted; see Alert T078 Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Fail.

Initiating a Dehumidification Mode

To call out a Dehumidification mode in any HVAC mode, one of the following conditions must be true:

• The space is occupied and the humidity is greater than the relative humidity trip point (D.RH.S).

• The space is occupied and the discrete humidity input is closed.

Dehumidification Including Reheat Control

If a dehumidification mode is initiated, the rooftop will attempt to lower humidity as follows:

• Economizer Cooling — The economizer, if allowed to perform free cooling, will have its control point (Run Status VIEWEC.C.P) set to Configuration If Configuration



DEHU



DEHU



D.EC.D is disabled, the econ-



D.C.SP.

omizer will always be disabled during dehumidification.

• Cooling — For all cooling control types: A High Cool HVAC mode will be requested internally to the control to maintain diagnostics, although the end user will see a Dehumidification mode at the display (Cooling Dehum). In addition, for multi-stage cooling units the cooling control point will be set to Configuration



DEHU



D.C.SP (no

SASP reset is applied).

• Reheat When Cooling Demand is Present — For reheat control during dehumidification: If reheat follows an offset subtracted from return-air temperature (Configuration

DEHU



D.SEL = 2), then no heating will be initiated and

the alarm relay will be energized. If Configuration



D.SEL = 1 and Configuration



HEAT







DEHU

HT.CF =

staged gas or hot water valve, then the selected heating control type will operate in the low heat/modulating mode.

• The heating control point will be whatever the actual cooling setpoint would have been (without any supply air reset applied).

• Reheat During Vent Mode — If configured (Configura-

tion



DEHU



D.V.CF = 0), the heating control point

will be equal to RAT – D.V.RA. If configured (Configura-

tion



DEHU



D.V.CF=1), the heating control point will be equal to the D.V.HT setpoint. (VENTING DE- HUM) will be displayed for the MODE.

• Dehumidification and Reheat in a Heat Mode — If there is a Dehum demand and the temperature demand requires heat, the Heating Dehum will be displayed and in LO-Heat conditions the reheat setpoint will be equal to the Heat Control point HT.SP. In a High heat condition the Heat will stage up fully or go to 100%.

Ending Dehumidification and Reheat Control

When either the humidity sensor fall 5% below the setpoint (Configuration



DEHU



D.RH.S) or the discrete input

reads “LOW”, the Dehumidification mode will end.

Table 69 — Dehumidification Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT DEFAULT

DEHU DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG. D.SEL Dehumidification Config 0 to 3 DHSELECT 0 D.SEN Dehumidification Sensor 1 to 2 DHSENSOR 1 D.EC.D Econ disable in DH mode? Yes/No DHECDISA Yes D.V.CF Vent Reheat Setpt Select 0 to 1 DHVHTCFG 0 D.V.RA Vent Reheat RAT offset 0 to 8 ^F DHVRAOFF 0 D.V.HT Vent Reheat Setpoint 55 to 95 dF DHVHT_SP 70 D.C.SP Dehumidify Cool Setpoint 40 to 55 dF DHCOOLSP 45 D.RH.S Dehumidify RH Setpoint 10 to 90 % DHRELHSP 55 DH.DB Dehumidify RH Deadband 1 to 30 % DHSENSDB DH.TG Dehum Discrete Timeguard 10 to 90 s DHDISCTG HZ.RT Humidi-MiZer Adjust Rate 5 to 120 sec HMZRRATE 30 HZ.PG Humidi-MiZer Prop. Gain 0 to 10 HMZR_PG 0.8 HZ.OR Enable HMZR St Oil Ret Dsbl/Enbl ENHORTST Enbl

Humidi-MiZer Adaptive Dehumidification System

Units with the factory-equipped Humidi-MiZer® option are capable of providing multiple modes of improved dehumidification as a variation of the normal cooling cycle. The design of the Humidi-MiZer system allows for two humidity control modes of operation of the rooftop unit, utilizing a common subcooling/reheat dehumidification coil located downstream of the standard evaporator coil. This allows the rooftop unit to operate in both a Dehumidification (Subcooling) mode and a hot gas Reheat Mode for maximum system flexibility. The Humidi-MiZer package is factory installed and will operate whenever there is a dehumidification requirement present. The Humidi-MiZer system is initiated based on input from a factory installed return air humidity sensor to the large rooftop unit controller. Additionally, the unit controller may receive an input from a space humidity sensor, a discrete input from a mechanical humidistat (CEM required), or third-party controller. Dehumidification and reheat control are allowed during Cooling, Vent, and Heating modes in the occupied period. In Heating mode, Humidi-MiZer will attempt to reach the higher heating control point, but if it cannot satisfy heating demand at full capacity, then Staged Gas supplemental heating will activate, if installed.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM Settings for Humidi-MiZer system can be found at the local

display at Configuration OPERATION

Mode Qualifications

An HVAC: Off, Vent or Cool mode must be in effect to launch a Humidi-MiZer mode. If Staged Gas Heat is available for supplemental reheat, then an HVAC Heat mode may also allow Humidi-MiZer to activate. When Humidi-MiZer reaches full capacity, if heating demand persists, then Supplemental Staged Gas heat will activate.

Sensor Failure

If an associated sensor responsible for controlling HumidiMiZer system fails, dehumidification will not be attempted

(RARH). Initiating a Humidi-MiZer Reheat or Dehumidification Mode

To call out a Dehumidification mode in any HVAC mode, one of the following must be true:

• The space is occupied and the humidity is greater than the relative humidity trip point (D.RH.S).

• The space is occupied and the discrete humidity input is closed.

Ending a Humidi-MiZer Reheat or Dehumidification Mode

When either the humidity sensor reading falls below the setpoint (Configuration saved in the Relative Humidity Dead Band (Configuration-> DEHU->DH.DB, default 5%, range 1 to 30%), or the discrete input reads "LOW," the Humidi-MiZer mode will end.

Relevant Outputs

The Humidi-MiZer 3-way valve (reheat valve) commanded output can be found in Outputs

The Humidi-MiZer Condenser Modulating Valve (Condenser EXV) position output can be found in Outputs C.EXV. The condenser position will be provided as percent open.

The Humidi-MiZer Bypass Modulating Valve (Bypass EXV) position output can be found in Outputs The bypass position will be provided as percent open.

HUMIDI-MIZER MODES

Dehumidification Mode (Cooling Dehum mode 23)

Three modes exist: Cooling Dehum, Venting Dehum, and Heating Dehum. Cooling Dehum was previously subcooling.



DEHU. See Table 69.



DEHU



D.RH.S) by an amount

COOL



RHV.



COOL



COOL





B.EXV.

The Humidi-MiZer coil will reheat to the current normal cooling control point if it is greater than the dehumidification cool control point. Venting Dehum is the second reheat mode based on control type temperature demand.

The Dehumidification mode will be engaged to satisfy partload type conditions when there is a space call for cooling and dehumidification. Although the temperature may have dropped and decreased the sensible load in the space, the outdoor and/or space humidity levels may have risen. A typical scenario might be when the outside air is 85°F and 70 to 80% relative humidity (RH). Desired SHR for equipment in this scenario is typically from 0.4 to 0.7. The Humidi-MiZer unit will initiate Dehumidification mode when the space temperature and humidity are both above the temperature and humidity setpoints, and attempt to meet both setpoint requirements.

Once the humidity requirement is met, the unit can continue to operate in normal cooling mode to meet any remaining sensible capacity load. Alternatively, if the sensible load is met and humidity levels remain high the unit can switch to Hot Gas Reheat mode to provide neutral, dehumidified air.

Venting Dehum mode (24)

This mode is used when dehumidification is required without a need for cooling, such as when the outside air is at a neutral temperature but high humidity exists. This situation requires the equipment to operate at a low SHR of 0.0 to 0.2. With no cooling requirement and a call for dehumidification, the A Series Humidi-MiZer adaptive dehumidification system will cycle on enough compressors to meet the latent load requirement, while simultaneously adjusting refrigerant flow to the HumidiMiZer coil to reheat the air to the desired neutral air setpoint. The A Series Humidi-MiZer system controls allow the discharge air to be reheated to either the return air temperature minus a configurable offset or to a configurable Reheat setpoint (default 70°F). The hot gas reheat mode will be initiated when only the humidity is above the humidity setpoint, without a demand for cooling.

Heating Dehum mode (25)

If heating demand occurs along with Dehumidification demand, then the Heating Control setpoint HEATCPNT will be set to 85°F. If the unit is equipped with Staged Gas heat and Humidi-MiZer reaches full capacity while heating and dehum demand persists, then supplemental staged gas heat will add to the heat created by Humidi-MiZer, in order to meet the higher heating control point.

System Control

The essential difference between the three Dehumidification modes is in the supply air setpoint. In Cooling Dehumidification mode, the supply air setpoint is the temperature required to provide cooling to the space. This temperature is whatever the cooling control point would have been in a normal cooling mode. In Venting Dehum mode, the supply air setpoint will be either an offset subtracted from return air temperature (D.V.RA) or the Vent Reheat Setpoint (D.V.HT). Both values are configurable. For Heating dehum the equipment setpoint for reheat will become the Heating control point or go to full heat based on the demand seen for the control type. For all three Dehumidification modes, the unit compressor staging will decrease the evaporator discharge temperature to the Dehumidify Cool Setpoint (D.C.SP COOL) in or- der to meet the latent load and reheat the air to the required cooling or reheat setpoint. There is a thermistor array called Temperatures_AIR.T_CCT connected to the RCB. This thermistor array serves as the evaporator discharge temperature (EDT). See Fig. 17. In Heating Dehum the Humidi-MiZer setpoint will become the Heating control setpoint in order to maximize heat from the reheat coil.

The A Series Humidi-MiZer lation valves that provide accurate control of the leaving air temperature as the evaporator discharge temperature is decreased to

system uses refrigerant flow modu-

meet the latent load. As the refrigerant leaves the compressor, the

Fig. 17 — Humidi-MiZer® System Control

Evaporator Discharge Temperature

In Subcool or Reheat Mode, compressor staging and increased subcooling drives evaporato

discharge temperature down to meet higher latent loads

irflo

EVAPORATOR

HUMIDI-MIZER ADAPTIVE DEHUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM COIL

Supply Air Temperature Control

Innovative algorithm to control supply air temperature modulates flow bypass to meet desired supply air setpoint no overcooling or overheating of the space.

Subcooling Mode: Meet Cooling Mode Supply Air Setpoint Reheat Mode: Meet Return Air Offset or Reheat Setpoint (configurable)

CCT

SAT

D.C.SP COOL

RAT-D.V.RA or D.V.HT

EXPANSION

INDOOR AIR

EVAPORATOR

REHEAT HX

EXPANSION DEVICE

CHECK VALVE

3- WAY VALV E

3a'

2a'

BYPASS MODULATING VALV E

CONDENSER

OUTDOOR AIR

CONDENSER MODULATING VALV E

COMPRESSOR

CONDENSER

OUTDOOR AIR

COMPRESSOR

CIRCUIT B

CIRCUIT A

Fig. 18 — Humidi-MiZer® System Diagram

In all Dehumidification modes the three-way valve is open to the reheat HX. As the percent Humidi-MiZer capacity increases the Bypass valve will fully open first, bypassing gas around the condenser. Then the Condenser modulating valve will close. From 0 to 50% Bypass valve is moving; from 50 to 100% the Condenser modulating valve is moving.

modulating valves vary the amount of refrigerant that enters and/ or bypasses the condenser coil. As the bypassed and hot refrigerant liquid, gas or two-phase mixture passes through the HumidiMiZer coil, it is exposed to the cold supply airflow coming from the evaporator coil. The refrigerant is subcooled in this coil to a temperature approaching the evaporator leaving air temperature. The liquid refrigerant then enters a thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) where the refrigerant pressure is decreased. The refrigerant enters the TXV and evaporator coil at a temperature lower than in standard cooling operation. This lower temperature increases the latent capacity of the evaporator. The refrigerant passes through the evaporator and is turned into a superheated vapor. The air passing over the evaporator coil will become colder than during normal operation. However, as this same air passes over the Humidi-MiZer reheat coil, it will be warmed to meet the supply air setpoint temperature requirement. See Fig. 18.

Temperature Compensated Start

This logic is used when the unit is in the unoccupied state. The control will calculate early Start Bias time based on Space Temperature deviation from the occupied cooling and heating

setpoints. This will allow the control to start the unit so that the space is at conditioned levels when the occupied period starts. This is required for ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers) 90.1 compliance. A space sensor is required for non-linkage applications.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM The settings for temperature compensated start can be found in



the local display under Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT TCS.C Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 to 60 min TCSTCOOL TCS.H Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 to 60 min TCSTHEAT

UNIT.

TCST-Cool Factor (TCS.C)

This is the factor for the start time bias equation for cooling.

TCST-Heat Factor (TCS.H)

This is the factor for the start time bias equation for heating. NOTE: Temperature compensated start is disabled when these

factors are set to 0.

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC The following conditions must be met:

• Unit is in unoccupied state.

• Next occupied time is valid.

• Current time of day is valid.

• Valid space temperature reading is available (sensor or DAV-Linkage).

The algorithm will calculate a Start Bias time in minutes using the following equations:

If (space temperature > occupied cooling setpoint) Start Bias Time = (space temperature – occupied cooling setpoint)* TCS.C If (space temperature < occupied heating setpoint) Start Bias Time = (occupied heating setpoint – space temperature)*TCS.H

When the Start Bias Time is greater than zero the algorithm will subtract it from the next occupied time to calculate the new start time. When the new start time is reached, the Temperature Compensated Start mode is set (Operating Modes



MODE



T. C. S T), the fan is started and unit controlled as in an occupied state. Once set, Temperature Compensated mode will stay on until the unit goes into the Occupied mode. The Start Bias Time will be written into the CCN Linkage Equipment Table if the unit is controlled in DAV mode. If the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cool mode is active (Operating Modes



HVAC = “UNOCC FREE COOL”) when temperature compensated start begins, the Unoccupied Free Cool mode will be stopped.

Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) System

It is possible to configure the ComfortLink® control to participate as an element of the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) system directly from the local display. This section will deal with explaining the various programmable options which are found under the CCN sub-menu in the Configuration mode.

The major configurations for CCN programming are located in the local displays at Configuration

CCN Address (CCNA)

This configuration is the CCN address the rooftop is assigned.

CCN Bus Number (CCNB)

This configuration is the CCN bus the rooftop is assigned.

CCN Baud Rate (BAUD)

This configuration is the CCN baud rate. For units equipped with the optional UPC, the CCN Baud Rate must be set to 9600.



CCN. See Table 70.

CCN Time/Date Broadcast (TM.DT)

If this configuration is set to ON, the control will periodically send the time and date out onto the CCN bus once a minute. If this device is on a CCN network then it will be important to make sure that only one device on the bus has this configuration set to ON. If more than one time broadcaster is present, problems with the time will occur.

NOTE: Only the time and date broadcaster can perform daylight savings time adjustments. Even if the rooftop is stand alone, the user may want to set this to ON to accomplish the daylight/savings function.

CCN OAT Broadcast (OAT.B)

If this configuration is set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside-air temperature at a rate of once every 30 minutes.

CCN OARH Broadcast (ORH.B)

If this configuration is set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air relative humidity at a rate of once every 30 minutes.

CCN OAQ Broadcast (OAQ.B)

If this configuration is set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air quality reading at a rate of once every 30 minutes.

Global Schedule Broadcast (G.S.B)

If this configuration is set to ON and the schedule number (SCH.N) is between 65 and 99, then the control will broadcast the internal time schedule once every 2 minutes.

CCN Broadcast Acknowledger (B.ACK)

If this configuration is set to ON, then when any broadcasting is done on the bus, this device will respond to and acknowledge. Only one device per bus can be configured for this option.

Schedule Number (SCH.N)

This configuration determines what schedule the control may follow.

SCH.N = 0 The control is always occupied. SCH.N = 1 The control follows its internal time schedules.

The user may enter any number between 1 and 64 but it will be overwritten to “1” by the control as it only has one internal schedule.

SCH.N = 65-99The control is either set up to receive to a

broadcasted time schedule set to this number or the control is set up to broadcast its internal time schedule (G.S.B) to the network and this is the global schedule number it is broadcasting. If this is the case, then the control still follows its internal time schedules.

Table 70 — CCN Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT DEFAULT

CCN CCN CONFIGURATION CCNA CCN Address 1 to 239 CCNADD 1 CCNB CCN Bus Number 0 to 239 CCNBUS 0 BAUD CCN Baud Rate 1 to 5 CCNBAUDD 3* BROD CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS TM.DT CCN Time/Date Broadcast ON/OFF CCNBC On OAT.B CCN OAT Broadcast ON/OFF OATBC Off ORH.B CCN OARH Broadcast ON/OFF OARHBC Off OAQ.B CCN OAQ Broadcast ON/OFF OAQBC Off G.S.B Global Schedule Broadcst ON/OFF GSBC Off B.ACK CCN Broadcast Ack'er ON/OFF CCNBCACK Off SC.OV CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES SCH.N Schedule Number 0 to 99 SCHEDNUM 1 HOL.T Accept Global Holidays? YES/NO HOLIDAYT No O.T.L Override Time Limit 0 to 4 HRS OTL 1 OV.EX Timed Override Hours 0 to 4 HRS OVR_EXT 0 SPT.O SPT Override Enabled ? YES/NO SPT_OVER Yes T58.O T58 Override Enabled ? YES/NO T58_OVER Yes GL.OV Global Sched. Override ? YES/NO GLBLOVER No

* For units equipped with optional UPC, the CCN Baud Rate must be set to 3.

Accept Global Holidays? (HOL.T)

If a device is broadcasting the time on the bus, it is possible to accept the time yet not accept the global holiday from the broadcast message.

Override Time Limit (O.T.L)

This configuration allows the user to decide how long an override occurs when it is initiated. The override may be configured from 1 to 4 hours. If the time is set to 0, the override function will become disabled.

Timed Override Hours (OV.EX)

This displays the current number of hours left in an override. It is possible to cancel an override in progress by writing “0” to this variable, thereby removing the override time left.

SPT Override Enabled? (SPT.O)

If a space sensor is present, then it is possible to override an unoccupied period by pushing the override button on the T55 or T56 sensor. This option allows the user to disable this function by setting this configuration to NO.

T58 Override Enabled? (T58.O)

The T58 sensor is a CCN device that allows cooling/heating setpoints to be adjusted, space temperature to be written to the rooftop unit, and the ability to initiate a timed override. This option allows the user to disable the override initiated from the T58 sensor by setting this option to NO.

Global Schedule Override? (GL.OV)

If the control is set to receive global schedules then it is also possible for the global schedule broadcaster to call out an override condition as well. This configuration allows the user to disable the global schedule broadcaster from overriding the control.

Alert Limit Configuration

The ALLM submenu is used to configure the alert limit setpoints. A list is shown in Table 71.

SPT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SP.L.O)

If the space temperature is below the configurable occupied SPT Low Alert Limit (SP.L.O), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.

SPT High Alert Limit/Occ (SP.H.O)

If the space temperature is above the configurable occupied SPT High Alert Limit (SP.H.O), then Alert 301 will be gener- ated and the unit will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.

SPT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.L.U)

If the space temperature is below the configurable unoccupied SPT Low Alert Limit (SP.L.U), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.

SPT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.H.U)

If the space temperature is above the configurable unoccupied SPT High Alert Limit (SP.H.U), then Alert 301 will be gener- ated and the unit will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.

EDT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SA.L.O)

If the evaporator discharge temperature is below the configurable occupied evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) Low Alert Limit (SA.L.O), then Alert 302 will be generated and cooling operation will be stopped but heating operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.

EDT High Alert Limit/Occ (SA.H.O)

If the evaporator discharge temperature is above the configurable occupied EDT High Alert Limit (SA.H.O), then Alert 303 will be generated and heating operation will be stopped but cooling operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.

EDT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.L.U)

If the evaporator discharge temperature is below the configurable unoccupied EDT Low Alert Limit (SA.L.U), then Alert 302 will be generated and cooling operation will be stopped but heating operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.

EDT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.H.U)

If the evaporator discharge temperature is above the configurable unoccupied EDT High Alert Limit (SA.H.U), then Alert 303 will be generated and heating operation will be stopped but cooling operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.

RAT Low Alert Limit/Occ (RA.L.O)

If the return-air temperature is below the configurable occupied RAT Low Alert Limit (RA.L.O), then Alert 304 will be generated and internal routines will be modified. Unit operation will continue but VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automatically reset.

RAT High Alert Limit/Occ (RA.H.O)

If the return-air temperature is above the configurable occupied RAT High Alert Limit (RA.H.O), then Alert 305 will be generated and operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.

Table 71 — Alert Limit Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT DEFAULT

SP.L.O SPT lo alert limit/occ -10 to 245 dF SPLO 60 SP.H.O SPT hi alert limit/occ -10 to 245 dF SPHO 85 SP.L.U SPT lo alert limit/unocc -10 to 245 dF SPLU 45 SP.H.U SPT hi alert limit/unocc -10 to 245 dF SPHU 100 SA.L.O EDT lo alert limit/occ -40 to 245 dF SALO 40 SA.H.O EDT hi alert limit/occ -40 to 245 dF SAHO 100 SA.L.U EDT lo alert limit/unocc -40 to 245 dF SALU 40 SA.H.U EDT hi alert limit/unocc -40 to 245 dF SAHU 100 RA.L.O RAT lo alert limit/occ -40 to 245 dF RALO 60 RA.H.O RAT hi alert limit/occ -40 to 245 dF RAHO 90 RA.L.U RAT lo alert limit/unocc -40 to 245 dF RALU 40 RA.H.U RAT hi alert limit/unocc -40 to 245 dF RAHU 100 R.RH.L RARH low alert limit 0 to 100 % RRHL 0 R.RH.H RARH high alert limit 0 to 100 % RRHH 100 SP.L SP low alert limit 0 to 5 " H2O SPL 0 SP.H SP high alert limit 0 to 5 " H2O SPH 2 BP.L BP lo alert limit -0.25 to 0.25 " H2O BPL -0.25 BP.H BP high alert limit -0.25 to 0.25 " H2O BPH 0.25 IAQ.H IAQ high alert limit 0 to 5000 IAQH 1200

RAT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.L.U)

If the return-air temperature is below the configurable unoccupied RAT Low Alert Limit (RA.L.U), then Alert 304 will be generated. Unit operation will continue but VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automatically reset.

RAT High Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.H.U)

If the return-air temperature is above the configurable unoccupied RAT High Alert Limit (RA.H.U), then Alert 305 will be generated. Operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.

RARH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L)

If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configuration measured level is below the configurable RH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L), then Alert 308 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.

RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H)

If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configuration measured level is above the configurable RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H), then Alert 309 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.

Supply Duct Pressure Low Alert Limit (SP.L)

If the unit is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured supply duct static pressure is below the configurable SP Low Alert Limit (DP.L), then Alert 310 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.

Supply Duct Pressure High Alert Limit (SP.H)

If the unit is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured supply duct static pressure is above the configurable SP High Alert Limit (SP.H), then Alert 311 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.

Building Pressure Low Alert Limit (BP.L)

If the unit is configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Low Alert Limit (BP.L). If the measured pressure is below the limit then Alert 312 will occur.

Building Pressure High Alert Limit (BP.H)

If the unit is configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Hi Alert Limit (BP.H). If the measured pressure is above the limit, then Alert 313 will occur.

Indoor Air Quality High Alert Limit (IAQ.H)

If the unit is configured to use a CO above the configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) then the alert will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.



UNIT



SENS



RRH.S), and the



SENS



RRHS), and the

sensor and the level is

Sensor Trim Configuration

The TRIM submenu is used to calibrate the sensor trim settings. The trim settings are used when the actual measured reading does not match the sensor output. The sensor can be adjusted to match the actual measured reading with the trim function. A list is shown in Table 72.

IMPORTANT: Sensor trim must not be used to extend unit operation past the allowable operating range. Doing so may void the warranty.

Air Temperature Leaving Supply Fan Sensor (SAT.T)

This variable is used to adjust the supply fan temperature sensor reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10°F to match the actual measured temperature.

Return Air Temperature Sensor Trim (RAT.T)

This variable is used to adjust the return air temperature sensor reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10°F to match the actual measured temperature.

Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Trim (OAT.T)

This variable is used to adjust the outdoor air temperature sensor reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10°F to match the actual measured temperature.

Space Temperature Sensor Trim (SPT.T)

This variable is used to adjust the space temperature sensor reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10°F to match the actual measured temperature.

Suction Pressure Circuit A Trim (SP.A.T)

This variable is used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit A. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.

Suction Pressure Circuit B Trim (SP.B.T)

This variable is used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit B. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.

Discharge Pressure Circuit A Trim (DP.A.T)

This variable is used to adjust the discharge pressure sensor reading for circuit A. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.

Discharge Pressure Circuit B Trim (DP.B.T)

This variable is used to adjust the discharge pressure sensor reading for circuit B. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.

4 to 20 mA Inputs

There are a number of 4 to 20 mA inputs which may be calibrated. These inputs are located in Inputs

• SP.M.T — static pressure milliamp trim

• BP.M.T — building pressure milliamp trim

• OA.M.T — outside air cfm milliamp trim

• RA.M.T — return air cfm milliamp trim

• SA.M.T — supply air cfm milliamp trim



4-20. They are:

Discrete Switch Logic Configuration

The SW.LG submenu is used to configure the normally open/normally closed settings of switches and inputs. This is used when field-supplied switches or input devices are used instead of Carrier devices. The normally open or normally closed setting may be different on a field-supplied device. These points are used to match the control logic to the field-supplied device.

The defaults for this switch logic section will not normally need changing. However, if a field-installed switch is used that is different from the Carrier switch, these settings may need adjustment.

IMPORTANT: Many of the switch inputs to the control can be configured to operate as normally open or normally closed.

Settings for switch logic are found at the local displays under the Configuration

Filter Status Input — Clean (FTS.L)

The filter status input for clean filters is set for normally open. If a field-supplied filter status switch is used that is normally closed for a clean filter, change this variable to closed.

IGC Feedback — Off (IGC.L)

The input for IGC feedback is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied IGC feedback switch is used that is normally closed for feedback off, change this variable to closed.



SW.LG submenu. See Table 73.

Remote Switch — Off (RMI.L)

The remote switch is set for normally open when off. If a fieldsupplied control switch is used that is normally closed for an off signal, change this variable to closed.

Economizer Switch — No (ECS.L)

The economizer switch is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied economizer switch is used that is normally closed when low, change this variable to closed.

Fan Status Switch — Off (SFS.L)

The fan status switch input is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied fan status switch is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.

Demand Limit Switch 1 — Off (DL1.L)

The demand limit switch no. 1 input is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.

Demand Limit Switch 2/Dehumidify — Off (DL2.L)

The demand limit switch no. 2 input is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.

IAQ Discrete Input — Low (IAQ.L)

The IAQ discrete input is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied IAQ discrete input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.

Fire Shutdown — Off (FSD.L)

The fire shutdown input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied fire shutdown input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.

Pressurization Switch — Off (PRS.L)

The pressurization input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied pressurization input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.

Evacuation Switch — Off (EVC.L)

The evacuation input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied evacuation input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.

Smoke Purge — Off (PRG.L)

The smoke purge input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied smoke purge input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.

Display Configuration

The DISP submenu is used to configure the local display settings. A list is shown in Table 74.

Test Display LEDs (TEST)

This is used to test the operation of the ComfortLink display.

Metric Display (METR)

This variable is used to change the display from English units to Metric units.

Language Selection (LANG)

This variable is used to change the language of the ComfortLink display. At this time, only English is available.

Password Enable (PAS.E)

This variable enables or disables the use of a password. The password is used to restrict use of the control to change configurations.

Service Password (PASS)

This variable is the 4-digit numeric password that is required if enabled.

Remote Control Switch Input

The remote switch input is located on the ECB-1 board and connected to TB6 terminals 1 and 3. The switch can be used for several remote control functions. See Table 75.

Remote Input State (Inputs



GEN.I



This is the actual real time state of the remote input.

Table 72 — Sensor Trim Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT DEFAULT

SAT.T Air Temp Lvg SF Trim -10 to 10 ^F SAT_TRIM 0 RAT.T RAT Trim -10 to 10 ^F RAT_TRIM 0 OAT.T OAT Trim -10 to 10 ^F OAT_TRIM 0 SPT.T SPT Trim -10 to 10 ^F SPT_TRIM 0 CTA.T Cir A Sat.Cond.Temp Trim -30 to 30 ^F SCTATRIM 0 CTB.T Cir B Sat.Cond.Temp Trim -30 to 30 ^F SCTBTRIM 0 SP.A.T Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim -50 to 50 PSIG SPA_TRIM 0 SP.B.T Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim -50 to 50 PSIG SPB_TRIM 0 DP.A.T Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim -50 to 50 PSIG DPA_TRIM 0 DP.B.T Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim -50 to 50 PSIG DPB_TRIM 0

REMT)

Table 73 — Switch Logic Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT DEFAULT

SW.LG SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC FTS.L Filter Status Inpt-Clean Open/Close FLTSLOGC Open IGC.L IGC Feedback - Off Open/Close GASFANLG Open RMI.L RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv Open/Close RMTINLOG Open ECS.L Economizer Switch - No Open/Close ECOSWLOG Open SFS.L Fan Status Sw. - Off Open/Close SFSLOGIC Open DL1.L Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off Open/Close DMD_SW1L Open DL2.L Dmd.Lmt.2 Dehumid - Off Open/Close DMD_SW2L Open IAQ.L IAQ Disc.Input - Low Open/Close IAQINLOG Open FSD.L Fire Shutdown - Off Open/Close FSDLOGIC Open PRS.L Pressurization Sw. - Off Open/Close PRESLOGC Open EVC.L Evacuation Sw. - Off Open/Close EVACLOGC Open PRG.L Smoke Purge Sw. - Off Open/Close PURGLOGC Open

Remote Switch Config (Configuration



UNIT RM.CF)

This is the configuration that allows the user to assign different types of functionality to the remote discrete input.

• 0 — NO REMOTE SW — The remote switch will not be used.

• 1 — OCC-UNOCC SW — The remote switch input will control the occupancy state. When the remote switch input is ON, the unit will forced into the occupied mode. When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will be forced into the unoccupied mode.

• 2 — STRT/STOP — The remote switch input will start and stop the unit. When the unit is commanded to stop, any timeguards in place on compressors will be honored first. When the remote switch is ON, the unit will be commanded to stop. When the remote switch is OFF the unit will be enabled to operate.

• 3 — OVERRIDE SW — The remote switch can be used to override any internal or external time schedule being used by the control and force the unit into an occupied mode when the remote input state is ON. When the remote switch is ON, the unit will be forced into an occupied state. When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will use its internal or external time schedules.

Remote Switch Logic Configuration (Configuration SW.LG



RMI.L)



The control allows for the configuration of a normally open/closed status of the remote input switch via RMI.L. If this variable is configured OPEN, then when the switch is open, the remote input switch perceives the logic state as OFF. Correspondingly, if RMI.L is set to CLOSED, the remote input switch will perceive a closed switch as meaning OFF. See Tables 75 and 76.

Hot Gas Bypass

Hot gas bypass is an active part of the A Series ComfortLink capacity staging and minimum evaporator load protection functions. It is controlled though the Minimum Load Valve function.

The hot gas bypass option consists of a solenoid valve with a

bypass. A hot gas refrigerant line routes the bypassed hot gas from Circuit A’s discharge line to Circuit A’s evaporator distributor. When the unit control calls for hot gas bypass, the hot gas enters the evaporator coil and adds refrigeration load to the compressor circuit to reduce the cooling effect from Circuit A.

The hot gas bypass system is a factory-installed option installed on Circuit A only. This function is enabled at Configu-

ration



COOL



MLV. When this function is enabled, an additional stage of cooling capacity is provided by the unit control staging sequences (see Tables 38, 39, 43, and 45).

Space Temperature Offset

Space temperature offset corresponds to a T56 sensor slider that allows the occupant to adjust the space temperature by a configured range during an occupied period. This sensor is only applicable to units that are configured as either 2-Stage SPT or MultiStage SPT control (Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS

SP.O.S Space Temp Offset Sensor Enable/

SP.O.R Space Temp Offset Range 1 to 10 SPTO_RNG SPTO Space Temperature Offset +- SP.O.R ^F SPTO

Space Temperature Offset Sensor (Configuration SENS



SP.O.S)

This configuration disables the reading of the offset slider.

Space Temperature Offset Range (Configuration SENS



SP.O.R)

This configuration establishes the range, in degrees F, that the T56 slider can affect SPTO when adjusting the slider from the far left (-SP.O.R) to the far right (+SP.O.R). The default is 5°F.

Space Temperature Offset Value (Temperatures SPTO)

The Space Temperature Offset Value is the reading of the slider potentiometer in the T56 that is resolved to delta degrees based on SP.O.R.



Disable

UNIT



fixed orifice sized to provide a nominal 3-ton evaporator load

Table 74 — Display Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT DEFAULT

TEST Test Display LEDs ON/OFF TEST Off METR Metric Display ON/OFF DISPUNIT Off LANG Language Selection 0 to 1(multi-text strings) LANGUAGE 0 PAS.E Password Enable ENABLE/DISABLE PASS_EBL Enable PASS Service Password 0000 to 9999 PASSWORD 1111

C.TYP = 5 or 6).

CCN

POINT

SPTOSENS



UNIT



UNIT



AIR.T



Table 75 — Remote Switch Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE CCN POINT

REMT Remote Input State ON/OFF RMTIN RM.CF Remote Switch Config 0 to 3 RMTINCFG RMI.L RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv Open/Close RMTINLOG

Table 76 — Remote Switch Logic Configuration

REMOTE

SWITCH LOGIC

CONFIGURATION

(RMI.L)

OPEN

CLOSED

SWITCH STATUS

OPEN OFF xxxxx Unoccupied Start No Override

CLOSED ON xxxxx Occupied Stop Override

OPEN ON xxxxx Occupied Stop Override

CLOSED OFF xxxxx Unoccupied Start No Override

REMOTE INPUT STATE

(REMT)

No Remote Switch Occ-Unocc Switch Start/Stop Override

REMOTE SWITCH CONFIGURATION (RM.CF)

0123

TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION

This section describes each Time Clock menu item. Not every point will need to be configured for every unit. Refer to the Controls Quick Start section for more information on what setpoints need to be configured for different applications. The Time Clock menu items are discussed in the same order that they are displayed in the Time Clock table. The Time Clock table is shown in Table 77.

Hour and Minute (HH.MM)

The hour and minute of the time clock are displayed in 24-hour, military time. Time can be adjusted manually by the user. When connected to the CCN, the unit can be configured to transmit time over the network or receive time from a network device. All devices on the CCN should use the same time. Only one device on the CCN should broadcast time or problems will occur.

Month of Year (MNTH)

This variable is the current month of the calendar year.

Day of Month (DOM)

This variable is the current day (1 to 31) of the month.

Day of Week (DAY)

This variable is the current day of the week (Monday = 1 through Sunday = 7).

Year (YEAR)

This variable is the current year (for example, 2005).

Local Time Schedule (SCH.L)

This submenu is used to program the time schedules. There are 8 periods (PER.1 through PER.8). Each time period can be used to set up a local schedule for the unit.



DAYS



Monday In Period (PER.X

MON)

This variable is used to include or remove Monday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then Monday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Monday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

Tuesday In Period (PER.X



DAYS



TUE)

This variable is used to include or remove Tuesday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then Tuesday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Tuesday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

Wednesday In Period (PER.X



DAYS



WED)

This variable is used to include or remove Wednesday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then Wednesday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Wednesday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

Thursday In Period (PER.X



DAYS



THU)

This variable is used to include or remove Thursday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then Thursday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Thursday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

Table 77 — Time Clock Configuration

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE POINT DEFAULT

TIME TIME OF DAY HH.MM Hour and Minute 00:00 TIME DATE MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR MNTH Month of Year multi-text strings MOY DOM Day of Month 0 to 31 DOM DAY Day of Week multi-text strings DOWDISP YEAR Year e.g. 2003 YOCDISP SCH.L LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE

PER.1 PERIOD 1

DAYS DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1 Period 1 only

MON Monday in Period YES/NO PER1MON Yes TUE Tuesday in Period YES/NO PER1TUE Yes WED Wednesday in Period YES/NO PER1WED Yes THU Thursday in Period YES/NO PER1THU Yes FRI Friday in Period YES/NO PER1FRI Yes SAT Saturday in Period YES/NO PER1SAT Yes SUN Sunday in Period YES/NO PER1SUN Yes

HOL Holiday in Period YES/NO PER1HOL Yes OCC Occupied from 00:00 PER1_OCC 00:00 UNC Occupied to 00:00 PER1_UNC 24:00

Repeat for periods 2-8 HOL.L LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES HD.01 HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01

MON Holiday Start Month 0 to 12 HOL_MON1 DAY Start Day 0 to 31 HOL_DAY1

LEN Duration (Days) 0 to 99 HOL_LEN1 Repeat for holidays 2-30 DAY.S DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME DS.ST DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START

ST.MN Month 1 to 12 STARTM 4

ST.WK Week 1 to 5 STARTW 1

ST.DY Day 1 to 7 STARTD 7

MIN.A Minutes to Add 0 to 90 MINADD 60 DS.SP DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP

SP.MN Month 1 to 12 STOPM 10

SP.WK Week 1 to 5 STOPW 5

SP.DY Day 1 to 7 STOPD 7

MIN.S Minutes to Subtract 0 to 90 MINSUB 60

Friday In Period (PER.X

This variable is used to include or remove Friday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then Friday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Friday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

Saturday In Period (PER.X

This variable is used to include or remove Saturday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then Saturday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Saturday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

Sunday In Period (PER.X

This variable is used to include or remove Sunday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then Sunday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Sunday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

Holiday In Period (PER.X

This variable is used to include or remove a Holiday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this variable is set to YES, then holidays will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on holidays. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

Occupied From (PER.X

This variable is used to configure the start time of the Occupied period. All days in the same period set to YES will enter into Occupied mode at this time.

Occupied To (PER.X

This variable is used to configure the end time of the Occupied period. All days in the same period set to YES will exit Occupied mode at this time.



OCC)

UNC)

DAYS



FRI)



SAT)

SUN)

HOL)

Local Holiday Schedules (HOL.L)

This submenu is used to program the local holiday schedules. Up to 30 holidays can be configured. When a holiday occurs, the unit will follow the occupied schedules that have the HOLIDAY IN PERIOD point set to YES.

Holiday Start Month (HD.01 to HD.30

This is the start month for the holiday. The numbers 1 to 12 correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).

Holiday Start Day (HD.01 to HD.30

This is the start day of the month for the holiday. The day can be set from 1 to 31.

Holiday Duration (HD.01 to HD.30

This is the length in days of the holiday. The holiday can last up to 99 days.





DAY)

LEN)

MON)

Daylight Savings Time (DAY.S)

The daylight savings time function is used in applications where daylight savings time occurs. The function will automatically correct the clock on the days configured for daylight savings time.

DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START (DS.ST) This submenu configures the start date and time for daylight

savings.

Daylight Savings Start Month (DS.ST

This is the start month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12 correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).



ST.MN)

Daylight Savings Start Week (DS.ST

This is the start week of the month for daylight savings. The week can be set from 1 to 5.

Daylight Savings Start Day (DS.ST

This is the start day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).

Daylight Savings Minutes To Add (DS.ST

This is the amount of time that will be added to the time clock for daylight savings.

DAYLIGHT SAVINGS STOP (DS.SP) This submenu configures the end date and time for daylight

savings.

Daylight Savings Stop Month (DS.SP

This is the stop month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12 correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).

Daylight Savings Stop Week (DS.SP

This is the stop week of the month for daylight savings. The week can be set from 1 to 5.

Daylight Savings Stop Day (DS.SP

This is the stop day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).

Daylight Savings Minutes To Subtract (DS.SP

This is the amount of time that will be removed from the time clock after daylight savings ends.



ST.DY)



SP.WK)

SP.DY)

ST.WK)



MIN.A)

SP.MN)



MIN.S)

TROUBLESHOOTING

The scrolling marquee display shows the actual operating conditions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or there have been alarms, they will be displayed in either the current alarm list or the history alarm list. The Service Test mode allows proper operation of the compressors, fans, and other components to be checked while the unit is not operating.

Complete Unit Stoppage

There are several conditions that can cause the unit not to provide heating or cooling. If an alarm is active which causes the unit to shut down, diagnose the problem using the information provided in the Alarms and Alerts section on page 101, but also check for the following:

• Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.

• Programmed schedule.

• General power failure.

• Tripped control circuit transformers circuit breakers.

• Tripped compressor circuit breakers.

• Unit is turned off through the CCN network.

Single Circuit Stoppage

If a single circuit stops incorrectly, there are several possible causes. The problem should be investigated using information from the Alarms and Alerts section on page 101.

Service Analysis

Detailed service analysis can be found in Tables 78-81 and in Fig. 19.

Restart Procedure

Before attempting to restart the machine, check the alarm list to determine the cause of the shutdown. If the shutdown alarm for a particular circuit has occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing the unit to run under its own control again. When there is problem, the unit should be diagnosed in Service Test mode. The alarms must be reset before the circuit can operate in either Normal mode or Service Test mode.

Humidi-MiZer Troubleshooting

Use the unit scrolling marquee or a CCN device to view the status display and the diagnostic display for information concerning cooling operation with the Humidi-MiZer system. Check the Current Alarms and Alarm History for any unresolved alarm codes and correct. Verify Humidi-MiZer configuration settings are correct for the site requirements. If alarm conditions are corrected and cleared, then operation of the compressors, fans, and Humidi-MiZer valves may be verified by using the Service Test mode. By attaching temperature probes across the 3-way valve, verify the temperature profiles satisfy the corresponding mode setting. See page 23 for Service Test information. In addition to the Cooling Service Analysis (Table 78), see the Humidi-MiZer Service Analysis (Table 79) for more information.

Thermistor Troubleshooting

See Tables 82-84 for temperature vs. resistance data. When replacing thermistors SCT.A and SCT.B, reuse the origi-

nal hardware. These thermistors must be clamped tightly to the hairpins of the condenser.

The EDT, OAT, RAT, LAT, SAT, T55, T56, and T58 space temperature sensors use 10K thermistors. Resistances at various temperatures are listed in Tables 85 and 86.

The 48/50A units with the optional variable capacity digital compressor are equipped with a digital scroll discharge thermistor (DTT). The DTT is an 86K thermistor connected to RXB at plug J6, terminals 3 and 4. The resistance values are listed in Table 87.

THERMISTOR/TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK A high quality digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform

this check.

1. Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate thermistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the main base board.

2. Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor temperature from Tables 82-87.

3. To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at probe location with an accurate thermocouple-type temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thermocouple to avoid ambient temperatures from influencing reading. Temperature measured by thermocouple and temperature determined from thermistor voltage reading should be close, 5°F (3°C) if care was taken in applying thermocouple and taking readings.

If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut down and thermistor removed and checked at a known temperature (freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage drop measured across thermistor at the J8 terminal, or by determining the resistance with unit shut down and thermistor disconnected from J8. Compare the values determined with the value read by the control in the Temperatures mode using the scrolling marquee display.

Transducer Troubleshooting

On 48/50A units, the electronic control uses 4 pressure transducers to measure the suction and discharge pressure of circuits A and B. The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are shown in Tables 88 and 89. The accuracy of these transducers can be verified by connecting an accurate pressure gage to the second refrigerant port in the suction line.

Table 78 — Cooling Service Analysis

PROBLEM SOLUTION COMPRESSOR DOES NOT RUN Active Alarm Contactor Open

1. Power off. 1. Restore power.

2. Fuses blown in field power circuit. 2. After finding cause and correcting, replace with correct size fuse.

3. No control power. 3. Check secondary fuse(s); replace with correct type and size. Replace

4. Compressor circuit breaker tripped. 4. Check for excessive compressor current draw. Reset breaker; replace

5. Safety device lockout circuit active. 5. Reset lockout circuit at circuit breaker.

6. High-pressure switch open. 6. Check for refrigerant overcharge, obstruction of outdoor airflow, air in

7. Loose electrical connections. 7. Tighten all connections. Contactor Closed

1. Compressor leads loose. 1. Check connections.

2. Motor windings open. 2. See compressor service literature.

3. Single phasing. 3. Check for blown fuse. Check for loose connection at compressor terminal.

4. ASTP activated. 4. Allow 30 to 120 minutes for cool down. See Compressor Safeties sec-

COMPRESSOR STOPS ON HIGH PRESSURE Outdoor Fan On

1. High-pressure switch faulty. 1. Replace switch.

2. Airflow restricted. 2. Remove obstruction.

3. Air recirculating. 3. Clear airflow area.

4. Noncondensables in system. 4. Purge and recharge as required.

5. Refrigerant overcharge. 5. Purge as required.

6. Line voltage incorrect. 6. Consult power company.

7. Refrigerant system restrictions. 7. Check or replace filter drier, expansion valve, etc. Check that

8. Fan running in reverse direction. 8. Correct wiring. Outdoor Fan Off

1. Fan slips on shaft. 1. Tighten fan hub setscrews.

2. Motor not running. 2. Check power and capacitor.

3. Motor overload open. 3. Check overload rating. Check for fan blade obstruction.

4. Motor burned out. 4. Replace motor.

5. VFDs not functioning. 5. Verify the VFDs; replace if needed. COMPRESSOR CYCLES ON LOW PRESSURE

Indoor-Air Fan Running

1. Filter drier plugged. 1. Replace filter drier.

2. Expansion valve power head defective. 2. Replace power head.

3. Low refrigerant charge. 3. Add charge.

4. Faulty pressure transducer.

Airflow Restricted

1. Coil iced up. 1. Check refrigerant charge.

2. Coil dirty. 2. Clean coil fins.

3. Air filters dirty. 3. Clean or replace filters.

4. Dampers closed. 4. Check damper operation and position. Indoor-Air Fan Stopped

1. Electrical connections loose. 1. Tighten all connections.

2. Fan relay defective. 2. Replace relay.

3. Motor overload open. 3. Power supply.

4. Motor defective. 4. Replace motor.

5. Fan belt broken or slipping. 5. Replace or tighten belt.

COMPRESSOR RUNNING BUT COOLING INSUFFICIENT Suction Pressure Low

1. Refrigerant charge low. 1. Add refrigerant.

2. Head pressure low. 2. Check refrigerant charge.

3. Air filters dirty. 3. Clean or replace filters.

4. Expansion valve power head defective. 4. Replace power head.

5. Indoor coil partially iced. 5. Check low-pressure setting.

6. Indoor airflow restricted. 6. Remove obstruction.

Suction Pressure High Heat load excessive. Check for open doors or windows.

UNIT OPERATES TOO LONG OR CONTINUOUSLY

1. Low refrigerant charge. 1. Add refrigerant

2. Control contacts fused. 2. Replace control.

3. Air in system. 3. Purge and evacuate system.

4. Partially plugged expansion valve or filter drier. 4. Clean or replace.

SYSTEM IS NOISY

1. Piping vibration. 1. Support piping as required.

2. Compressor noisy. 2. Replace compressor.

Check active alarms using local display.

transformer if primary windings receiving power.

if defective.

system or whether compressor discharge valve is fully open. Be sure outdoor fans are operating correctly.

tion on page 37.

compressor discharge valve is fully open.

4. Check that pressure transducer is connected and secured to suction line. If still not functioning, replace transducer.

Table 78 — Cooling Service Analysis (cont)

PROBLEM SOLUTION

COMPRESSOR LOSES OIL

1. Leak in system. 1. Repair leak.

2. Crankcase heaters not energized during shutdown. 2. Check wiring and relays. Check heater and replace if defective.

FROSTED SUCTION LINE Expansion valve admitting excess refrigerant. Adjust expansion valve.

HOT LIQUID LINE

1. Shortage of refrigerant due to leak. 1. Repair leak and recharge.

2. Expansion valve opens too wide. 2. Adjust expansion valve.

FROSTED LIQUID LINE Restricted filter drier. Remove restriction or replace.

INDOOR FAN CONTACTOR OPEN

1. Power off. 1. Restore power.

2. Fuses blown in field power circuit. 2. After finding cause and correcting, replace with correct fuses.

3. No control power. 3. Check secondary fuses. Replace with correct type and size. Replace

INDOOR FAN CONTACTOR CLOSED

1. VFD overload function tripped. 1. Refer to separate VFD technical manual for troubleshooting instructions.

2. Motor leads loose. 2. Check connections at motor lead junction box.

3. Motor windings open. 3. Check motor windings.

4. Single phasing. 4. Check for blown fuse. Check for loose connections at motor

5. Belts broken or thrown. 5. Check belts. Replace as complete set if necessary.

6. Circuit breaker tripped. 6. Check for excessive current draw. Reset breaker. Replace if defective.

LEGEND

ASTP — Advanced Scroll Temperature Protection VFD — Variable Frequency Drive

transformer if primary windings are receiving power.

junction box.

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Subcooling Mode Will Not Activate

Reheat Mode Will Not Activate

No Dehumidification Demand

3-Way Valve Malfunction

Unit Initiates a Humidi-MiZer Reheat Mode, but Supply Air Temperature is Overheating/ Overcooling the Space

Table 79 — Humidi-MiZer® Service Analysis

Circuit A compressors unavailable for 020027 units. Circuit B compressors unavailable for 030-060 units

General Cooling Mode problem See Table 78. Humidi-MiZer relative humidity sensor not

functioning - RARH, SPRH, or field installed RH sensor

Humidi-MiZer temperature sensors not functioning - SAT, CCT

No Dehumidification demand See “No Dehumidification Demand,” below. 3-way valve malfunction See “3-Way Valve Malfunction.” Unit control software is not configured for

Humidi-MiZer system Circuit A compressors unavailable for 020-

027 units. Circuit B compressors unavailable for 030-060 units

Humidi-MiZer relative humidity sensor not functioning - RARH, SPRH, or field installed RH sensor

No Dehumidification demand See “No Dehumidification Demand,” below. 3-way valve malfunction See “3-Way Valve Malfunction.” Unit control software is not configured for

Humidi-MiZer system Relative Humidity setpoint is too low - dis-

crete input (Humidistat, Thermidistat, etc.) Relative Humidity setpoint is too low - RH

sensor Software configuration error for the type of

relative humidity sensor being used

No humidity signal Check wiring and sensor. No 24V signal to input terminals Check using Service Test mode.

Solenoid coil burnout Check continuous over-voltage is less than 10%.

Stuck valve Replace valve. Replace filter drier. Humidi-MiZer Vent Reheat Setpoint is too

low

Evaporator discharge temperature (CCT) or supply air temperature (SAT) thermistor is reading incorrectly.

Valve controlling gas bypass around the condenser is not functioning properly

Valve controlling refrigerant flow to the condenser is not functioning properly

Modulating valves are not calibrated properly Run valve calibration through Service Test. Unit control software indicates a Humidi-

MiZer Reheat Mode, but the 3-way valve is not functioning properly

Unit is not sized to meet the load at the current entering air and outdoor conditions.

Check alarm history for general cooling mode operation problems. See Table 78.

Check for compressors locked out.

Check that a relative humidity sensor is connected and that the appropriate sensor is configured in the unit software, (Configuration



DEHUD.SEN). See Table 69.

Check for 24VDC from CEM (RARH, SPRH). Check 4 to 20 mA signals from sensor. See Thermistor Troubleshooting section on page 84.

Check that the unit is configured for Humidi-MiZer (Configuration DEHUD.SEL).

Check alarm history for general cooling mode operation problems. See Table 78.

Check for compressors locked out.

Check that a relative humidity sensor is connected and that the appropriate sensor is configured in the unit software, (Configuration



DEHUD.SEN). See Table 69.

Check for 24 VDC from CEM (RARH, SPRH). Check 4 to 20 mA signals from sensor.

Check that the unit is configured for Humidi-MiZer (Configuration DEHUD.SEL).

Check/reduce setting on discrete humidity input device.

Check the dehumidification relative humidity setpoint (Configura-



DEHUD.RH.S)

tion Check that the unit software is configured for the correct relative

humidity sensor (Configuration Return Air 2: Discrete Input. See page 74.

Check wiring. Check transformer and circuit breakers. Check RCB relay output.

Check continuous under-voltage is less than 15%. Check for missing coil assembly parts. Replace solenoid coil.

Check the Vent Reheat Setpoint Selection (Configuration DEHUD.V.CF) and Vent Reheat Setpoint (Configuration DEHUD.V.HT). If used, check the Vent Reheat RAT Offset also (Configuration controls set-up.

See Thermistor Troubleshooting section on page 84.

Check if SAT thermistor is in a location that is measuring stratified air.

See " Modulating Valves Not Functioning Properly"

See " 3-Way Valve Malfunction"

Check product data tables or ECAT for rated capacity at current entering air and outdoor conditions.



DEHUD.V.RA). See Table 69 for Humidi-MiZer



DEHUD.SEN). D.SEN = 1:



PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Unit Initiates a Humidi-MiZer Dehumidification Mode, but Supply Air Temperature is Overheating/Overcooling the Space

Low Sensible Capacity in Normal Cooling Mode

Modulating Valves Not Functioning Properly

Table 79 — Humidi-MiZer® Service Analysis (cont)

Supply air setpoint for cooling is too high/ low

Evaporator discharge temperature (CCT) or supply air temperature (SAT) thermistor is reading incorrectly.

Valve controlling gas bypass around the condenser is not functioning properly

Valve controlling refrigerant flow to the condenser is not functioning properly

Modulating valves are not calibrated properly

Unit control software indicates a HumidiMiZer Reheat Mode, but the 3-way valve is not functioning properly

Unit is not sized to meet the load at the current entering air and outdoor conditions.

Valve controlling gas bypass around the condenser is stuck in an open position or leaking

Valve controlling refrigerant flow to the condenser is stuck in a partial open position

General cooling mode problem See Table 78.

Faulty wire connections

EXV board malfunction

Valve is stuck open/closed

Valve is not calibrated properly Run valve calibration through Service Test.

Check the unit supply air setpoint for cooling operation. This is the temperature that Humidi-MiZer valves will modulate to meet during a dehumidification mode.

See Thermistor Troubleshooting section on page 84. Check if SAT thermistor is in a location that is measuring stratified

air. See " Modulating Valves Not Functioning Properly"

See "Modulating Valves Not Functioning Properly"

See " Modulating Valves Not Functioning Properly"

See " 3-Way Valve Malfunction"

Check product data tables or ECAT for rated capacity at current entering air and outdoor conditions.

See " Modulating Valves Not Functioning Properly"

Check that the valve wiring is properly connected from the valve, entering the control box and at the EXV board

Check alarm history for A169 (Expansion Valve Control Board Comm Failure)

Use Service Test to manually manipulate the valve position and confirm supply air temperature changes during operation.

Run valve calibration through Service Test Check valve motor for open or short circuited windings. Shut down

power to the unit and connect ohmmeter probes across the black and white terminals. Resistance should measure 75 Ohms ±10%. Next, connect ohmmeter probes across the red and green terminals. Resistance should measure 75 Ohms ±10%. The meter should not show an " open" or a " short" when a winding leg is measured. If either occurs, replace the valve.

Table 80 — Gas Heating Service Analysis

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

Burners Will Not Ignite. Active alarm. Check active alarms using ComfortLink scrolling

No power to unit. Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers. No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control). Check fuses and plugs. Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short

cycling. Control calling for Cooling. Check using Comfort No gas at main burners. Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging

Water in gas line. Drain water and install drip.

Inadequate Heating. Dirty air filters. Replace air filters.

Gas input too low. Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjust-

Control calling for W1only (low heat). Allow time for W2 to energize. Unit undersized for load. Decrease load. Restricted airflow. Remove restriction. Too much outdoor air. Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust mini-

Limit switch cycles main burners. Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator set-

Poor Flame Characteristics. Incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air)

Burners Will Not Turn Off. Unit is in minimum on-time. Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.

results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or floating flame.

Unit running in Service Test mode. Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.

marquee.

Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.

Link scrolling marquee.

gas line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before attempting to re-light unit.

ment in Installation, Start-up, and Service Manual.

mum position using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.

tings, and temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed. Check all screws around flue outlets and burner compart-

ment. Tighten as necessary. Cracked heat exchanger, replace. Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold

pressure. Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary. Check orifice to burner alignment.

Table 81 — Electric Heat Service Analysis

PROBLEM CAUSE REMEDY

No Heat. Power failure. Call power company.

Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped. Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker. Thermostat occupancy schedule setpoint not call-

ing for Heating. No 24 vac at primary contactor. Check transformer and circuit breaker. No power (high voltage) to L2 of primary contactor. Check safety switches “one-shot” backup and auto limit. Bad electrical elements. Power off unit and remove high voltage wires. Check resis-

Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.

tance of heater, replace if open.

Fig. 19 — IGC Service Analysis Logic

LEGEND

NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the “AUTO” position.

IDM — Induced-Draft Motor IGC — Integrated Gas Unit Controller

Table 82 — 5K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SCT Sensors) (English)

TEMP

(F)

VOLTAGE

DROP

(V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

–25 3.699 98,010 –24 3.689 94,707 –23 3.679 91,522 –22 3.668 88,449 –21 3.658 85,486 –20 3.647 82,627 –19 3.636 79,871 –18 3.624 77,212 –17 3.613 74,648 –16 3.601 72,175 –15 3.588 69,790 –14 3.576 67,490 –13 3.563 65,272 –12 3.550 63,133 –11 3.536 61,070 –10 3.523 59,081

–9 3.509 57,162 –8 3.494 55,311 –7 3.480 53,526 –6 3.465 51,804 –5 3.450 50,143 –4 3.434 48,541 –3 3.418 46,996 –2 3.402 45,505 –1 3.386 44,066

0 3.369 42,679 1 3.352 41,339 2 3.335 40,047 3 3.317 38,800 4 3.299 37,596 5 3.281 36,435 6 3.262 35,313 7 3.243 34,231 8 3.224 33,185

9 3.205 32,176 10 3.185 31,202 11 3.165 30,260 12 3.145 29,351 13 3.124 28,473 14 3.103 27,624 15 3.082 26,804 16 3.060 26,011 17 3.038 25,245 18 3.016 24,505 19 2.994 23,789 20 2.972 23,096 21 2.949 22,427 22 2.926 21,779 23 2.903 21,153 24 2.879 20,547 25 2.856 19,960 26 2.832 19,393 27 2.808 18,843 28 2.784 18,311 29 2.759 17,796 30 2.735 17,297 31 2.710 16,814 32 2.685 16,346 33 2.660 15,892 34 2.634 15,453 35 2.609 15,027 36 2.583 14,614 37 2.558 14,214 38 2.532 13,826 39 2.506 13,449 40 2.480 13,084 41 2.454 12,730 42 2.428 12,387 43 2.402 12,053 44 2.376 11,730 45 2.349 11,416 46 2.323 11,112 47 2.296 10,816 48 2.270 10,529 49 2.244 10,250 50 2.217 9,979 51 2.191 9,717 52 2.165 9,461 53 2.138 9,213 54 2.112 8,973 55 2.086 8,739 56 2.060 8,511 57 2.034 8,291 58 2.008 8,076

TEMP

(F)

VOLTAGE

DROP

(V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

59 1.982 7,686 60 1.956 7,665 61 1.930 7,468 62 1.905 7,277 63 1.879 7,091 64 1.854 6,911 65 1.829 6,735 66 1.804 6,564 67 1.779 6,399 68 1.754 6,238 69 1.729 6,081 70 1.705 5,929 71 1.681 5,781 72 1.656 5,637 73 1.632 5,497 74 1.609 5,361 75 1.585 5,229 76 1.562 5,101 77 1.538 4,976 78 1.516 4,855 79 1.493 4,737 80 1.470 4,622 81 1.448 4,511 82 1.426 4,403 83 1.404 4,298 84 1.382 4,196 85 1.361 4,096 86 1.340 4,000 87 1.319 3,906 88 1.298 3,814 89 1.278 3,726 90 1.257 3,640 91 1.237 3,556 92 1.217 3,474 93 1.198 3,395 94 1.179 3,318 95 1.160 3,243 96 1.141 3,170 97 1.122 3,099 98 1.104 3,031

99 1.086 2,964 100 1.068 2,898 101 1.051 2,835 102 1.033 2,773 103 1.016 2,713 104 0.999 2,655 105 0.983 2,597 106 0.966 2,542 107 0.950 2,488 108 0.934 2,436 109 0.918 2,385 110 0.903 2,335 111 0.888 2,286 112 0.873 2,239 113 0.858 2,192 114 0.843 2,147 115 0.829 2,103 116 0.815 2,060 117 0.801 2,018 118 0.787 1,977 119 0.774 1,937 120 0.761 1,898 121 0.748 1,860 122 0.735 1,822 123 0.723 1,786 124 0.710 1,750 125 0.698 1,715 126 0.686 1,680 127 0.674 1,647 128 0.663 1,614 129 0.651 1,582 130 0.640 1,550 131 0.629 1,519 132 0.618 1,489 133 0.608 1,459 134 0.597 1,430 135 0.587 1,401 136 0.577 1,373 137 0.567 1,345 138 0.557 1,318 139 0.548 1,291 140 0.538 1,265 141 0.529 1,240 142 0.520 1,214

TEMP

(F)

VOLTAGE

DROP

(V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

143 0.511 1,190 144 0.502 1,165 145 0.494 1,141 146 0.485 1,118 147 0.477 1,095 148 0.469 1,072 149 0.461 1,050 150 0.453 1,029 151 0.445 1,007 152 0.438 986 153 0.430 965 154 0.423 945 155 0.416 925 156 0.408 906 157 0.402 887 158 0.395 868 159 0.388 850 160 0.381 832 161 0.375 815 162 0.369 798 163 0.362 782 164 0.356 765 165 0.350 750 166 0.344 734 167 0.339 719 168 0.333 705 169 0.327 690 170 0.322 677 171 0.317 663 172 0.311 650 173 0.306 638 174 0.301 626 175 0.296 614 176 0.291 602 177 0.286 591 178 0.282 581 179 0.277 570 180 0.272 561 181 0.268 551 182 0.264 542 183 0.259 533 184 0.255 524 185 0.251 516 186 0.247 508 187 0.243 501 188 0.239 494 189 0.235 487 190 0.231 480 191 0.228 473 192 0.224 467 193 0.220 461 194 0.217 456 195 0.213 450 196 0.210 445 197 0.206 439 198 0.203 434 199 0.200 429 200 0.197 424 201 0.194 419 202 0.191 415 203 0.188 410 204 0.185 405 205 0.182 401 206 0.179 396 207 0.176 391 208 0.173 386 209 0.171 382 210 0.168 377 211 0.165 372 212 0.163 367 213 0.160 361 214 0.158 356 215 0.155 350 216 0.153 344 217 0.151 338 218 0.148 332 219 0.146 325 220 0.144 318 221 0.142 311 222 0.140 304 223 0.138 297 224 0.135 289 225 0.133 282

Table 83 — 5K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SCT Sensors) (SI)

TEMP

(C)

VOLTAGE

DROP

(V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

–32 3.705 100,260 –31 3.687 94,165 –30 3.668 88,480 –29 3.649 83,170 –28 3.629 78,125 –27 3.608 73,580 –26 3.586 69,250 –25 3.563 65,205 –24 3.539 61,420 –23 3.514 57,875 –22 3.489 54,555 –21 3.462 51,450 –20 3.434 48,536 –19 3.406 45,807 –18 3.376 43,247 –17 3.345 40,845 –16 3.313 38,592 –15 3.281 38,476 –14 3.247 34,489 –13 3.212 32,621 –12 3.177 30,866 –11 3.140 29,216 –10 3.103 27,633

–9 3.065 26,202 –8 3.025 24,827 –7 2.985 23,532 –6 2.945 22,313 –5 2.903 21,163 –4 2.860 20,079 –3 2.817 19,058 –2 2.774 18,094 –1 2.730 17,184

0 2.685 16,325 1 2.639 15,515 2 2.593 14,749 3 2.547 14,026 4 2.500 13,342 5 2.454 12,696 6 2.407 12,085 7 2.360 11,506 8 2.312 10,959

9 2.265 10,441 10 2.217 9,949 11 2.170 9,485 12 2.123 9,044 13 2.076 8,627 14 2.029 8,231

TEMP

(C)

VOLTAGE

DROP

(V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

15 1.982 7,855 16 1.935 7,499 17 1.889 7,161 18 1.844 6,840 19 1.799 6,536 20 1.754 6,246 21 1.710 5,971 22 1.666 5,710 23 1.623 5,461 24 1.580 5,225 25 1.538 5,000 26 1.497 4,786 27 1.457 4,583 28 1.417 4,389 29 1.378 4,204 30 1.340 4,028 31 1.302 3,861 32 1.265 3,701 33 1.229 3,549 34 1.194 3,404 35 1.160 3,266 36 1.126 3,134 37 1.093 3,008 38 1.061 2,888 39 1.030 2,773 40 0.999 2,663 41 0.969 2,559 42 0.940 2,459 43 0.912 2,363 44 0.885 2,272 45 0.858 2,184 46 0.832 2,101 47 0.807 2,021 48 0.782 1,944 49 0.758 1,871 50 0.735 1,801 51 0.713 1,734 52 0.691 1,670 53 0.669 1,609 54 0.649 1,550 55 0.629 1,493 56 0.610 1,439 57 0.591 1,387 58 0.573 1,337 59 0.555 1,290 60 0.538 1,244 61 0.522 1,200

TEMP

(C)

VOLTAGE

DROP

(V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

62 0.506 1,158 63 0.490 1,118 64 0.475 1,079 65 0.461 1,041 66 0.447 1,006 67 0.433 971 68 0.420 938 69 0.407 906 70 0.395 876 71 0.383 836 72 0.371 805 73 0.360 775 74 0.349 747 75 0.339 719 76 0.329 693 77 0.319 669 78 0.309 645 79 0.300 623 80 0.291 602 81 0.283 583 82 0.274 564 83 0.266 547 84 0.258 531 85 0.251 516 86 0.244 502 87 0.237 489 88 0.230 477 89 0.223 466 90 0.217 456 91 0.211 446 92 0.204 436 93 0.199 427 94 0.193 419 95 0.188 410 96 0.182 402 97 0.177 393 98 0.172 385

99 0.168 376 100 0.163 367 101 0.158 357 102 0.154 346 103 0.150 335 104 0.146 324 105 0.142 312 106 0.138 299 107 0.134 285

TEMP

–40 –40

–31 –35 2,087,220

–22 –30 1,522,200

–13 –25 1,121,440

104 40 45,810

113 45 37,580

122 50 30,990

131 55 25,680

140 60 21,400

158 70 15,070

(F)

–4 –20 834,720

5 –15 627,280

14 –10 475,740

23 –5 363,990

32 0 280,820

41 5 218,410

50 10 171,170

59 15 135,140

68 20 107,440

77 25 86,000

86 30 69,280

95 35 56,160

Table 84 — 6K Thermistor Temperature vs. Resistance (SI and English)

TEMP

(C)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

2,889,600

TEMP

(F)

167 75

176 80

185 85

194 90

203 95

212 100

221 105

230 110

239 115

248 120

257 125

266 130

275 135

284 140

293 145

302 150

311 155

320 160

329 165

338 170

347 175

356 180

TEMP

(C)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

12,730

10,790

9,200

7,870

6,770

5,850

5,090

4,450

3,870

3,350

2,920

2,580

2,280

2,020

1,800

1,590

1,390

1,250

1,120

1,010

920

830

Table 85 — 10K Thermistor vs. Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT, SAT Sensors) (English)

TEMP

(F)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

–25 4.758 196,453 –24 4.750 189,692 –23 4.741 183,300 –22 4.733 177,000 –21 4.724 171,079 –20 4.715 165,238 –19 4.705 159,717 –18 4.696 154,344 –17 4.686 149,194 –16 4.676 144,250 –15 4.665 139,443 –14 4.655 134,891 –13 4.644 130,402 –12 4.633 126,183 –11 4.621 122,018 –10 4.609 118,076

–9 4.597 114,236 –8 4.585 110,549 –7 4.572 107,006 –6 4.560 103,558 –5 4.546 100,287 –4 4.533 97,060 –3 4.519 94,020 –2 4.505 91,019 –1 4.490 88,171

0 4.476 85,396 1 4.461 82,729 2 4.445 80,162 3 4.429 77,662 4 4.413 75,286 5 4.397 72,940 6 4.380 70,727 7 4.363 68,542 8 4.346 66,465

9 4.328 64,439 10 4.310 62,491 11 4.292 60,612 12 4.273 58,781 13 4.254 57,039 14 4.235 55,319 15 4.215 53,693 16 4.195 52,086 17 4.174 50,557 18 4.153 49,065 19 4.132 47,627 20 4.111 46,240 21 4.089 44,888 22 4.067 43,598 23 4.044 42,324 24 4.021 41,118 25 3.998 39,926 26 3.975 38,790 27 3.951 37,681 28 3.927 36,610 29 3.903 35,577 30 3.878 34,569 31 3.853 33,606 32 3.828 32,654 33 3.802 31,752 34 3.776 30,860 35 3.750 30,009 36 3.723 29,177 37 3.697 28,373 38 3.670 27,597 39 3.654 26,838 40 3.615 26,113 41 3.587 25,396 42 3.559 24,715 43 3.531 24,042 44 3.503 23,399 45 3.474 22,770 46 3.445 22,161 47 3.416 21,573 48 3.387 20,998 49 3.357 20,447 50 3.328 19,903 51 3.298 19,386 52 3.268 18,874 53 3.238 18,384 54 3.208 17,904 55 3.178 17,441 56 3.147 16,991 57 3.117 16,552 58 3.086 16,131 59 3.056 15,714 60 3.025 15,317

TEMP

(F)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

61 2.994 14,925 62 2.963 14,549 63 2.932 14,180 64 2.901 13,824 65 2.870 13,478 66 2.839 13,139 67 2.808 12,814 68 2.777 12,493 69 2.746 12,187 70 2.715 11,884 71 2.684 11,593 72 2.653 11,308 73 2.622 11,031 74 2.592 10,764 75 2.561 10,501 76 2.530 10,249 77 2.500 10,000 78 2.470 9,762 79 2.439 9,526 80 2.409 9,300 81 2.379 9,078 82 2.349 8,862 83 2.319 8,653 84 2.290 8,448 85 2.260 8,251 86 2.231 8,056 87 2.202 7,869 88 2.173 7,685 89 2.144 7,507 90 2.115 7,333 91 2.087 7,165 92 2.059 6,999 93 2.030 6,838 94 2.003 6,683 95 1.975 6,530 96 1.948 6,383 97 1.921 6,238 98 1.894 6,098

99 1.867 5,961 100 1.841 5,827 101 1.815 5,698 102 1.789 5,571 103 1.763 5,449 104 1.738 5,327 105 1.713 5,210 106 1.688 5,095 107 1.663 4,984 108 1.639 4,876 109 1.615 4,769 110 1.591 4,666 111 1.567 4,564 112 1.544 4,467 113 1.521 4,370 114 1.498 4,277 115 1.475 4.185 116 1.453 4,096 117 1.431 4,008 118 1.409 3,923 119 1.387 3,840 120 1.366 3,759 121 1.345 3,681 122 1.324 3,603 123 1.304 3,529 124 1.284 3,455 125 1.264 3,383 126 1.244 3,313 127 1.225 3,244 128 1.206 3,178 129 1.187 3,112 130 1.168 3,049 131 1.150 2,986 132 1.132 2,926 133 1.114 2,866 134 1.096 2,809 135 1.079 2,752 136 1.062 2,697 137 1.045 2,643 138 1.028 2,590 139 1.012 2,539 140 0.996 2,488 141 0.980 2,439 142 0.965 2,391 143 0.949 2,343 144 0.934 2,297 145 0.919 2,253 146 0.905 2,209

TEMP

(F)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

147 0.890 2,166 148 0.876 2,124 149 0.862 2,083 150 0.848 2,043 151 0.835 2,003 152 0.821 1,966 153 0.808 1,928 154 0.795 1,891 155 0.782 1,855 156 0.770 1,820 157 0.758 1,786 158 0.745 1,752 159 0.733 1,719 160 0.722 1,687 161 0.710 1,656 162 0.699 1,625 163 0.687 1,594 164 0.676 1,565 165 0.666 1,536 166 0.655 1,508 167 0.645 1,480 168 0.634 1,453 169 0.624 1,426 170 0.614 1,400 171 0.604 1,375 172 0.595 1,350 173 0.585 1,326 174 0.576 1,302 175 0.567 1,278 176 0.558 1,255 177 0.549 1,233 178 0.540 1,211 179 0.532 1,190 180 0.523 1,169 181 0.515 1,148 182 0.507 1,128 183 0.499 1,108 184 0.491 1,089 185 0.483 1,070 186 0.476 1,052 187 0.468 1,033 188 0.461 1,016 189 0.454 998 190 0.447 981 191 0.440 964 192 0.433 947 193 0.426 931 194 0.419 915 195 0.413 900 196 0.407 885 197 0.400 870 198 0.394 855 199 0.388 841 200 0.382 827 201 0.376 814 202 0.370 800 203 0.365 787 204 0.359 774 205 0.354 762 206 0.349 749 207 0.343 737 208 0.338 725 209 0.333 714 210 0.328 702 211 0.323 691 212 0.318 680 213 0.314 670 214 0.309 659 215 0.305 649 216 0.300 639 217 0.296 629 218 0.292 620 219 0.288 610 220 0.284 601 221 0.279 592 222 0.275 583 223 0.272 574 224 0.268 566 225 0.264 557

Table 86 — 10K Thermistor vs. Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT, SAT Sensors) (SI)

TEMP

(C)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

–32 4.762 200,510 –31 4.748 188,340 –30 4.733 177,000 –29 4.716 166,342 –28 4.700 156,404 –27 4.682 147,134 –26 4.663 138,482 –25 4.644 130,402 –24 4.624 122,807 –23 4.602 115,710 –22 4.580 109,075 –21 4.557 102,868 –20 4.533 97,060 –19 4.508 91,588 –18 4.482 86,463 –17 4.455 81,662 –16 4.426 77,162 –15 4.397 72,940 –14 4.367 68,957 –13 4.335 65,219 –12 4.303 61,711 –11 4.269 58,415 –10 4.235 55,319

–9 4.199 52,392 –8 4.162 49,640 –7 4.124 47,052 –6 4.085 44,617 –5 4.044 42,324 –4 4.003 40,153 –3 3.961 38,109 –2 3.917 36,182 –1 3.873 34,367

0 3.828 32,654 1 3.781 31,030 2 3.734 29,498 3 3.686 28,052 4 3.637 26,686 5 3.587 25,396 6 3,537 24,171 7 3.485 23,013 8 3.433 21,918

9 3.381 20,883 10 3.328 19,903 11 3.274 18,972 12 3.220 18,090 13 3.165 17,255 14 3.111 16,474

TEMP

(C)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

15 3.056 15,714 16 3.000 15,000 17 2.944 14,323 18 2.889 13,681 19 2.833 13,071 20 2.777 12,493 21 2.721 11,942 22 2.666 11,418 23 2.610 10,921 24 2.555 10,449 25 2.500 10,000 26 2.445 9,571 27 2.391 9,164 28 2.337 8,776 29 2.284 8,407 30 2.231 8,056 31 2.178 7,720 32 2.127 7,401 33 2.075 7,096 34 2.025 6,806 35 1.975 6,530 36 1.926 6,266 37 1.878 6,014 38 1.830 5,774 39 1.784 5,546 40 1.738 5,327 41 1.692 5,117 42 1.648 4,918 43 1.605 4,727 44 1.562 4,544 45 1.521 4,370 46 1.480 4,203 47 1.439 4,042 48 1.400 3,889 49 1.362 3,743 50 1.324 3,603 51 1.288 3,469 52 1.252 3,340 53 1.217 3,217 54 1.183 3,099 55 1.150 2,986 56 1.117 2,878 57 1.086 2,774 58 1.055 2,675 59 1.025 2,579 60 0.996 2,488 61 0.968 2,400

TEMP

(C)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

62 0.940 2,315 63 0.913 2,235 64 0.887 2,157 65 0.862 2,083 66 0.837 2,011 67 0.813 1,943 68 0.790 1,876 69 0.767 1,813 70 0.745 1,752 71 0.724 1,693 72 0.703 1,637 73 0.683 1,582 74 0.663 1,530 75 0.645 1,480 76 0.626 1,431 77 0.608 1,385 78 0.591 1,340 79 0.574 1,297 80 0.558 1,255 81 0.542 1,215 82 0.527 1,177 83 0.512 1,140 84 0.497 1,104 85 0.483 1,070 86 0.470 1,037 87 0.457 1,005 88 0.444 974 89 0.431 944 90 0.419 915 91 0.408 889 92 0.396 861 93 0.386 836 94 0.375 811 95 0.365 787 96 0.355 764 97 0.345 742 98 0.336 721

99 0.327 700 100 0.318 680 101 0.310 661 102 0.302 643 103 0.294 626 104 0.287 609 105 0.279 592 106 0.272 576 107 0.265 561

TEMP

(C)

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

–40 –40 2,889,600 –35 –31 2,087,220 –30 –22 1,522,200 –25 –13 1,121,440 –20 –4 834,720 –15 5 627,280 –10 14 475,740

–5 23 363,990

0 32 280,820

5 41 218,410 10 50 171,170 15 59 135,140 20 68 107,440 25 77 86,000 30 86 69,280

TEMP

(C)

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

35 95 56,160 40 104 45,810 45 113 37,580 50 122 30,990 55 131 25,680 60 140 21,400 70 158 15,070 75 167 12,730 80 176 10,790 85 185 9,200 90 194 7,870

95 203 6,770 100 212 5,850 105 221 5,090 110 230 4,450

TEMP

(C)

TEMP

(F)

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

115 239 3,870 120 248 3,350 125 257 2,920 130 266 2,580 135 275 2,280 140 284 2,020 145 293 1,800 150 302 1,590 155 311 1,390 160 320 1,250 165 329 1,120 170 338 1,010 175 347 920 180 356 830

Table 87 — Digital Scroll Discharge Thermistor

Table 88 — Suction Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (SP-A, SP-B)

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

0 0.466 106 1.509 211 2.543 316 3.576 1 0.476 107 1.519 212 2.553 317 3.586 2 0.486 108 1.529 213 2.562 318 3.596 3 0.495 109 1.539 214 2.572 319 3.606 4 0.505 110 1.549 215 2.582 320 3.616 5 0.515 111 1.558 216 2.592 321 3.626 6 0.525 112 1.568 217 2.602 322 3.635 7 0.535 113 1.578 218 2.612 323 3.645 8 0.545 114 1.588 219 2.622 324 3.655

9 0.554 115 1.598 220 2.631 325 3.665 10 0.564 11 0.574 117 1.618 222 2.651 327 3.685 12 0.584 118 1.627 223 2.661 328 3.694 13 0.594 119 1.637 224 2.671 329 3.704 14 0.604 120 1.647 225 2.681 330 3.714 15 0.614 121 1.657 226 2.690 331 3.724 16 0.623 122 1.667 227 2.700 332 3.734 17 0.633 123 1.677 228 2.710 333 3.744 18 0.643 124 1.686 229 2.720 334 3.753 19 0.653 125 1.696 230 2.730 335 3.763 20 0.663 126 1.706 231 2.740 336 3.773 21 0.673 127 1.716 232 2.749 337 3.783 22 0.682 128 1.726 233 2.759 338 23 0.692 129 1.736 234 2.769 339 3.803 24 0.702 130 1.745 235 2.779 340 3.813 25 0.712 131 1.755 236 2.789 341 3.822 26 0.722 132 1.765 237 2.799 342 3.832 27 0.732 133 1.775 238 2.809 343 3.842 28 0.741 134 1.785 239 2.818 344 3.852 29 0.751 135 1.795 240 2.828 345 3.862 30 0.761 136 1.805 241 2.838 346 3.872 31 0.771 137 1.814 242 2.848 347 3.881 32 0.781 138 1.824 243 2.858 348 3.891 33 0.791 139 1.834 244 2.868 349 3.901 34 0.801 140 1.844 245 2.877 350 3.911 35 0.810 141 1.854 36 0.820 142 1.864 247 2.897 352 3.931 37 0.830 143 1.873 248 2.907 353 3.940 38 0.840 144 1.883 249 2.917 354 3.950 39 0.850 145 1.893 250 2.927 355 3.960 40 0.860 146 1.903 251 2.936 356 3.970 41 0.869 147 1.913 252 2.946 357 3.980 42 0.879 148 1.923 253 2.956 358 3.990 43 0.889 149 1.932 254 2.966 359 4.000 44 0.899 150 1.942 255 2.976 360 4.009 45 0.909 151 1.952 256 2.986 361 4.019 46 0.919 152 1.962 257 2.996 362 4.029 47 0.928 153 1.972 258 3.005 363 4.039 48 49 0.948 155 1.992 260 3.025 365 4.059 50 0.958 156 2.001 261 3.035 366 4.068 51 0.968 157 2.011 262 3.045 367 4.078 52 0.978 158 2.021 263 3.055 368 4.088 53 0.988 159 2.031 264 3.064 369 4.098 54 0.997 160 2.041 265 3.074 370 4.108 55 1.007 161 2.051 266 3.084 371 4.118 56 1.017 162 2.060 267 3.094 372 4.128 57 1.027 163 2.070 268 3.104 373 4.137 58 1.037 164 2.080 269 3.114 374 4.147 59 1.047 165 2.090 270 3.124 375 4.157 60 1.056 166 2.100 271 3.133 61 1.066 167 2.110 272 3.143 377 4.177 62 1.076 168 2.120 273 3.153 378 4.187 63 1.086 169 2.129 274 3.163 379 4.196 64 1.096 170 2.139 275 3.173 380 4.206 65 1.106 171 2.149 276 3.183 381 4.216 66 1.116 172 2.159 277 3.192 382 4.226 67 1.125 173 2.169 278 3.202 383 4.236 68 1.135 174 2.179 279 3.212 384 4.246 69 1.145 175 2.188 280 3.222 385 4.255 70 1.155 176 2.198 281 3.232 386 4.265 71 1.165 177 2.208 282 3.242 387 4.275 72 1.175 178 2.218 283 3.251 388 4.285 73 1.184 179 74 1.194 180 2.238 285 3.271 390 4.305 75 1.204 181 2.247 286 3.281 391 4.315 76 1.214 182 2.257 287 3.291 392 4.324 77 1.224 183 2.267 288 3.301 393 4.334 78 1.234 184 2.277 289 3.311 394 4.344 79 1.243 185 2.287 290 3.320 395 4.354 80 1.253 186 2.297 291 3.330 396 4.364 81 1.263 187 2.307 292 3.340 397 4.374 82 1.273 188 2.316 293 3.350 398 4.383 83 1.283 189 2.326 294 3.360 399 4.393 84 1.293 190 2.336 295 3.370 400 4.403 85 1.303 191 2.346 296 3.379 401 4.413 86 1.312 192 2.356 297 3.389 402 4.423 87 1.322 193 2.366 298 3.399 403 4.433 88 1.332 194 2.375 299 3.409 404 4.442 89 1.342 195 2.385 300 3.419 405 4.452 90 1.352 196 2.395 301 3.429 406 4.462 91 1.362 197 2.405 302 3.438 407 4.472 92 1.371 198 2.415 303 3.448 408 4.482 93 1.381 199 2.425 304 3.458 409 4.492 94 1.391 200 2.434 305 3.468 410 4.502 95 1.401 201 2.444 306 3.478 411 4.511 96 1.411 202 2.454 307 3.488 412 4.521 97 1.421 203 2.464 308 3.498 413 4.531 98 1.430 204 2.474 309 99 1.440 205 2.484 310 3.517 415 4.551

100 1.450 206 2.494 311 3.527 416 4.561 101 1.460 207 2.503 312 3.537 417 4.570 102 1.470 208 2.513 313 3.547 418 4.580 103 1.480 209 2.523 314 3.557 419 4.590 104 1.490 210 2.533 315 3.566 420 4.600 105 1.499

VOLTAGE DROP (V)

0.938 154 1.982 259 3.015 364 4.049

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

116 1.608 221 2.641 326 3.675

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

2.228 284 3.261 389 4.295

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

246 2.887 351 3.921

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

3.507 414 4.541

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

376 4.167

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

3.793

Table 89 — Discharge Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (DP-A, DP-B)

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

14.5 0.500 95 0.993 176 1.490 257 1.987 16 0.509 96 1.000 177 1.496 258 1.993 17 0.515 97 1.006 178 1.502 259 1.999 18 0.521 98 1.012 179 1.508 260 2.005 19 0.528 99 1.018 180 1.515 261 2.011 20 0.534 100 1.024 181 1.521 262 2.017 21 0.540 101 1.030 182 1.527 263 2.023 22 0.546 102 1.036 183 1.533 264 2.029 23 0.552 103 1.043 184 1.539 265 2.036 24 0.558 104 1.049 185 1.545 266 2.042 25 0.564 105 1.055 186 1.551 267 2.048 26 0.570 106 1.061 187 1.557 268 2.054 27 0.577 107 1.067 188 1.564 269 2.060 28 0.583 108 1.073 189 1.570 270 2.066 29 0.589 109 1.079 190 1.576 271 2.072 30 0.595 110 1.085 191 1.582 272 2.079 31 0.601 111 1.092 192 1.588 273 2.085 32 0.607 112 1.098 193 1.594 274 2.091 33 0.613 113 1.104 194 1.600 275 2.097 34 0.620 114 1.110 195 1.606 276 2.103 35 0.626 115 1.116 196 1.613 277 2.109 35 0.626 116 1.122 197 1.619 278 2.115 36 0.632 117 1.128 198 1.625 279 2.121 37 0.638 118 1.134 199 1.631 280 2.128 38 0.644 119 1.141 200 1.637 281 2.134 39 0.650 120 1.147 201 1.643 282 2.140 40 0.656 121 1.153 202 1.649 283 2.146 41 0.662 122 1.159 203 1.656 284 2.152 42 0.669 123 1.165 204 1.662 285 2.158 43 0.675 124 1.171 205 1.668 286 2.164 44 0.681 125 1.177 206 1.674 287 2.170 45 0.687 126 1.184 207 1.680 288 2.177 46 0.693 127 1.190 208 1.686 289 2.183 47 0.699 128 1.196 209 1.692 290 2.189 48 0.705 129 1.202 210 1.698 291 2.195 49 0.711 130 1.208 211 1.705 292 2.201 50 0.718 131 1.214 212 1.711 293 2.207 51 0.724 132 1.220 213 1.717 294 2.213 52 0.730 133 1.226 214 1.723 295 2.220 53 0.736 134 1.233 215 1.729 296 2.226 54 0.742 135 1.239 216 1.735 297 2.232 55 0.748 136 1.245 217 1.741 298 2.238 56 0.754 137 1.251 218 1.747 299 2.244 57 0.761 138 1.257 219 1.754 300 2.250 58 0.767 139 1.263 220 1.760 301 2.256 59 0.773 140 1.269 221 1.766 302 2.262 60 0.779 141 1.275 222 1.772 303 2.269 61 0.785 142 1.282 223 1.778 304 2.275 62 0.791 143 1.288 224 1.784 305 2.281 63 0.797 144 1.294 225 1.790 306 2.287 64 0.803 145 1.300 226 1.797 307 2.293 65 0.810 146 1.306 227 1.803 308 2.299 66 0.816 147 1.312 228 1.809 309 2.305 67 0.822 148 1.318 229 1.815 310 2.311 68 0.828 149 1.325 230 1.821 311 2.318 69 0.834 150 1.331 231 1.827 312 2.324 70 0.840 151 1.337 232 1.833 313 2.330 71 0.846 152 1.343 233 1.839 314 2.336 72 0.852 153 1.349 234 1.846 315 2.342 73 0.859 154 1.355 235 1.852 316 2.348 74 0.865 155 1.361 236 1.858 317 2.354 75 76 0.877 157 1.374 238 1.870 319 2.367 77 0.883 158 1.380 239 1.876 320 2.373 78 0.889 159 1.386 240 1.882 321 2.379 79 0.895 160 1.392 241 1.888 322 2.385 80 0.902 161 1.398 242 1.895 323 2.391 81 0.908 162 1.404 243 1.901 324 2.397 82 0.914 163 1.410 244 1.907 325 2.403 83 0.920 164 1.416 245 1.913 326 2.410 84 0.926 165 1.423 246 1.919 327 2.416 85 0.932 166 1.429 247 1.925 328 2.422 86 0.938 167 1.435 248 1.931 329 2.428 87 0.944 168 1.441 249 1.938 330 2.434 88 0.951 169 1.447 250 1.944 331 2.440 89 0.957 170 1.453 251 1.950 332 2.446 90 0.963 171 1.459 252 1.956 333 2.452 91 0.969 172 1.466 253 1.962 334 2.459 92 0.975 173 1.472 254 1.968 335 2.465 93 0.981 174 1.478 255 1.974 336 2.471 94 0.987 175 1.484 256 1.980 337 2.477

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

0.871 156 1.367 237 1.864 318 2.361

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

Table 89 — Discharge Pressure Transducer (PSIG) vs. Voltage (DP-A, DP-B) (cont)

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

338 2.483 421 2.992 504 3.501 587 4.010 339 2.489 422 2.998 505 3.507 588 4.016 340 2.495 423 3.004 506 3.513 589 4.022 341 2.502 424 3.010 507 3.519 590 4.028 342 2.508 425 3.016 508 3.525 591 4.034 343 2.514 426 3.023 509 3.531 592 4.040 344 2.520 427 3.029 510 3.538 593 4.046 345 2.526 428 3.035 511 3.544 594 4.052 346 2.532 429 3.041 512 3.550 595 4.059 347 2.538 430 3.047 513 3.556 596 4.065 348 2.544 431 3.053 514 3.562 597 4.071 349 2.551 432 3.059 515 3.568 598 4.077 350 2.557 433 3.066 516 3.574 599 4.083 351 2.563 434 3.072 517 3.580 600 4.089 352 2.569 435 3.078 518 3.587 601 4.095 353 2.575 436 3.084 519 3.593 602 4.102 354 2.581 437 3.090 520 3.599 603 4.108 355 2.587 438 3.096 521 3.605 604 4.114 356 2.593 439 3.102 522 3.611 605 4.120 357 2.600 440 3.108 523 3.617 606 4.126 358 2.606 441 3.115 524 3.623 607 4.132 359 2.612 442 3.121 525 3.629 608 4.138 360 2.618 443 3.127 526 3.636 609 4.144 361 2.624 444 3.133 527 3.642 610 4.151 362 2.630 445 3.139 528 3.648 611 4.157 363 2.636 446 3.145 529 3.654 612 4.163 364 2.643 447 3.151 530 3.660 613 4.169 365 2.649 448 3.157 531 3.666 614 4.175 366 2.655 449 3.164 532 3.672 615 4.181 367 2.661 450 3.170 533 3.679 616 4.187 368 2.667 451 3.176 534 3.685 617 4.193 369 2.673 452 3.182 535 3.691 618 4.200 370 2.679 453 3.188 536 3.697 619 4.206 371 2.685 454 3.194 537 3.703 620 4.212 372 2.692 455 3.200 538 3.709 621 4.218 373 2.698 456 3.206 539 3.715 622 4.224 374 2.704 457 3.213 540 3.721 623 4.230 375 2.710 458 3.219 541 3.728 624 4.236 376 2.716 459 3.225 542 3.734 625 4.243 377 2.722 460 3.231 543 3.740 626 4.249 378 2.728 461 3.237 544 3.746 627 4.255 379 2.734 462 3.243 545 3.752 628 4.261 380 2.741 463 3.249 546 3.758 629 4.267 381 2.747 464 3.256 547 3.764 630 4.273 382 2.753 465 3.262 548 3.770 631 4.279 383 2.759 466 3.268 549 3.777 632 4.285 384 2.765 467 3.274 550 3.783 633 4.292 385 2.771 468 3.280 551 3.789 634 4.298 386 2.777 469 3.286 552 3.795 635 4.304 387 2.784 470 3.292 553 3.801 636 4.310 388 2.790 471 3.298 554 3.807 637 4.316 389 2.796 472 3.305 555 3.813 638 4.322 390 2.802 473 3.311 556 3.820 639 4.328 391 2.808 474 3.317 557 3.826 640 4.334 392 2.814 475 3.323 558 3.832 641 4.341 393 2.820 476 3.329 559 3.838 642 4.347 394 2.826 477 3.335 560 3.844 643 4.353 395 2.833 478 3.341 561 3.850 644 4.359 396 2.839 479 3.347 562 3.856 645 4.365 397 2.845 480 3.354 563 3.862 646 4.371 398 2.851 481 3.360 564 3.869 647 4.377 399 400 2.863 483 3.372 566 3.881 649 4.390 401 2.869 484 3.378 567 3.887 650 4.396 402 2.875 485 3.384 568 3.893 651 4.402 403 2.882 486 3.390 569 3.899 652 4.408 404 2.888 487 3.397 570 3.905 653 4.414 405 2.894 488 3.403 571 3.911 654 4.420 406 2.900 489 3.409 572 3.918 655 4.426 407 2.906 490 3.415 573 3.924 656 4.433 408 2.912 491 3.421 574 3.930 657 4.439 409 2.918 492 3.427 575 3.936 658 4.445 410 2.925 493 3.433 576 3.942 659 4.451 411 2.931 494 3.439 577 3.948 660 4.457 412 2.937 495 3.446 578 3.954 661 4.463 413 2.943 496 3.452 579 3.961 662 4.469 414 2.949 497 3.458 580 3.967 663 4.475 415 2.955 498 3.464 581 3.973 664 4.482 416 2.961 499 3.470 582 3.979 665 4.488 417 2.967 500 3.476 583 3.985 666 4.494 418 2.974 501 3.482 584 3.991 667 4.500 419 2.980 502 3.488 585 3.997 420 2.986 503 3.495 586 4.003

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

2.857 482 3.366 565 3.875 648 4.384

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

PRESSURE

(PSIG)

VOLTAGE

DROP (V)

Forcing Inputs and Outputs

Many variables may be forced both from the CCN and directly at the local display. This can be useful during diagnostic testing and also during operation, typically as part of an advanced third party control scheme. See Appendices A and B.

NOTE: In the case of a power reset, any force in effect at the time of the power reset will be cleared.

CONTROL LEVEL FORCING If any of the following points are forced with a priority level of

7 (consult CCN literature for a description of priority levels), the software clears the force from the point if it has not been written to or forced again within the timeout periods defined below:

TemperaturesAIR.TOAT Outside Air Temperature 30 minutes TemperaturesAIR.TRAT Return Air Temperature 3 minutes TemperaturesAIR.TSPT Space Temperature 3 minutes InputsRSETSP.RS Static Pressure Reset 30 minutes InputsREL.HOA.RH Outside Air Relative Humidity 30 minutes InputsAIR.QOAQ Outside Air Quality 30 minutes

Run Status Menu

The Run Status menu provides the user important information about the unit. The Run Status table can be used to troubleshoot problems and to help determine how and why the unit is operating.

AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS The Auto View of Run Status display table provides the most

important unit information. The HVAC Mode (Run Status

VIEW



HVAC) informs the user what HVAC mode the unit is currently in. Refer to the Modes section on page 27 for information on HVAC modes. The occupied status, unit temperatures, unit setpoints, and stage information can also be shown. See Table 90.

Run Status



VIEW



HVAC

Displays the current HVAC Mode(s) by name. HVAC Modes include:

OFF LOW COOL SMOKE PURGE VENT PRESSURIZATION REM SW DISABLE HIGH HEAT DISABLED TEMPERING LOCOOL STARTING UP UNOCC FREE COOL COMP STUCK ON HIGH COOL EVACUATION TEMPERING VENT FIRE SHUT DOWN SOFTSTOP REQUEST TEST SHUTTING DOWN TEMPERING HICOOL LOW HEAT

Run Status



VIEW



OCC

This variable displays the current occupancy status of the control.

Run Status



VIEW



MAT

This variable displays the current value for mixed-air temperature. This value is calculated based on return-air and outsideair temperatures and economizer damper position.

Run Status



VIEW



EDT

This variable displays the current evaporator discharge air temperature during Cooling modes. This value is read at the supply air thermistor location (or at cooling coil thermistor array if unit is equipped with hydronic heating coil).

Run Status



VIEW



LAT

This variable displays the current leaving-air temperature during Vent and Hydronic Heating modes. This value is read at the supply air thermistor location.



Run Status



VIEW



EC.C.P

This variable displays the current economizer control point value (a target value for air temperature leaving the evaporator coil location).

Run Status



VIEW



ECN.P

This variable displays the current actual economizer position (in percentage open).

Run Status



VIEW



CL.C.P

This variable displays the current cooling control point (a target value for air temperature leaving the evaporator coil location).

Run Status



VIEW



C.CAP

This variable displays the current amount of unit cooling capacity (in percent of maximum).

Run Status



VIEW



HT.C.P

This variable displays the current heating control point, for use with staged gas control option only (a target value for air temperature leaving the supply duct).

Run Status



VIEW



HT.ST

This variable displays the current number of heating stages active (for staged gas control option only). Compare to following point.

Run Status



VIEW



H.MAX

This variable displays the maximum number of heat stages available for this model.

ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS The Economizer Run Status display table provides information

about the economizer and can be used to troubleshoot economizer problems. See Table 91. The current position, commanded position, and whether the economizer is active can be displayed. All the disabling conditions for the economizer and outside air information is also displayed.

COOLING INFORMATION The Cooling Information run status display table provides in-

formation on the cooling operation and the Humidi-MiZer operation of the unit. See Table 92.

Current Running Capacity (C.CAP)

This variable represents the amount of capacity currently running as a percent.

Current Cool Stage (CUR.S)

This variable represents the cool stage currently running.

Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S)

This variable is the maximum number of cooling stages the control is configured for and capable of controlling.

Active Demand Limit (DEM.L)

If demand limit is active, this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the control is currently limited to.

Capacity Load Factor (SMZ)

Table 90 — Auto View of Run Status Display Table

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS

VIEW AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS

HVAC ascii string spelling out the hvac modes string OCC Occupied ? YES/NO OCCUPIED forcible MAT Mixed Air Temperature dF MAT EDT Evaporator Discharge Tmp dF EDT LAT Leaving Air Temperature dF LAT EC.C.P Economizer Control Point dF ECONCPNT ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0 to 100 % ECONOPOS CL.C.P Cooling Control Point dF COOLCPNT C.CAP Current Running Capacity CAPTOTAL HT.C.P Heating Control Point dF HEATCPNT HT.ST Requested Heat Stage HT_STAGE H.MAX Maximum Heat Stages HTMAXSTG

Table 91 — Economizer Run Status Display Table

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS

ECON ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS

ECN.P Economizer Act.Curr.Pos. 0 to 100 % ECONOPOS ECN.C Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos. 0 to 100 % ECONOCMD forcible ACTV Economizer Active ? YES/NO ECACTIVE DISA ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS

UNAV Econ Act. Unavailable? YES/NO ECONUNAV R.EC.D Remote Econ. Disabled? YES/NO ECONDISA DBC DBC - OAT Lockout? YES/NO DBC_STAT DEW DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout? YES/NO DEW_STAT DDBC DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout? YES/NO DDBCSTAT OAEC OAEC- OA Enth Lockout? YES/NO OAECSTAT DEC DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout? YES/NO DEC_STAT EDT EDT Sensor Bad? YES/NO EDT_STAT OAT OAT Sensor Bad ? YES/NO OAT_STAT FORC Economizer Forced ? YES/NO ECONFORC SFON Supply Fan Not On 30s ? YES/NO SFONSTAT CLOF Cool Mode Not In Effect? YES/NO COOL_OFF OAQL OAQ Lockout in Effect ? YES/NO OAQLOCKD HELD Econ Recovery Hold Off? YES/NO ECONHELD DH.DS Dehumid Desabled Econ? YES/NO DHDISABL

O.AIR OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION

OAT Outside Air Temperature dF OAT forcible OA.RH Outside Air Rel. Humidity % OARH forcible OA.E Outside Air Enthalpy OAE OA.D.T OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp dF OADEWTMP

Table 92 — Cooling Information Display Table

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS

COOL COOLING INFORMATION

C.CAP Current Running Capacity % CAPTOTAL CUR.S Current Cool Stage COOL_STG MAX.S Maximum Cool Stages CLMAXSTG DEM.L Active Demand Limit % DEM_LIM forcible SUMZ COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL

SMZ

ADD.R Next Stage EDT Decrease ^F ADDRISE SUB.R Next Stage EDT Increase ^F SUBRISE R.PCT Rise Per Percent Capacity RISE_PCT Y.MIN Cap Deadband Subtracting Y_MINUS Y.PLU Cap Deadband Adding Y_PLUS Z.MIN Cap Threshold Subtracting Z_MINUS Z.PLU Cap Threshold Adding Z_PLUS H.TMP High Temp Cap Override HI_TEMP L.TMP Low Temp Cap Override LOW_TEMP PULL Pull Down Cap Override PULLDOWN SLOW Slow Change Cap Override SLO_CHNG

HMZR HUMIDIMIZER CAPC Humidimizer Capacity HMZRCAPC C.EXV Condenser EXV Position COND_EXV B.EXV Bypass EXV Position BYP_EXV RHV Humidimizer 3-Way Valve HUM3WVAL C.CPT Cooling Control Point COOLCPNT EDT Evaporator Discharge Tmp EDT H.CPT Heating Control Point HEATCPNT LAT Leaving Air Temperature LAT

Capacity Load Factor –100 

+100

SMZ

Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R)

This variable represents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation and how much additional capacity is to be added.

ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling stage)

For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up, 0.2 times 20 = 4°F ADD.R.

Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R)

This variable represents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should rise in degrees depending on the

R.PCT calculation and how much capacity is to be subtracted. SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a cool-

ing stage) For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be subtract-

ing 30% capacity by taking the next step down, 0.2 times –30 = –6°F SUB.R.

Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT)

This is a real time calculation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running capacity.

R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/C.CAP Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN)

This is a control variable used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change Override (SLOW).

Y.MIN = –SUB.R*0.4375 Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU)

This is a control variable used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change Override (SLOW).

Y.PLU = –ADD.R*0.4375 Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN)

This parameter is used in the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:

Z.MIN = Configuration



COOL



Z.GN * (–10 + (4*

(–SUB.R))) * 0.6

Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU)

This parameter is used in the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:

Z.PLU = Configuration



COOL



Z.GN * (10 + (4*

(–ADD.R))) * 0.6

High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP)

If stages of mechanical cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU , and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5F, then a stage of mechanical cooling will be added

every 30 seconds. This override is intended to react to situations where the load rapidly increases.

Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP)

If the error is less than twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than –0.5F, then a mechanical stage will be removed every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to situations where the load is rapidly reduced.

Pull Down Cap Override (PULL)

If the error from setpoint is above 4F, and the rate of change is less than –1F per minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccupied mode).

Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW)

MODE TRIP HELPER The Mode Trip Helper table provides information on the unit

modes and when the modes start and stop. See Table 93. This information can be used to help determine why the unit is in the current mode.

CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE The CCN/Linkage display table provides information on unit

linkage. See Table 94. COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE

The Compressor Run Hours Display Table displays the number of run time hours for each compressor. See Table 95.

COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE The Compressor Starts Display Table displays the number of

starts for each compressor. See Table 96. TIME GUARD DISPLAY TABLE

The Time Guard Display Table delay time for each compressor and heat relay. See Table 97.

SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE The Software Version Numbers Display Table displays the

software version numbers of the unit boards and devices. See Table 98.

Table 93 — Mode Trip Helper Display Table

ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS POINT WRITE STATUS

TRIP MODE TRIP HELPER

UN.C.S Unoccup. Cool Mode Start UCCLSTRT UN.C.E Unoccup. Cool Mode End UCCL_END OC.C.S Occupied Cool Mode Start OCCLSTRT OC.C.E Occupied Cool Mode End OCCL_END TEMP Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone CTRLTEMP OC.H.E Occupied Heat Mode End OCHT_END OC.H.S Occupied Heat Mode Start OCHTSTRT UN.H.E Unoccup. Heat Mode End UCHT_END UN.H.S Unoccup. Heat Mode Start UCHTSTRT HVAC ascii string spelling out the hvac modes string

100

Carrier WeatherMaker 48A6025, WeatherMaker 48A3020, 3030, WeatherMaker 48A2030, WeatherMaker 48A7030 Controls, Start-up, Operation, Service And Troubleshooting Instructions

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

Conventions Used in This Manual

BASIC CONTROL USAGE

ComfortLink Controls

Scrolling Marquee

Accessory Navigator™ Display

Operation

CCN Tables and Display

START-UP

Unit Preparation

Unit Setup

Internal Wiring

Accessory Installation

Crankcase Heaters

Evaporator Fan

Controls

Gas Heat

CONTROLS QUICK START

VAV Units Using Return Air Sensor or Space Temperature Sensor

Multi-Stage Constant Volume (CV) Units with Mechanical Thermostat

Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with Space Sensor

Economizer Options

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Options

Exhaust Options

Programming Operating Schedules

SERVICE TEST

General

The STOP command completely disables the unit (all outputs turn off immediately). Once in this mode, nothing can override the unit to turn it on. The controller will ignore all inputs and commands.

TEST from

TEST Service Test Mode ON/OFF MAN_CTRL STOP Local Machine Disable YES/NO UNITSTOP config S.STP Soft Stop Request YES/NO SOFTSTOP forcible FAN.F Supply Fan Request YES/NO SFANFORC forcible F.4.CH 4 in. Filter Change Mode YES/NO FILT4CHG

F. 4 . C H

Service Test Mode Logic

Independent Outputs

Fans in Service Test Mode

Cooling in Service Test Mode

Heating in Service Test Mode

Humidi-MiZer® System

THIRD PARTY CONTROL

Thermostat

Alarm Output

Remote Switch

VFD Control

Supply Air Reset

Demand Limit Control

Demand Controlled Ventilation Control

CONTROLS OPERATION

Modes

Unit Configuration Submenu

Cooling Control

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM

COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS

ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH MECHANICAL COOLING

Heating Control

RELOCATE SAT (SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE) SENSOR FOR HEATING IN LINKAGE APPLICATIONS

Static Pressure Control

Fan Status Monitoring

Dirty Filter Switch

Economizer

ECONOMIZER FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTICS (FDD) CONTROL

FDD CONFIGURATIONS

Building Pressure Control

CONSTANT VOLUME 2-STAGE CONTROL (BP.CF = 1) OPERATION

Smoke Control Modes

FIRE FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS FSD Fire Shutdown Input ALRM/NORM FSD forcible PRES Pressurization Input ALRM/NORM PRES forcible EVAC Evacuation Input ALRM/NORM EVAC forcible PURG Smoke Purge Input ALRM/NORM PURG forcible

AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE FIRE-SMOKE MODES

Indoor Air Quality Control

Dehumidification and Reheat

Humidi-MiZer Adaptive Dehumidification System

display at Configuration OPERATION

HUMIDI-MIZER MODES

Temperature Compensated Start

Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) System

Alert Limit Configuration

Sensor Trim Configuration

Discrete Switch Logic Configuration